Owner's Manual 2017 Chevrolet Tahoe Suburban Owners

User Manual: 2017 Chevrolet Suburban Navigation Manual PDF | SERVICE MANUAL OWNERS

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 465

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

2k17_Chevrolet_Tahoe_Suburban_23476164.ai 1 7/11/2016 3:02:29 PM

2017 Tahoe/Suburban

CMY

Tahoe/Suburban Owner’s Manual

23476164 A

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Contents

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 31
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 129
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 198
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 234
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 411
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 429
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 439
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, TAHOE,
SUBURBAN, and Z71 are
trademarks and/or service marks of
General Motors LLC, its
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle,
model variants, country
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual.
Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the
features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.

A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
USA

Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Company” for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.

Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 23476164 A First Printing

Canadian Vehicle Owners

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Introduction

Danger, Warning, and
Caution
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.

{ Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death.

{ Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.

Caution
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
damage.

Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.
A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”

Symbols
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner
manual has additional instructions
or information.
* : Shown when the service
manual has additional instructions
or information.
0 : Shown when there is more
information on another page —
“see page.”

0 : Adjustable Pedals
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
g : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls
or OnStar (if equipped)

$ : Brake System Warning Light
" : Charging System
I : Cruise Control
` : Do Not Puncture
^ : Do Not Service
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
# : Fog Lamps
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Introduction

3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
( : Heated Steering Wheel
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
g : Outside Power Foldaway
Mirrors

O : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
_ : Tow/Haul Mode
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 14
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Passenger Sensing System . . . 15
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16
Throttle and Brake Pedal
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 19
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 23
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 23
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 25
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 26
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Universal Remote System . . . . . 27
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 28

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . .
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5
29
29
29
30
30

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief
1. Air Vents 0 231.
2.

g Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 274.

j Power Assist Steps 0 52 (If
Equipped).

X Parking Assist Button (If
Equipped). See Assistance
Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 288.

A Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
(1500 Series) 0 297 (If
Equipped).

0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If
Equipped). See Adjustable
Throttle and Brake
Pedal 0 251.
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn
and Lane-Change
Signals 0 193.
Windshield Wiper/
Washer 0 132.
4. Favorite Switches (Out of
View). See Steering Wheel
Controls 0 131.

Volume Switches (Out of View).
See Steering Wheel
Controls 0 131.

14. Rear Climate Control Buttons.
See Dual Automatic Climate
Control System 0 226.

5. Instrument Cluster 0 141.

15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 131.

6. Hazard Warning
Flashers 0 193.

16. Horn 0 132.

7. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission 0 262.
Tow/Haul Selector Button. See
Tow/Haul Mode 0 266.
Range Selection Mode (If
Equipped). See Manual
Mode 0 265.
8. Light Sensor. See Automatic
Headlamp System 0 192.
9. Infotainment 0 198.
10. Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 226.
11. Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 72 (If Equipped).

17. Steering Wheel
Adjustment 0 130.
18. Hood Release. See
Hood 0 322.
19. Cruise Control 0 278.
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 280
(If Equipped).
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 291 (If Equipped).
Heated Steering Wheel 0 132
(If Equipped).
20. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If
Equipped). See Towing
Equipment 0 310.

12. 110 Volt Power Outlet (If
Equipped). See Power
Outlets 0 136.

21. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 151.

13. Power Outlets 0 136 (If
Equipped).

22. Four-Wheel Drive 0 267 (If
Equipped).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

23. Parking Brake 0 273.
24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 189.
Fog Lamps 0 194 (If
Equipped).
25. Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 194.

Initial Drive
Information
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner’s manual.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is used to remotely lock
and unlock the doors and it may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.

Key Access RKE Transmitter with
Remote Start

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

7 : Press and release to initiate
vehicle locate. The turn signal
lamps flash and the horn sounds
three times.
Press 7 and hold for more than
three seconds to sound the panic
alarm.
Press 7 again to cancel the panic
alarm.
Keyless Access RKE Transmitter
with Remote Start

K : Press to unlock the driver door.
Press K again within three seconds
to unlock all remaining doors.
Q : Press to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

b : Press twice to open or close
the liftgate. Press once to stop the
liftgate from moving.
c : Press twice to open the
liftglass.

See Keys (Keyless Access) 0 34 or
Keys (Key Access) 0 31 and
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 35.

When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on.
Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.

Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 44.

Remote Vehicle Start

Door Locks

If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.

To lock or unlock the doors from
inside the vehicle:

Starting the Vehicle

Press Q or K on a power door
lock switch.

Pushing down the manual lock
knob on the driver door will lock
all doors. Pushing down the lock
knob on a passenger door will
lock that door only.

1. Press and release
RKE transmitter.

Q on the

2. Immediately press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash.
Start the vehicle normally after
entering.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

10
.

In Brief
Pulling the door handle once will
unlock that door. Pulling the
handle again will unlatch it.

To lock or unlock the doors from
outside the vehicle press Q or K on
the RKE transmitter. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 37.

Power Door Locks

Q : Press to lock the doors.
K : Press to unlock the doors.

See Door Locks 0 45.

Liftgate

Keyless Access
If equipped with Keyless Access,
the RKE transmitter must be within
1 m (3 ft) of the driver door.
Pressing the button on the driver
door handle will unlock the driver
door. If the handle button is pressed
again within five seconds, the
passenger doors and liftgate will
unlock. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access) 0 37.

To open the liftgate, press K on the
power door lock switch or press K
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter twice to unlock all doors.
Press the touch pad on the
underside of the liftgate handle and
lift up. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access) 0 37.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief
Use the pull cup to lower and close
the liftgate. Do not press the touch
pad while closing the liftgate. This
will cause the liftgate to be
unlatched.

Windows

Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats

Power Liftgate Operation
If equipped with a power liftgate, the
switch is on the overhead console.
The vehicle must be in P (Park).
Choose the power liftgate mode by
selecting MAX or 3/4. Press 8 on
the overhead console. On the RKE
transmitter press b twice quickly.
Pressing and releasing b while the
liftgate is moving stops the liftgate.
Pressing again reverses the
direction.

The windows work when the vehicle
is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 258.

To close, press l on the bottom
of the liftgate next to the latch.

Press or pull the switch to open or
close the window.

To disable the power liftgate
function, select OFF on the liftgate
switch. See Liftgate 0 47.

To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the
handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
See Seat Adjustment 0 67.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

Power Seats

Lumbar Adjustment

Power Lumbar

Manual Lumbar

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. If equipped, raise or lower the
front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control
up or down.
. If equipped, raise or lower the
seat by moving the rear of the
control up or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 68.

If equipped, move the lever up or
down repeatedly to increase or
decrease lumbar support.
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 68.

To adjust the power lumbar support,
if equipped:
. Press and hold the control
forward to increase or rearward
to decrease upper and lower
lumbar support at the same time.
. If equipped, press and hold the
control up to increase upper
lumbar support and decrease
lower lumbar support.
Press and hold the control down
to increase lower lumbar support
and decrease upper lumbar
support.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 68.

Memory Features

menus to automatically recall the
positions previously stored to the 1,
2, and B buttons.

4. Fully lower the head restraints.
See Head Restraints 0 66.

See Memory Seats 0 70 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

Second Row Seats
The second row seatbacks can be
folded for additional cargo space,
or the seats can be folded and
tumbled for easy entry/exit to the
third row seats (if equipped). The
seatbacks also recline.
See Second Row Seats 0 74.
If equipped, the SET, 1, 2, and B
(Exit) buttons on the driver door are
used to manually store and recall
memory settings for the driver seat,
outside mirrors, power tilt and
telescoping steering column (if
equipped), and adjustable pedals (if
equipped).
Automatic Memory Recall and/or
Easy Exit Recall features may be
enabled in the personalization

Third Row Seats
If equipped, third row seatbacks can
be folded.
To fold the third row seatback:
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.
3. Make sure the second row
seatbacks are in the upright
position.

5. Disconnect the rear safety belt
mini-latch using a key in the
slot on the mini-buckle, and let
the belt retract into the
headliner.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief
9. Push the seatback forward to
lay flat.
10. Repeat the steps for the other
seatback, if desired.
See Third Row Seats 0 79.

Heated and Ventilated
Seats

Press J to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Press C to ventilate the driver or
passenger seat.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 72.

Head Restraint
Adjustment
7. Stow the mini-latch in the
holder in the headliner.

Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
The buttons are on the center stack
below the climate control system. To
operate, the engine must be
running.

8. Pull up on the lever on the
back of the seat to release the
seatback.

Press I to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.

See Head Restraints 0 66 and Seat
Adjustment 0 67.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

Safety Belts

Passenger Sensing
System

The passenger airbag status
indicator will light on the overhead
console when the vehicle is started.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 150.

Mirror Adjustment
Interior Mirror
United States

Adjustment
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror

Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly:
. Safety Belts 0 83.
.

How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly 0 84.

Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 85.

Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 111.

Canada and Mexico
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 98.

Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
If equipped, the mirror automatically
dims to reduce the glare of
headlamps from behind. The
dimming feature comes on when the
vehicle is started.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

Exterior Mirrors

Folding Mirrors

Power Mirrors

The outside mirrors can be folded
inward to prevent damage when
going through an automatic car
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward
the vehicle. See Folding
Mirrors 0 58.

Steering Wheel
Adjustment

Power Folding Mirrors

Shown with Power Folding
Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar

To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Hold the steering wheel and
pull the lever.

To adjust the mirrors:
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
driver or passenger side mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
3. Press either (1) or (2) again to
deselect the mirror.
See Power Mirrors 0 57.

2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
To adjust power folding mirrors,
if equipped:
1. Press { to fold the mirrors
inward.
2. Press { again to return the
mirrors to the driving position.

3. Release the lever to lock the
wheel in place.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief
Tilt and Telescoping Steering
Wheel

Power Tilt and Telescoping
Steering Wheel

Throttle and Brake Pedal
Adjustment
If equipped, the position of the
throttle and brake pedals can be
changed.

To adjust the tilt and telescoping
steering wheel, if equipped:
1. Push the lever (1) down to
move the steering wheel
forward or rearward. Lift the
lever (1) up to lock the wheel in
place.
2. Hold the steering wheel and
pull the lever (2) toward you to
move the steering wheel up or
down. Release the lever (2) to
lock the wheel into place.

To adjust the power tilt and
telescoping steering wheel,
if equipped:
Press the control to move the
steering wheel up and down or
forward and rearward.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

The vehicle may have a memory
function, which lets pedal settings
be saved and recalled. See Memory
Seats 0 70.

DOOR : The lamps come on
automatically when a door is
opened.

Interior Lighting

Reading Lamps

ON : Turns all dome lamps on.

Dome Lamps
Press m or n next to each reading
lamp to turn it on or off.
For more information about interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control 0 194.

Exterior Lighting

There are dome lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped.
To change the dome lamp settings,
press the following:
OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
when a door is open.

There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped. To operate, the ignition
must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN position or using
Retained Accessory Power (RAP).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

FRONT band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
wipes.

headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
turn the automatic headlamps or
DRL back on.

The windshield wiper control is on
the turn signal lever.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,
the off position will only work when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

The windshield wipers are controlled
by turning the band with z
FRONT on it.

To turn on Rainsense, press z
AUTO on the lever, then turn the
z FRONT band on the wiper
lever to adjust the sensitivity.
. Turn the band up to a higher INT
setting for more sensitivity to
moisture.
. Turn the band down to the lower
INT setting for less sensitivity to
moisture.

AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,
roof marker lamps (if equipped), and
license plate lamps.

1 : Fast wipes.
w : Slow wipes.

Move the band out of the 3 INT
position to deactivate Rainsense.

There are four positions.

O : Turns off the automatic

OFF : Turns the windshield
wipers off.

; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.

8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
then release. For several wipes,
hold the band on 8 longer.

5 : Turns on the headlamps with
the parking lamps and instrument
panel lights.
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 189
. Fog Lamps 0 194

3 INT : Use this setting for
intermittent wipes or Rainsense™.
For intermittent wipes, turn the z

Lm : Push the paddle at the top of
the lever to spray washer fluid on
the windshield.
See Windshield Wiper/
Washer 0 132.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

Climate Controls
This system controls the heating,
cooling, and ventilation.

9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control
Lockout)
10. Rear Temperature Control

Transmission
Range Selection Mode

11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control
12. Rear Fan Control
13. Front Climate Control Power
Button
14. Rear AUTO (Automatic
Operation)
15. Rear Climate Control Power
Button
16. Air Recirculation
17. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
1. Driver Temperature Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. Fan Control
5. Defrost
6. Passenger Temperature
Control
7. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
8. Rear Window Defogger

See Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 226 and Rear Climate
Control System 0 230 (if equipped).

The Range Selection Mode switch,
if equipped, is on the shift lever.
1. To enable the Range Selection
feature, move the shift lever to
the L (Manual Mode) position.
The current range will appear
next to the L. This is the
highest attainable range with
all lower gears accessible. As
an example, when 5 (Fifth)
gear is selected, 1 (First)
through 5 (Fifth) gears are
available.
2. Tap the plus/minus buttons on
the shift lever to select the
desired range of gears for
current driving conditions. See
Manual Mode 0 265.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

4 n : Vehicles with a two speed
automatic transfer case have a
Four-Wheel Drive Low position. This
setting sends maximum power to all
four wheels. You might choose 4 n if
you are driving off-road in deep
sand, mud, or snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills.

While using Range Selection Mode,
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.
Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 266.

Four-Wheel Drive
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive,
you can send the engine's driving
power to all four wheels for extra
traction.

Automatic Transfer Case

Single Speed Transfer Case
The transfer case knob is to the left
of the steering wheel. Use this knob
to shift into and out of the different
four-wheel drive modes.
2 m : This setting is used for driving
in most street and highway
situations.
AUTO : This setting is ideal for use
when road surface traction
conditions are variable.

Two Speed Transfer Case

4 m : Use the Four-Wheel Drive High
position when extra traction is
needed, such as on snowy or icy
roads or in most off-road situations.

N (Neutral) : Vehicles with a two
speed automatic transfer case have
a N (Neutral) position. Shift the
transfer case to N (Neutral) only
when towing the vehicle. See
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 396
or Towing the Vehicle 0 396.
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 267.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

Vehicle Features
Infotainment System
The base radio information is
included in this manual. See the
infotainment manual for information
on the uplevel radios, audio players,
phone, navigation system, Rear
Seat Entertainment (RSE), and
voice or speech recognition,
if equipped.

Radio(s)
O : Press to turn the system on.
Press and hold to turn it off. When
on, press to mute; press again to
unmute. Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.
RADIO : Press to choose between
FM, AM, and SiriusXM®,
if equipped.
MEDIA : Press to change the audio
source between CD, USB,
and AUX.

{ : Press to go to the Home Page.
MENU : Press to select a menu.

g : Press to seek the previous

Satellite Radio

station or track.

Vehicles with a SiriusXM® satellite
radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
satellite radio subscription can
receive SiriusXM programming.

l : Press to seek the next station
or track.
See Overview 0 199 about these
and other radio features.

Storing Radio Station Presets
Up to 25 preset stations from all
bands can be stored in the favorite
lists in any order. Up to five stations
can be stored in each favorite page
and the number of favorite pages
can be set.
To store the station to a position in
the list, while on the active source
main page, such as AM, FM,
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and
hold a favorites/soft key button on
the faceplate.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
A fee is required to receive the
SiriusXM service.

See “Storing Radio Station Presets”
under AM-FM Radio 0 204.

For more information refer to:
. www.siriusxm.com or call
1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).
. www.siriusxm.ca or call
1-877-438-9677 (Canada).

Setting the Clock

See Satellite Radio 0 206.

See Clock 0 135.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

Portable Audio Devices
This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm
(1/8 in) auxiliary input jack and two
USB ports in the center stack or
inside the front seat armrest.
External devices such as iPods®,
laptop computers, MP3 players, CD
changers, and USB storage devices
may be connected, depending on
the audio system.

See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 214 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) 0 215 or Bluetooth
(Voice Recognition - Base
Radio) 0 219.

Steering Wheel Controls

Base Radio) 0 215 or Bluetooth
(Voice Recognition - Base Radio)
0 219, or “Bluetooth (Overview)” in
the infotainment manual.

i : Press to reject an incoming
call or end a current call. Press to
mute or unmute the infotainment
system when not on a call.

o or p : Press to go to the
previous or next menu option.

See USB Port 0 210 and Auxiliary
Jack 0 213.

w or x : Press to go to the next or
previous selection.

Bluetooth®

V : Press to select a highlighted
menu option.

The Bluetooth® system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
to make and receive hands-free
calls using the vehicle audio system
and controls.
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired with the in-vehicle
Bluetooth system before it can be
used in the vehicle. Not all phones
will support all functions.

If equipped, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.

g : If equipped
with OnStar® or a
®

Bluetooth system, press to interact
with those systems. See OnStar
Overview 0 443, Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 214 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls -

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

The favorite and volume switches
are on the back of the steering
wheel.
1. Favorite: When on a radio
source, press to select the next
or previous favorite. When on a
media source, press to select
the next or previous track.
2. Volume: Press to increase or
decrease the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 131.

Cruise Control

5 : Press to turn the system on or
off. The indicator light is white when
cruise control is on and turns off
when cruise control is off.

If the vehicle has the base level
instrument cluster, the trip odometer
reset stem is used to operate
the DIC.

SET− : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.

If the vehicle has the uplevel
instrument cluster, the right steering
wheel controls are used to operate
the DIC.

+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press to resume that
speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control 0 278 or
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 280 (if
equipped).

Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC display is in the instrument
cluster. It shows the status of many
vehicle systems.

w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list.
o or p : Press to move between
the interactive display zones in the
cluster.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

V : Press to open a menu or select
a menu item. Press and hold to
reset values on certain screens.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 158 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 160.

Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
green indicator, V, when a vehicle
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
vehicle much too closely. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps or pulses the driver seat.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 291.

Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB)
If the vehicle has Forward Collision
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which
includes Intelligent Brake
Assist (IBA). When the system
detects a vehicle ahead in your path
that is traveling in the same
direction that you may be about to
crash into, it can provide a boost to
braking or automatically brake the
vehicle. This can help avoid or
lessen the severity of crashes when
driving in a forward gear.
See Forward Automatic Braking
(FAB) 0 293.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
(1500 series)
If equipped, LKA may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may assist by gently
turning the steering wheel if the
vehicle approaches a detected lane
marking without using a turn signal
in that direction. It may also provide
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert as the lane marking is crossed.

The system will not assist or alert if
it detects that you are actively
steering. Override LKA by turning
the steering wheel. LKA uses a
camera to detect lane markings
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
180 km/h (112 mph).
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
0 296 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
(1500 Series) 0 297.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)
If equipped, the LCA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding lane change
crashes that occur with moving
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from
behind. The LCA warning display
will light up in the corresponding
outside side mirror and will flash if
the turn signal is on. The Side Blind
Zone Alert (SBZA) system is
included as part of the LCA system.
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
0 294 and Lane Change Alert
(LCA) 0 294.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
If equipped, RVC displays a view of
the area behind the vehicle on the
infotainment display when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
aid with parking and low-speed
backing maneuvers.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 288.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) System
If equipped, the RCTA system uses
a triangle with an arrow displayed
on the infotainment display to warn
of traffic behind your vehicle that
may cross your vehicle's path while
in R (Reverse). In addition, beeps
will sound, or the driver seat will
pulse.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 288.

Parking Assist
If equipped, Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the
rear bumper to assist with parking
and avoiding objects while in
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
display a warning triangle on the
Rear Vision Camera screen and a
graphic on the instrument cluster to
provide the object distance. In
addition, multiple beeps or seat
pulses may occur if very close to an
object.
The vehicle may also have the Front
Parking Assist system.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 288.

Power Outlets
Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct
Current
Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3
player, etc.

The vehicle may have up to five
accessory power outlets:
Vehicles with a Center Console
. One in front of the cupholders on
the center console.
. One inside the center storage
console.
. One on the rear of the center
storage console.
. One in the third row seat on the
driver side.
. One in the rear cargo area on
the passenger side.
Vehicles with Bench Seats
. One on the center stack below
the climate control system.
. One in the storage area on the
bench seat.
. One on the rear of the center
armrest storage.
. One in the third row seat area on
the driver side.
. One in the rear cargo area on
the passenger side.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief
Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.
See Power Outlets 0 136.

See Universal Remote
System 0 185.

Sunroof

Universal Remote System

Slide Switch
Express-Open/Express-Close : To
express-open the sunroof, fully
press and release I (1). To
express-close the sunroof, fully
press and release K (1). Press
the switch again to stop the
movement.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To
open the sunroof, press and hold I
(1). Release the switch at the
desired position. Press and hold
K (1) to close the sunroof.
Release the switch at the desired
position.

If equipped with the Universal
Remote system, these buttons will
be in the front overhead console.
This system provides a way to
replace up to three remote control
transmitters used to activate
devices such as garage door
openers, security systems, and
home automation devices.

1. SLIDE Switch
2. TILT Switch

If equipped, the sunroof only
operates when the ignition is on or
in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 258.

Tilt Switch
Vent : From the closed position,
press J (2) to vent the sunroof.
Press K (2) to close the
sunroof vent.
When the sunroof is opened, an air
deflector will automatically raise.
The air deflector will retract when
the sunroof is closed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

The sunroof also has a sunshade
which can be pulled forward to block
sun rays. The sunshade must be
opened and closed manually.
If an object is in the path of the
sunroof while it is closing, the
automatic reversal system will
detect the object and stop the
sunroof.
See Sunroof 0 63.

appropriate DIC message
displays. See Ride Control
System Messages 0 172.

Performance and
Maintenance
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
The vehicle has a traction control
system that limits wheel spin and
the StabiliTrak system that assists
with directional control of the vehicle
in difficult driving conditions. Both
systems come on automatically
when the vehicle is started and
begins to move.
. To turn off traction control, press
and release g on the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. The traction off light i
displays in the instrument
cluster. The appropriate DIC
message displays. See Ride
Control System
Messages 0 172.
. To turn off both traction control
and StabiliTrak, press and hold
g until i and g illuminate in the
instrument cluster and the

Press and release g again to
turn on both systems.

StabiliTrak will automatically turn on
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h
(35 mph). Traction control will
remain off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 274.

Tire Pressure Monitor
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 247. The
warning light will remain on until the
tire pressure is corrected.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.

Regular Fuel
Use only unleaded gasoline rated
87 octane or higher in your vehicle.
Do not use gasoline with an octane
rating lower as it may result in
vehicle damage and lower fuel
economy. See Fuel 0 298.

E85 or FlexFuel

The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 371.

Fuel

FlexFuel Possible
Certain models are compatible with
E85 fuel. See E85 or
FlexFuel 0 300.

Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and, on most vehicles, displays a
DIC message when it is necessary
to change the engine oil and filter.

The oil life system should be reset
to 100% only following an oil
change.
Resetting the Oil Life System
To reset the engine oil life system:
1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 158 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 160. If the vehicle
does not have DIC buttons, the
vehicle must be in P (Park) to
access this display.
2. Press and hold V on the DIC,
or the trip odometer reset stem
if the vehicle does not have
DIC buttons, for several
seconds. The oil life will
change to 100%.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 158 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 160.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

In Brief

2. Fully press the accelerator
pedal slowly three times within
five seconds.
3. If the display changes to 100%,
the system is reset.

Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.

Combine several trips into a
single trip.

Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.

Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 327.

Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
. Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
. Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
. When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
. Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.

Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Chevrolet owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 433.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and
Windows

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Immobilizer Operation (Key
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Immobilizer Operation (Keyless
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Keys and Locks
Keys (Key Access) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keys (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . .
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . .
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . .
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

31
34
35
35

Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . .

57
57
58
58
58
59

Interior Mirrors
37
44
45
45
46
46
46
47

Doors
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 53

Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 60
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 60
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Keys and Locks
Keys (Key Access)

{ Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
an ignition key or Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
dangerous and children or others
could be seriously injured or
killed. They could operate the
power window or other controls or
make the vehicle move. The
windows will function with the key
in the ignition or with the RKE
transmitter in the vehicle, and
children or others could be caught
in the path of a closing window.
Do not leave children in a vehicle
with the ignition key or an RKE
transmitter.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.

{ Warning
If the key is unintentionally
rotated while the vehicle is
running, the ignition could be
moved out of the RUN position.
This could be caused by heavy
items hanging from the key ring,
or by large or long items attached
to the key ring that could be
contacted by the driver or
steering wheel. If the ignition
moves out of the RUN position,
the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
(Continued)

The ignition key and key rings, and
RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
system to reduce the risk of
unintentionally moving the key out
of the RUN position. The ignition
key has a small hole to allow
attachment of the provided key ring.
It is important that any replacement
ignition keys have a small hole. See
your dealer if a replacement key is
required.
The combination and size of the
rings that came with your keys were
specifically selected for your
vehicle. The rings are connected to
the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally

moving the key out of the RUN
position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
ignition key. Attach additional items
only to the second ring, and limit
added items to a few essential keys
or small, light items no larger than
an RKE transmitter.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Programming with Two
Recognized Keys (Key
Vehicles Only)
To program a new key:
1. Insert the original, already
programmed key in the ignition
and turn the key to the ON/
RUN position.
2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,
and remove the key.
Interference from radio-frequency
identification (RFID) tags may
prevent the key from starting the
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from
the key when starting the vehicle.
The key is used for the driver door,
ignition, and glove box.

Programming Keys to the
Vehicle
For Tahoe Police and Tahoe Special
Service Package, see the Tahoe
Police and Tahoe and Sliverado
Special Service Supplement.
Follow these procedures to program
up to eight keys to the vehicle.

3. Quickly, within five seconds,
insert the second original
already programmed key in the
ignition and turn the key to the
ON/RUN position.
4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,
and remove the key
5. Insert the new key to be
programmed and turn it to the
ON/RUN position within
five seconds.
The security light will turn off
once the key has been
programmed.
6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional
keys are to be programmed.

If a key is lost or damaged, see your
dealer to have a new key made.
Programming without Two
Recognized Keys (Key
Vehicles Only)
Program a new key to the vehicle
when a recognized key is not
available. Canadian regulations
require that Canadian owners see
their dealer.
If two currently recognized keys are
not available, follow this procedure
to program the first key.
This procedure will take
approximately 30 minutes to
complete for the first key. The
vehicle must be off and all of the
keys must be with you.
1. Insert the new vehicle key into
the ignition.
2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
light will come on.
3. Wait 10 minutes until the
security light turns off.
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
times. After the third time, turn
to ON/RUN; the key is learned
and all previously known keys
will no longer work with the
vehicle.
6. To learn the second key, turn to
OFF and insert the second key
to be learned and rotate to
ON/RUN.
After two keys are learned, the
remaining keys can be learned by
following the procedure in
“Programming with Two Recognized
Keys (Key Vehicles Only).”
The key has a bar-coded key tag
that the dealer or qualified locksmith
can use to make new keys. Store
this information in a safe place, not
in the vehicle.
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.

With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview 0 443.

Keys (Keyless Access)

If the vehicle has the Keyless
Access system, there is a key in the
transmitter.
This key is used for the driver door
and glove box.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 439.

If the vehicle has the Keyless
Access system, the transmitter has
a button on the side of the
transmitter used to remove the key.
Do not pull the key out without
pressing the button.
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.
With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview 0 443.

If there is a decrease in the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
range:
. Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
. Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
. If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
(Key Access)
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 35.

With Remote Start (without
Remote Start Similar)

/ : If equipped, press and release
Q, then immediately press and hold
/ until the turn signal lamps flash

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

or for at least four seconds. The
engine may be started from outside
the vehicle using the RKE
transmitter. See Remote Vehicle
Start 0 44.

Q : Press to lock all doors.
If enabled in Vehicle
Personalization, the turn signal
lamps flash once to indicate locking
has occurred. If enabled through
vehicle personalization, the horn
chirps when Q is pressed again
within three seconds. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.
Pressing Q arms the alarm system.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 53.
If equipped with auto mirror folding,
pressing and holding Q for
one second will fold the mirrors. The
auto mirror folding feature will not
operate unless it is enabled. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

K : Press once to unlock only the
driver door. If K is pressed again
within three seconds, all remaining
doors unlock. The interior lamps

may come on and stay on for
20 seconds or until the ignition is
turned on.

c : Press twice to open the
liftglass.

If enabled in Vehicle
Personalization, the turn signal
lamps flash twice to indicate
unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178. If enabled
through vehicle personalization, the
exterior lamps may turn on. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

vehicle locate. The turn signal
lamps flash and the horn sounds
three times.

Pressing K on the RKE transmitter
disarms the alarm system. See
Vehicle Alarm System 0 53.
If equipped with auto mirror folding,
pressing and holding K for
one second will unfold the mirrors.
The auto mirror folding feature will
not operate unless it is enabled.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 178.
Press and hold K until the windows
fully open. Windows will not operate
unless remote window operation is
enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

b : Press twice to open or close
the liftgate. Press once to stop the
liftgate from moving.

7 : Press and release to initiate

Press and hold 7 for more than
three seconds to activate the panic
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
and the horn sounds repeatedly for
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
when the ignition is moved to ON/
RUN or 7 is pressed again. The
ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
the panic alarm to work.

Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to this vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
Each vehicle can have up to
eight transmitters programmed to it.
See your dealer for transmitter
programming.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
For Tahoe Police and Tahoe Special
Service Package, see the Tahoe
Police and Tahoe and Sliverado
Special Service Supplement.

2. Press and slide the battery
down toward the pocket of the
transmitter in the direction of
the key ring. Do not use a
metal object

Battery Replacement

3. Remove the battery.

Replace the battery in the
transmitter soon if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC.

4. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing up. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery.

Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
To replace the battery:

1. Separate and remove the back
cover of the transmitter with a
flat, thin object, such as a coin.

5. Push together the transmitter
back cover top side first, and
then the bottom toward the
key ring.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access)
The Keyless Access system allows
for vehicle entry when the
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See
“Keyless Access Operation” later in
this section.
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 35.

If enabled in vehicle personalization,
the turn signal lamps flash once to
indicate locking has occurred.
If enabled through vehicle
personalization, the horn chirps
when Q is pressed again within
three seconds. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.
If the driver door is open when Q is
pressed all doors will lock and then
the driver door will immediately
unlock, if enabled in vehicle
personalization. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

With Remote Start (without
Remote Start Similar)

/ : If equipped, press and release
Q, then immediately press and hold
/ until the turn signal lamps flash
or for at least four seconds. The
engine may be started from outside
the vehicle using the RKE
transmitter. See Remote Vehicle
Start 0 44.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

If the passenger door is open when
Q is pressed, all doors lock.
Pressing Q arms the alarm system.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 53.
If equipped with auto mirror folding,
pressing and holding Q for
one second will fold the mirrors. The
auto mirror folding feature will not
operate unless it is enabled. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

K : Press once to unlock only the
driver door. If K is pressed again
within three seconds, all remaining

doors unlock. The interior lamps
may come on and stay on for
20 seconds or until the ignition is
turned on.
If enabled in vehicle personalization,
the turn signal lamps flash twice to
indicate unlocking has occurred.
If enabled through vehicle
personalization, the exterior lamps
may turn on. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter
disarms the alarm system. See
Vehicle Alarm System 0 53.
If equipped with auto mirror folding,
pressing and holding K for
one second will unfold the mirrors.
The auto mirror folding feature will
not operate unless it is enabled.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 178.
Press and hold K until the windows
fully open. Windows will not operate
unless remote window operation is
enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

b : Press twice to open or close
the liftgate. Press once to stop the
liftgate from moving.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

c : Press twice to open the
liftglass.
7 : Press and release to initiate
vehicle locate. The turn signal
lamps flash and the horn sounds
three times.
Press and hold 7 for more than
three seconds to activate the panic
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
and the horn sounds repeatedly for
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
when the ignition is moved to ON/
RUN or 7 is pressed again. The
ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
the panic alarm to work.

Keyless Access Operation
The Keyless Access system allows
for doors and the liftgate to be
accessed without pressing the RKE
transmitter button. The RKE
transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)
of the door being opened. If the
vehicle has this feature, there will be
a button on the outside door
handles.

Keyless Access can be
programmed to unlock all doors on
the first lock/unlock press from the
driver door. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Driver Door
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the door handle, pressing the
lock/unlock button on the driver door
handle will unlock the driver door.
If the lock/unlock button is pressed
again within five seconds, all
passenger doors and the liftgate will
unlock.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the
following occur:
. It has been more than
five seconds since the first lock/
unlock button press.
. Two lock/unlock button presses
were used to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has been
opened and all doors are now
closed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Passenger Doors
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the door handle, pressing the
lock/unlock button on a passenger
door handle will unlock all doors.
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the
following occur:
. The lock/unlock button was used
to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has been
opened and all doors are now
closed.
Passive Locking
If equipped with Keyless Access,
this feature will lock the vehicle
several seconds after all doors are
closed, if the vehicle is off and at
least one RKE transmitter has been
removed from the interior, or none
remain in the interior.
If other electronic devices interfere
with the RKE transmitter signal, the
vehicle may not detect the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the

doors may lock with the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle. Do
not leave the RKE transmitter in an
unattended vehicle.
To customize the doors to
automatically lock when exiting the
vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,
Start” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.
Temporary Disable of Passive
Locking
Temporarily disable passive locking
by pressing and holding K on the
interior door switch with a door open
for at least four seconds, or until
three chimes are heard. Passive
locking will then remain disabled
until Q on the interior door is
pressed, or until the vehicle is
turned on.
Keyless Liftgate Opening
Press the touch pad on the
underside of the liftgate handle to
open the liftgate when all doors are
unlocked, or when the transmitter is
within 1 m (3 ft).

Keyless Liftglass Opening
Press the exterior liftglass button to
open the liftglass when all doors are
unlocked, or when the transmitter is
within 1 m (3 ft).
See Liftgate 0 47.
Keyed Access
To access a vehicle with a dead
transmitter battery, see Door
Locks 0 45.

Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to the vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
The vehicle can be reprogrammed
so that lost or stolen transmitters no
longer work. Each vehicle can have
up to eight transmitters matched
to it.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Programming with Two
Recognized Transmitters (Keyless
Access Vehicles Only)

6. Remove the transmitter from
the transmitter pocket and
press K or Q on the
transmitter.

A new transmitter can be
programmed to the vehicle when
there are two recognized
transmitters.

To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
approximately 12 seconds to
exit programming mode.

To program, the vehicle must be off
and all transmitters, both currently
recognized and new, must be
with you.
1. Remove the key from the
recognized transmitter.
2. Place the two recognized
transmitters in the cupholder or
on the passenger seat.
3. Insert the vehicle key into the
key lock cylinder on the driver
door handle. Then turn the key
counterclockwise, to the unlock
position, five times within
10 seconds.
The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays READY FOR
REMOTE#2, 3, 4, ETC.

4. Place the new transmitter in
the transmitter pocket/insert.
Open the center console
storage area and the storage
tray. The transmitter pocket/
insert is in front of the storage
area next to the center console
storage area between the
driver and front passenger
seats.
5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
When the transmitter is
learned, the DIC display will
show that it is ready to program
the next transmitter.

7. Return the key back into the
transmitter.
Programming without Two
Recognized Transmitters (Keyless
Access Vehicles Only)
If two currently recognized
transmitters are not available, follow
this procedure to program up to
eight transmitters. This feature is
not available in Canada. This
procedure will take approximately
30 minutes to complete. The vehicle
must be off and all transmitters to
be programmed must be with you.
1. Remove the vehicle key from
the transmitter.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

2. Insert the vehicle key into the
key lock cylinder on the driver
door handle; then turn the key
counterclockwise, to the unlock
position, five times within
10 seconds.

7. Remove the transmitter from
the transmitter pocket/insert
and press K or Q on the
transmitter.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 5–7.

The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays REMOTE
LEARN PENDING,
PLEASE WAIT.
3. Wait for 10 minutes until the
DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
START BUTTON TO LEARN,
then press ENGINE
START/STOP.
The DIC display will again
show REMOTE LEARN
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
4. Repeat Step 3 two additional
times. After the third time all
previously known transmitters
will no longer work with the
vehicle. Remaining transmitters
can be relearned during the
next steps.
The DIC display should now
show READY FOR REMOTE
# 1.

When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
approximately 12 seconds to
exit programming mode.
5. Place the new transmitter in
the transmitter pocket/insert.
Open the center console
storage area and the storage
tray. The transmitter pocket/
insert is in front of the storage
area next to the center console
storage area between the
driver and front passenger
seats.
6. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
When the transmitter is
learned, the DIC display will
show that it is ready to program
the next transmitter.

8. Return the key back into the
transmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery
If the transmitter battery is weak or if
there is interference with the signal,
the DIC may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
START YOUR VEHICLE when
starting the vehicle. See Key and
Lock Messages 0 170.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
To start the vehicle:
1. Open the center console
storage area and the
storage tray.

Battery Replacement
Replace the battery in the
transmitter soon if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC.

1. With the key removed, insert a
flat, thin object in the center of
the transmitter to separate and
remove the back cover.

Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
To replace the battery:
2. Place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket/insert.

2. Lift the battery with a flat
object.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
N (Neutral) press the brake
pedal and ENGINE
START/STOP.

3. Remove the battery.

Replace the transmitter battery
as soon as possible.

4. Insert the new battery, positive
side toward the back cover.
Replace with a CR2032 or
equivalent battery.
5. Push together the transmitter.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Remote Vehicle Start
If equipped with the remote start
feature, the climate control system
will come on when the vehicle is
started remotely depending on the
outside temperature.
The rear defog and heated and
ventilated seats, if equipped, may
also come on. See Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 72 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.
Laws in some communities may
restrict the use of remote starters.
Check local regulations for any
requirements on remote starting of
vehicles.
Do not use remote start if the
vehicle is low on fuel.
The vehicle cannot be remote
started if:
. The key is in the ignition (Key
Access) or the transmitter is in
the vehicle (Keyless Access).
. The hood is not closed.
.

There is an emission control
system malfunction and the
malfunction indicator lamp is on.

The engine will turn off during a
remote vehicle start if:
. The coolant temperature gets
too high.
. The oil pressure gets low.
The RKE transmitter range may be
reduced while the vehicle is running.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 35 or Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.
Starting the Engine Using Remote
Start
1. Press and release

2. Immediately press and hold /
until the turn signal lamps flash
or for at least four seconds.
When the vehicle starts, the
parking lamps will turn on. The
doors will be locked and the
climate control system may
come on.

The engine will continue to run
for 10 minutes. Repeat
Steps 1 and 2 for a 10-minute
time extension.
Place the ignition in ON/RUN/
START to operate the vehicle.
Extending Engine Run Time
The engine run time can be
extended by 10 minutes, for a total
of 20 minutes, if during the first
10 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are
repeated while the engine is still
running. An extension can be
requested, 30 seconds after
starting.
A maximum of two remote starts,
or a single start with an extension,
is allowed between ignition cycles.
The vehicle's ignition must be
turned on and then back off to use
remote start again.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.

Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

Turn the ignition on and then off.

Warning (Continued)
.

Door Locks

{ Warning
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
. Passengers, especially
children, can easily open
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. When a
door is locked, the handle
will not open it. The chance
of being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
(Continued)

Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.
Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the
doors can help prevent this
from happening.

To lock or unlock the doors from
outside the vehicle:
.

Press Q or K on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

Use the key in the driver door.

To lock or unlock the doors from
inside the vehicle:
.

Press Q or K on the power door
lock switch.

Pushing down the manual lock
knob on the driver door will lock
all doors. Pushing down the
manual lock knob on a
passenger door will lock only
that door.

Pulling an interior door handle
will unlock the door. Pulling the
door handle again unlatches it.

Keyless Access
If equipped, the RKE transmitter
must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the door
being opened. Press the button on
the door handle to open. See
“Keyless Access Operation” in
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 37.

Power Door Locks
Press Q or K on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 37.

Pressing the power lock switch
twice will override the delayed
locking feature and immediately lock
all the doors.
This feature will not operate if the
key is in the ignition.
This feature can be programmed.
See “Delayed Door Lock” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

Automatic Door Locks
The doors will lock automatically
when all doors are closed, the
ignition is on, and the vehicle is
shifted out of P (Park).

Q : Press to lock the doors.
K : Press to unlock the doors.

To unlock the doors:
.

Press K on the power door lock
switch.

Delayed Locking

When locking the doors with the
power lock switch and a door or the
liftgate is open, the doors will lock
five seconds after the last door is
closed. You will hear three chimes
to signal that the delayed locking
feature is in use.

Shift the transmission into
P (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot be
disabled. Automatic door unlocking
can be programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

Lockout Protection
For Tahoe Police and Tahoe Special
Service Package, see the Tahoe
Police and Tahoe and Sliverado
Special Service Supplement.
Key Access : When locking is
requested with the driver door open
and the key in the ignition, all the
doors will lock and then the driver
door will unlock.
This can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding Q on the
power door lock switch.
Keyless Access : When locking is
requested with the driver door open
and the vehicle is in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
all the doors will lock and then the
driver door will unlock.
If the vehicle is off and locking is
requested while a door is open,
when all doors are closed the
vehicle will check for RKE
transmitters inside. If an RKE
transmitter is detected and the
number of RKE transmitters inside

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
has not reduced, the driver door will
unlock and the horn will sound three
times.

Doors
Liftgate

This can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding Q on the
power door lock switch.

{ Warning

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout, when
on, will unlock the driver door if
locking is requested while the driver
door is open. This feature can be
turned on or off using the vehicle
personalization menus. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

Safety Locks
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle.

Press { to activate the safety locks
on the rear doors. The indicator light
comes on when activated.
Press { again to deactivate the
safety locks.

Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
or with any objects that pass
through the seal between the
body and the trunk/hatch or
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
. Close all of the windows.
.

Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.

Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)

Manual Liftgate

and set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See
“Climate Control Systems”
in the Index.
.

Use the pull cup to lower and close
the liftgate. Do not press the touch
pad while closing the liftgate. This
will cause the liftgate to be
unlatched.

If the vehicle is equipped
with a power liftgate, disable
the power liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 261.

Caution
To avoid damage to the liftgate or
liftgate glass, make sure the area
above and behind the liftgate is
clear before opening it.

There will be a delay in the release
of the liftglass if there is an attempt
to open it while the rear wiper is in
motion.

To open the liftgate, press K on the
power door lock switch or press K
on the RKE transmitter twice to
unlock all doors. Press the touch
pad (1) on the underside of the
liftgate handle and lift up.
Press the button (2) above the
license plate to open the liftglass,
or press c twice quickly on the
RKE transmitter. Do not leave the
liftglass open when raising the
liftgate.

If equipped with Keyless Access,
the RKE transmitter must be within
1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate to
automatically unlock it. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 37.
The liftgate has an electric latch.
If the battery is disconnected or has
low voltage, the liftgate will not
open. The liftgate will resume
operation when the battery is
reconnected and charged.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Power Liftgate Operation

Press b twice quickly on the
RKE transmitter until the liftgate
moves.

Press 8 on the overhead
console. The driver door must
be unlocked.

Press the touch pad on the
underside of the liftgate handle
after unlocking all doors.
If equipped with Keyless Access,
a locked vehicle can be opened
if the RKE transmitter is within
1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad.

{ Warning
You or others could be injured if
caught in the path of the power
liftgate. Make sure there is no one
in the way of the liftgate as it is
opening and closing.

Caution
Driving with an open and
unsecured liftgate may result in
damage to the power liftgate
components.

If equipped, the switch is on the
overhead console. The vehicle must
be in P (Park).
The modes are:
MAX : Opens to maximum height.
3/4 : Opens to a reduced height
that can be set from 3/4 to fully
open. Use to prevent the liftgate
from opening into overhead objects
such as a garage door or
roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate can
be opened all the way manually.
OFF : Opens manually only.
To open or close the liftgate, select
MAX or 3/4 mode and then:

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

50
.

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Press l on the bottom edge of
the liftgate next to the latch to
close.

time. If this occurs, the liftgate can
still be operated manually. Select
OFF on the liftgate switch.

Press any liftgate button, the touch
pad, or b on the RKE transmitter
while the liftgate is moving to stop it.
Pressing any liftgate button or
pressing b twice quickly on the
RKE transmitter restarts the
operation in the reverse direction.
Pressing the touch pad on the
liftgate handle will restart the
motion, but only in the opening
direction.

If the vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park) while the power function is
in progress, the liftgate will continue
to completion. If the vehicle is
accelerated before the liftgate has
completed moving, the liftgate may
stop or reverse direction. Check for
Driver Information Center (DIC)
messages and make sure the
liftgate is closed and latched before
driving.

Caution

If the power liftgate automatically
closes after a power opening cycle,
it indicates that the system is
reacting to excess weight on the
liftgate or a possible support strut
failure. Remove any excess weight.
If the liftgate continues to
automatically close after opening,
see your dealer for service before
using the power liftgate.

Manually forcing the liftgate to
open or close during a power
cycle can damage the vehicle.
Allow the power cycle to
complete.
The power liftgate may be
temporarily disabled in extremely
low temperatures, or after repeated
power cycling over a short period of

Falling Liftgate Detection

Interfering with the power liftgate
motion or manually closing the
liftgate too quickly after power
opening may resemble a support

strut failure. This could also activate
the falling liftgate detection feature.
Allow the liftgate to complete its
operation and wait a few seconds
before manually closing the liftgate.

Obstacle Detection Features
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle
during a power open or close cycle,
the liftgate will automatically reverse
direction and move a short distance
away from the obstacle. After
removing the obstruction, the power
liftgate operation can be used again.
If the liftgate encounters multiple
obstacles on the same power cycle,
the power function will deactivate.
After removing the obstructions,
manually close the liftgate. This will
allow normal power operation
functions to resume.
If the vehicle is locked while the
liftgate is closing, and an obstacle
prevents the liftgate from completely
closing, the horn will sound as an
alert that the liftgate did not close.
Pinch sensors are on the side
edges of the liftgate. If an object is
caught between the liftgate and the
vehicle and presses against a

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
sensor, the liftgate will reverse
direction and stop at a partially open
position. The liftgate will remain
open until it is activated again or
closed manually.

Setting the 3/4 Mode
To change the position the liftgate
stops at when opening:
1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and
open the liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement at
the desired height by pressing
any liftgate button. Manually
adjust the liftgate position if
needed.
3. Press and hold l on the
bottom edge of the liftgate next
to the latch on the outside of
the liftgate until the turn signals
flash and a beep sounds. This
indicates the setting has been
recorded.
The liftgate cannot be set below a
minimum programmable height.
If there is no light flash or sound,
then the height adjustment may be
too low.

Manual Operation

Hands-Free Operation

Select OFF to manually operate the
liftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at the
beginning of this section.

If equipped with Hands-Free Vehicle
Access, the liftgate may be
operated with a kicking motion
under the rear bumper.

Caution
Attempting to move the liftgate
too quickly and with excessive
force may result in damage to the
vehicle.
Operate the liftgate manually with a
smooth motion and moderate
speed. The system includes a
feature which limits the manual
closing speed to protect the
components.

The liftgate will not operate if the
RKE transmitter is not within
1 m (3 ft).
The hands-free feature will not work
while the liftgate is moving. To stop
the liftgate while in motion use one
of the liftgate switches.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Caution
Splashing water may cause the
liftgate to open. Keep the RKE
transmitter away from the rear
bumper detection area or turn the
liftgate mode to OFF when
cleaning or working near the rear
bumper to avoid accidental
opening.
Length of Kick Zone

To operate, move your foot in a
forward kicking motion under the
center of the rear bumper, then pull
it back.

Do not sweep your foot side
to side.

Do not keep your foot under the
bumper; the liftgate will not
activate.

Do not touch the liftgate until it
has stopped moving.

This feature may be temporarily
disabled under some conditions.
If the liftgate does not respond to
the kick, open or close the
liftgate by another method or
start the vehicle. The feature will
be re-enabled.

When closing the liftgate using this
feature, there will be a short delay.
The rear lights will flash and a
chime will sound. Step away from
the liftgate before it starts moving.

Power Assist Steps
If equipped, the power assist steps
will deploy when the door is opened
and automatically retract
three seconds after the door is
closed. The power assist steps will
retract immediately if the vehicle
starts moving.
Keep hands, children, pets, objects,
and clothing clear of the power
assist steps when in motion. The
steps will reverse direction if they
encounter an obstruction when
opening or closing. Remove the
obstruction, then open and close the
door on the same side to complete
the motion of the assist steps. If the
obstruction is not cleared, the assist
steps remain extended while driving.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm System

To extend both power assist steps
for cleaning, press j while the
vehicle is in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
Press j again to retract them.
The DIC will display a message.
Enable/Disable
Press and hold j for four seconds
to lock and disable the power assist
steps. Press and hold j for
four seconds again to enable them.
The DIC will display a message.

The indicator light, on the
instrument panel near the
windshield, indicates the status of
the system.
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
A door, liftgate, or the hood is open.
Slow Flash : Alarm system is
armed.

Arming the Alarm System
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of
three ways:
. Use the RKE transmitter.
.

Use the Keyless Access
system.

With a door open, press Q
on the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarm
system will arm, and the
indicator light will begin to
slowly flash. Pressing Q on the
RKE transmitter a second time
will bypass the 30-second
delay and immediately arm the
alarm system.
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with
the key.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

by pressing K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
activated.
The alarm will also be activated if a
passenger door, the liftgate, or the
hood is opened without first
disarming the system. When the
alarm is activated, the turn signals
flash and the horn sounds for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System
To disarm the alarm system or turn
off the alarm if it has been activated:

K on the RKE transmitter.

Press

Unlock the vehicle using the
Keyless Access system.

Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident:
. Lock the vehicle after all
occupants have exited.

Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter, or use the
Keyless Access system.

power source, and can sound an
alarm if the vehicle’s battery is
compromised.

Unlocking the driver door with
the key will not disarm the
system or turn off the alarm.

The inclination sensor can set off
the alarm if it senses movement of
the vehicle, such as a change in
vehicle orientation.

How to Detect a Tamper
Condition
If K is pressed on the RKE
transmitter and the horn chirps three
times, an alarm occurred previously
while the alarm system was armed.
If the alarm has been activated, a
message will appear on the DIC.
See Security Messages 0 174.

Power Sounder, Inclination
Sensor, and Intrusion Sensor
In addition to the standard
theft-deterrent system features, this
system may also have a power
sounder, inclination sensor, and
intrusion sensor.
The power sounder provides an
audible alarm which is distinct from
the vehicle’s horn. It has its own

The intrusion sensor monitors the
vehicle interior, and can activate the
alarm if it senses unauthorized entry
into the vehicle’s interior. Do not
allow passengers or pets to remain
in the vehicle when the intrusion
sensor is activated.
Before arming the theft-deterrent
system and activating the intrusion
sensor:
. Make sure all doors and
windows are completely closed.
. Secure any loose items such as
a sunshades.
. Make sure there are no
obstructions blocking the
sensors in the front overhead
console.
. Close DVD screens before
leaving the vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Intrusion and Inclination
Sensors Disable Switch

Immobilizer

See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 439.

The security light, in the instrument
cluster, comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.

Immobilizer Operation
(Key Access)

When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.

It is recommended that the intrusion
and inclination sensors be
deactivated if pets are left in the
vehicle or the vehicle is being
transported.
With the vehicle off, press o in
the front overhead console to turn
off the feature.
The indicator light will come on
momentarily, indicating that these
sensors have been disabled until
the next time the alarm system is
armed.

This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the vehicle is
turned off.
The system is automatically
disarmed when the key is turned to
ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
or START from the LOCK/OFF
position.

If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged,
try another ignition key. It may be
necessary to check the fuse. See
Fuses 0 351. If the engine still does
not start with the other key, the
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
does start, the first key may be
faulty. See your dealer.
It is possible for the immobilizer
system to learn new or replacement
keys. Up to eight keys can be
programmed for the vehicle. To
program additional keys, see Keys
(Keyless Access) 0 34 or Keys (Key
Access) 0 31. To program additional

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

transmitters, see Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access) 0 37.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the vehicle
theft system in the vehicle.
See your dealer to get a new key
blank cut exactly as the ignition key
that operates the system.

Immobilizer Operation
(Keyless Access)
This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the vehicle is
turned off.
The immobilization system is
disarmed when the ignition button is
pressed in and a valid transmitter is
found in the vehicle.

The security light in the instrument
cluster comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
The system has one or more
transmitters matched to an
immobilizer control unit in the
vehicle. Only a correctly matched
transmitter will start the vehicle.
If the transmitter is ever damaged,
you may not be able to start the
vehicle.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
vehicle off and try again.
If the RKE transmitter appears to be
undamaged, try another transmitter
or place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket/insert next to the

center console storage area
between the driver and front
passenger seats. See “Starting the
Vehicle with a Low Transmitter”
under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 37.
If the engine does not start with the
other transmitter or when the
transmitter is in the pocket in the
center console, the vehicle needs
service. See your dealer who can
service the theft-deterrent system
and have a new transmitter
programmed to the vehicle.
Do not leave the transmitter or
device that disarms or deactivates
the theft-deterrent system in the
vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Exterior Mirrors

Power Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{

The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.

4. Press either (1) or (2) again to
deselect the mirror. The
indicator light goes off.

Exterior Automatic Dimming
Mirror

Warning

A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.

If equipped, the driver outside mirror
automatically adjusts for the glare of
headlamps behind. This feature
comes on when the vehicle is
started. See Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror 0 60.

Turn Signal Indicator
Shown with Power Folding
Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar
To adjust the mirrors:
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
driver or passenger side mirror.
The indicator light comes on.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move the mirror up,
down, right, or left.
3. Adjust the outside mirror so
that the side of the vehicle and
the area behind are seen.

The vehicle may also have a turn
signal indicator on the mirror. An
arrow on the mirror flashes in the
direction of the turn or lane change.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Folding Mirrors

Power Folding

They are accidentally manually
folded/unfolded.

The mirrors will not stay in the
unfolded position.

The mirrors vibrate at normal
driving speeds.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one time
using the mirror controls to reset
them to their normal position.
A popping noise may be heard
during the resetting of the power
folding mirrors. This sound is normal
after a manual folding operation.

Manual Folding
To adjust power folding mirrors,
if equipped:
1. Press { to fold the mirrors
inward.
2. Press { again to return the
mirrors to the driving position.
Resetting the Power Folding
Mirrors
Reset the power folding mirrors if:
. The mirrors are accidentally
obstructed while folding.

Fold the mirrors inward to prevent
damage when going through an
automatic car wash. To fold, pull the
mirror toward the vehicle. Push the
mirror outward, to return to its
original position.

Heated Mirrors
K : Press to heat the mirrors.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 226.

Blind Spot Mirrors
If equipped, there is a small convex
mirror built into the upper and outer
corner of the driver outside rearview
mirror. It can show objects that may
be in the vehicle's blind zone.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Driving with the Blind Spot
Mirror

3. As the vehicle enters the blind
zone, the image transitions
from the main mirror to the
blind spot mirror.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind
zone, the image only appears
in the blind spot mirror.

Using the Outside Mirror with
the Blind Spot Mirror
1. Set the main mirror so that the
side of the vehicle can just be
seen and the blind spot mirror
has an unobstructed view.

Actual Mirror View

zone. Then, glance over your
shoulder to double check
before moving slowly into the
adjacent lane.

1. When the approaching vehicle
is a long distance away, the
image in the main mirror is
small and near the inboard
edge of the mirror.
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the
image in the main mirror gets
larger and moves outboard.

2. When checking for traffic or
before changing a lane, look at
the main driver/passenger side
mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
vehicle. Check the blind spot
mirror for a vehicle in the blind

Reverse Tilt Mirrors
If equipped with memory seats, the
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts
to a preselected position when the
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
allows the curb to be seen when
parallel parking.
The mirror(s) return to the original
position when:
. The vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse), or remains in
R (Reverse) for about
30 seconds.
. The ignition is turned off.
.

The vehicle is driven in
R (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, see
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
If equipped with OnStar, there are
three buttons at the bottom of the
mirror. See your dealer for more
information on the system and how
to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar
Overview 0 443.

Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
If equipped, automatic dimming
reduces the glare of headlamps
from behind. The dimming feature
comes on when the vehicle is
started.

Child-View Mirror

Windows

{ Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.

To avoid accidental OnStar calls,
clean the mirror with the ignition off.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.

Manual Rearview Mirror
Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind.

If equipped, push up on the
sunglasses bin and release. Push
the bin back in halfway to secure
the mirror in position.
Push the mirror back up when not
in use.

The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys (Keyless Access) 0 34 or
Keys (Key Access) 0 31.

The windows work when the vehicle
is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 258.
Press or pull the switch to open or
close the window.
The windows will be temporarily
disabled if the window switches are
used repeatedly within a short time.

Window Lockout
This feature prevents the rear
passenger windows from operating,
except from the driver position.

Press Z to activate the rear
window locks. An indicator light
will illuminate when the feature
is on.

Press Z again to deactivate the
rear window locks.

Window Express Movement
Express-down/up allows the
windows to be opened or closed
without holding the window switch.
Press the window switch fully down
or pull it up, and quickly release it to
engage. Briefly press or pull the
same switch to stop window
movement.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Express Window Obstacle
Detection

Programming the Power
Windows

The express-up feature will reverse
window movement if it comes in
contact with an object. Extreme cold
or ice could cause the window to
auto-reverse. The window will
operate as normal after the object or
condition is removed.

Programming may be necessary if
the vehicle's battery has been
disconnected or discharged. If the
window is unable to express-up,
program the window:

Obstacle Detection Override

{ Warning
If obstacle detection override is
activated, the window will not
reverse automatically. You or
others could be injured and the
window could be damaged.
Before you use obstacle detection
override, make sure that all
people and obstructions are clear
of the window path.
The window can be closed by
holding the window switch in the up
position if conditions prevent it from
express closing.

Sun Visors

1. Close all doors.
2. Place the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.
3. Partially open the window to be
programmed, then close it and
continue to pull the switch
briefly after the window has
fully closed.
4. Press the power window switch
until the window is fully open
and briefly hold.

Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window or, if equipped, extend
along the rod.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Roof
Sunroof

1. SLIDE Switch
2. TILT Switch

If equipped, the sunroof only
operates when the ignition is on or
in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 258.

The sunroof also has a sunshade
which can be pulled forward to block
sun rays. The sunshade must be
opened and closed manually when
the sunroof is in the vent or fully
closed position.

Automatic Reversal System
The sunroof is equipped with an
automatic reversal system that is
only active when the sunroof is
being operated in express-close.
If an object is in the path of the
sunroof while it is express closing,
the reversal system will detect the
object and stop. In the event of
closing difficulties like frost or other
conditions, it is possible to override
the reversal system. To override the
reversal system, close in manual
mode. To stop the movement,
release the switch.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

Seats and
Restraints

Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . .

Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 68
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

73
74
74
79

Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

83
84
85
89

90
90
90
91
91

Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 93
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Passenger Sensing System . . . 98
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . 102
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 103
Replacing Airbag System Parts
after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Infants and Young Children . . . 106
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . 108

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 110
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . 111
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . 119
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the
Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the Center
Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the Front
Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle’s front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.

{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.

The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
Second Row Seats
The vehicle's second row seats
have head restraints in the outboard
seating positions that cannot be
adjusted.
The second row seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.

Third Row Seats

Return the lowered head restraint to
the upright position until it locks into
place. Push and pull on the head
restraint to make sure it is locked.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the third row seat, see “Securing
a Child Restraint Designed for the
LATCH System” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 111.

Front Seats
Seat Adjustment

{ Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.

The third row seat head restraint
can be lowered for better visibility
when the rear seat is unoccupied.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button located on the top of the
seatback and push the head
restraint down.

To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the
handle.

Power Seat Adjustment

To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment 0 68.
Some vehicles are equipped with a
feature that activates a vibrating
pulse alert in the driver seat to help
the driver avoid crashes. See Driver
Assistance Systems 0 287.

3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 69.

Lumbar Adjustment

To adjust the lumbar support,
if equipped, see Lumbar
Adjustment 0 68.

Manual Lumbar

Center Seat
If equipped, the center front
seatback doubles as an armrest and
cupholder/storage area for the driver
and passenger when the center
front seat is not used. Do not use it
as a seating position when the
seatback is folded down.

If equipped, move the lever up or
down repeatedly to increase or
decrease lumbar support.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
Power Lumbar

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.

The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.

Memory Seats

2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.

Power Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a manual seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
The seatback will automatically
fold forward.
2. To recline, move the seatback
rearward to the desired
position, then release the lever
to lock the seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:

To recline a power seatback,
if equipped:
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.

If memory equipped, the SET, 1, 2,
and B (Exit) buttons on the driver
door are used to manually store and
recall memory settings for the driver
seat, outside mirrors, power tilt and
telescoping steering column (if
equipped), and adjustable pedals (if
equipped).
Storing Memory Positions
To store positions to the 1 and 2
buttons:
1. The ignition must be in ON/
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
2. Adjust the driver seat, outside
mirrors, power tilt and
telescoping steering column (if
equipped), and adjustable
pedals (if equipped).
3. Press and release SET. A beep
will sound.
4. Immediately press and hold 1
until two beeps sound.
5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second
driver using 2.
To store exit positions and easy exit
features to the B (Exit) button,
repeat Steps 1–4 using B to store
your positions for getting out of the
vehicle.
Manually Recalling Memory
Positions
Press and hold 1, 2, or B (Exit) to
manually recall the previously
stored memory positions. Releasing
1, 2, or B before the stored
positions are reached stops the
recall.

If something has blocked the driver
seat, power tilt and telescoping
steering column, and/or adjustable
pedals while recalling a memory
position, the recall may stop.
Remove the obstruction; then press
and hold the appropriate manual
control for the memory item that is
not recalling for two seconds. Try
recalling the memory position again
by pressing the appropriate memory
button. If the memory position is still
not recalling, see your dealer for
service.
Automatically Recalling Memory
Positions (Auto Memory Recall)
If programmed on in the vehicle
personalization menu, the Auto
(Automatic) Memory Recall feature
automatically recalls the current
driver’s previously stored 1 or 2
position when the ignition is
changed from off to ON/RUN or
ACC/ACCESSORY.
See “Auto Memory Recall” under
“Comfort and Convenience” in
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

To stop recall movement, press one
of the memory, power mirror,
or power seat controls; press the
power tilt and telescoping steering
column control (if equipped); or
press the adjustable pedal control (if
equipped).
If the vehicle driver has changed, in
some vehicles the Driver ID may be
displayed for the first few ignition
cycles.
RKE transmitters are not labeled
with a number. If your memory seat
position is stored to 1 or 2, but this
position is not automatically
recalling, then store your positions
to the other button or switch RKE
transmitters with the other driver.
Easy Exit Recall
If programmed on in the vehicle
personalization menu, the easy exit
feature automatically recalls the
previously stored B positions when
leaving the vehicle. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.
Easy exit recall automatically
activates when one of the following
occurs:

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

The vehicle is turned off and the
driver door is opened within a
short time.

The vehicle is turned off with the
driver door open.

To stop recall movement, press one
of the memory, driver seat, outside
mirror, or power tilt and telescoping
steering column controls.
Obstructions
If something has blocked the driver
seat, power tilt and telescoping
steering column, and/or adjustable
pedals while recalling a memory
position, the recall may stop.
Remove the obstruction. Then do
one of the following:
. If automatically or manually
recalling the stored memory
position, press and hold the
appropriate manual control for
two seconds. Try recalling again
by pressing the appropriate
memory button.
. If recalling the exit position,
press and hold the appropriate
manual control for the exit

feature not recalling for
two seconds. Then try recalling
the exit position again.
If the memory position is still not
recalling, see your dealer for
service.

Heated and Ventilated
Front Seats

{ Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use
care when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.

The buttons are on the center stack
below the climate control system. To
operate, the engine must be
running.
Press I to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.
Press J to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Press C to ventilate the driver or
passenger seat.
The indicator light on the button
comes on when this feature is on.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the heated seats are on
high for an extended time, their level
may automatically be lowered.
The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.
Remote Start Auto Heated and
Ventilated Seats
During a remote start, the heated or
ventilated seats can be turned on
automatically. When it is cold
outside, the heated seats turn on,
and when it is hot outside the
ventilated seats turn on. The heated
or ventilated seats are canceled
when the ignition is turned on. Press
the heated or ventilated seat button
to use the heated or ventilated seats
after the vehicle is started.
The heated or ventilated seat
indicator lights do not turn on during
a remote start.

The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal.

Rear Seats

The heated or ventilated seats will
not turn on during a remote start
unless they are enabled in the
vehicle personalization menu. See
Remote Vehicle Start 0 44 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

Look in Rear Seat Reminder
Feature

Rear Seat Reminder

This message displays under
certain conditions indicating there
may be an item or passenger in the
rear seat. Check before exiting the
vehicle.
This feature will activate when a
second row door is opened while
the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes
before the vehicle is turned on,
including if the vehicle was started
remotely. There will be an alert
when the vehicle is turned off. The
alert does not directly detect objects
in the rear seat; instead, under
certain conditions, it detects when a
rear door is opened and closed,
indicating that there may be
something in the rear seat.
The feature is active only once each
time the vehicle is turned on and off,
and will require reactivation by
opening and closing the second row
doors. There may be an alert even
when there is nothing in the rear

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

Second Row Seats

seat; for example, if a child entered
the vehicle through the rear door
and left the vehicle without the
vehicle being shut off.

Reclining Seatbacks
To recline the seatback:

The feature can be turned on or off
through Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns.
See the Warning under Heated
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 72.

The buttons are on the rear of the
center console.
Press M or L to heat the left
outboard or right outboard seat
cushion.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat changes
to the next lower setting, and then
the off setting. Indicator lights on the
button show the setting: three for
high, two for medium, and one
for low.
If the heated seats are on high for
an extended time, their level may
automatically be lowered.

1. Lift the lever on the outboard
side of the seat.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
1. Lift the lever fully while
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
If the lever is lifted without
applying pressure, the seat will
release to a folded position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
The second row seats can be folded
for additional cargo space or folded
and tumbled for easy entry and exit
to the third row seat, if equipped.

Manual Fold and Tumble
Feature

{ Warning
Do not leave the second row seat
in a tumbled position while the
vehicle is in motion. A tumbled
seat is not locked. It can move
when the vehicle is in motion.
People in the vehicle could be
injured in a sudden stop or crash.
Be sure to return the seat to the
passenger seating position before
driving the vehicle. Push and pull
on the seat to make sure it is
locked into place.

Folding and Tumbling the Seat
To fold and tumble the seat:
1. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.

2. Lift the lever, on the outboard
side of the seat, to release the
seatback.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
Folding and Tumbling the Seat
from the Third Row Seat

{ Warning

The seatback will fold forward
to create a flat load floor.
If the seatback cannot fold flat,
try moving the front seat
forward and/or put the front
seatback in the upright
position.

3. Lift the lever again to release
the rear of the seat from the
floor. The seat will tumble
forward.
4. The rear pull strap can also be
used to fold or fold and tumble
the seat. It is easier to tumble
the seat from the rear pull strap
once the seat is already
folded flat.

Using the third row seating
position while the second row is
folded, or folded and tumbled,
could cause injury in a sudden
stop or crash. Be sure to return
the seat to the passenger seating
position. Push and pull on the
seat to make sure it is locked into
place.
To fold and tumble the seat from the
third row seat, if equipped:
1. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
3. Pull the strap again to release
the rear of the seat from the
floor. The seat will tumble
forward.

Automatic Fold and Tumble
Feature

{ Warning
2. Pull the strap on the bottom
rear of the second row seat to
release the seatback. The
seatback will fold forward.

Do not leave the second row seat
in a tumbled position while the
vehicle is in motion. A tumbled
seat is not locked. It can move
when the vehicle is in motion.
People in the vehicle could be
injured in a sudden stop or crash.
Be sure to return the seat to the
passenger seating position before
driving the vehicle. Push and pull
on the seat to make sure it is
locked into place.

{ Warning
Automatically folding and
tumbling the seat when someone
is sitting in the seat, could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always make sure there is no one
sitting in the seat before pressing
the automatic seat release switch.

Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
The transmission must be in
P (Park) for this feature to work.
Fold the seat to load cargo. Fold
and tumble the seat to gain entry to
the third row.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

Folding and Tumbling the Seat
To fold and tumble the seat:

Folding and Tumbling the Seat
from the Cargo Area

1. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.

The left switch folds the left
seatback, and the right switch
folds the right seatback.
3. Press the switch again to
release the rear of the seat
from the floor. The seat will
tumble forward.
The switches (2) can be used to fold
or fold and unfold the third row
seatbacks from the cargo area. See
Third Row Seats 0 79.

Returning the Seat to the
Sitting Position

Driver Side Rear Panel Switch
2. Press the automatic seat
release switch on the panel
behind the rear doors. The
seatback automatically
folds flat.
3. Press the switch again to
release the rear of the seat
from the floor. The seat will
tumble forward.

1. Second Row Power Seat
switches
2. Third Row Power Seat
switches

To fold and tumble the seat from the
cargo area:
1. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.
2. Press the switch (1) on the side
trim of the cargo area to fold
the seatback.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
1. Pull the seat down until both
sides of the seat are latched to
the floor. Make sure the seat is
securely latched to the floor
before raising the seatback.
If both sides are not latched to
the floor, the seatback will not
raise.
2. Lift the seatback and push it
rearward. Push and pull on the
seatback to make sure it is
locked.

On third row seats (if equipped), the
seatbacks can be folded to increase
cargo space.
Manual Operation
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.

Third Row Seats
Folding the Seatback

4. Fully lower the head restraints.
See Head Restraints 0 66.

5. Disconnect the rear safety belt
mini-latch using a key in the
slot on the mini-buckle, and let
the belt retract into the
headliner.

To fold the seatback (if equipped):

3. Make sure the second row
seatbacks are in the upright
position.

7. Stow the mini-latch in the
holder in the headliner.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

8. Pull up on the lever on the
back of the seat to release the
seatback.
9. Push the seatback forward to
lay flat.
10. Repeat the steps for the other
seatback, if desired.
Automatic Operation
The transmission must be in
P (Park) for this feature to work.

1. Second Row Power Seat
Switches
2. Third Row Power Seat
Switches

To fold the seatback (if equipped):
1. Open the liftgate to access the
controls for the seat.
2. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.
3. Fully lower the head restraints.
See Head Restraints 0 66. Put
the second row seatbacks in
the upright position. See
Second Row Seats 0 74.

4. Disconnect the rear safety belt
mini-latch, using a key in the
slot on the mini-buckle, and let
the belt retract into the
headliner. Stow the mini-latch
in the holder in the headliner.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

Returning the Seatback to the
Upright Position
Manual Operation

{ Warning

5. Press and hold the switch (2)
on the side trim of the cargo
area to fold the seatback.
The left switch folds the left
seatback, and the right switch
folds the right seatback.

If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:

1. From the rear of the vehicle,
raise the seatback using the
strap on the back of the seat,
or lift the seatback and push it
into place from inside the
vehicle.

6. Repeat the steps for the other
seatback, if desired.

2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.

The switches (1) can be used to fold
or fold and tumble the second row
seats from the cargo area. See
Second Row Seats 0 74.

{ Warning
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

Automatic Operation

seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.

A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.

3. Reconnect the center safety
belt mini-latch to the
mini-buckle. Do not let it twist.
4. Pull on the safety belt to be
sure the mini-latch is secure.
5. Repeat the steps for the other
seatback, if desired.

{ Warning

1. Second Row Power Seat
Switches
2. Third Row Power Seat
Switches

To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Open the liftgate to access the
controls for the seat.
2. Press and hold the switch (2)
on the side trim of the cargo
area to raise the seatback.
The left switch raises the left
seatback, and the right switch
raises the right seatback.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

Safety Belts
This section describes how to use
safety belts properly, and some
things not to do.

{ Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 149.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts!
When you wear a safety belt, you
and the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.

Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only. They work with
safety belts — not instead of
them. Whether or not an airbag
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the
most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing safety belts.

It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a safety belt properly.

Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly
This section is only for people of
adult size.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children, and
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older
Children 0 104 or Infants and Young
Children 0 106. Follow those rules
for everyone's protection.

pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.

Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front
of you.

Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.

Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong

You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
. Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
behind your back.
. Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

Lap-Shoulder Belt

Engaging the child restraint
locking feature in the front
outboard seating position may
affect the passenger sensing
system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 98.

All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt except for
the center front passenger position,
if equipped, which has a lap belt.
See Lap Belt 0 90.
If you are using a rear seating
position with a detachable safety
belt, and the safety belt is not
attached, see Third Row Seats 0 79
for instructions on reconnecting the
safety belt to the mini-buckle.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see
“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.

For front seating positions,
if the webbing locks in the latch
plate before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
unlock.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
in this section for instructions
on use and important safety
information.

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks. If the latch
plate will not go fully into the
buckle, check if the correct
buckle is being used.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Safety Belt Extender 0 90.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”

To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
For third row seats, it may be
necessary to pull stitching on
the safety belt through the latch
plate to fully tighten the lap belt
on smaller occupants.

For third row seats, slide the latch
plate up the safety webbing when
the safety belt is not in use. The
latch plate should rest on the
stitching on the safety belt.
Always stow the safety belt slowly.
If the safety belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
release it. If the webbing is still
locked in the retractor, see your
dealer.

They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. Safety belt
pretensioners can also help tighten
the safety belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.

Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
front outboard passenger positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
and not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 84.

Push down on the release button to
move the height adjuster to the
desired position.
Move the adjuster up by pushing up
on the shoulder belt guide.
After the adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it down
without pushing the release button
to make sure it has locked into
position.

Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.

Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
the pretensioners and probably
other parts of the vehicle's safety
belt system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash 0 91.
Do not sit on the outboard safety
belt while entering or exiting the
vehicle or at any time while sitting in
the seat. Sitting on the safety belt
can damage the webbing and
hardware.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides

{ Warning
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
Rear safety belt comfort guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a
shoulder belt, the comfort guide
positions the shoulder belt away
from the neck and head.

Second Row Outboard Seating
Positions
The vehicle has comfort guides for
the second row outboard seating
positions. The comfort guides are
stored on a clip on the interior trim
next to the outboard seatback.
To install:

2. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.

1. Remove the guide from its
storage clip on the interior trim
next to the outboard seatback.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
3. Be sure that the belt is not
twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be behind the
belt with the plastic guide on
the front.

To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Slide
the guide onto its storage clip.
Third Row Seating Positions
Comfort guides are available
through your dealer for third row
seating positions. Instructions are
included with the guides.

Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy

4. Buckle, position, and release
the safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.

Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

Lap Belt

Safety Belt Extender

This section is only for the lap belt.
To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder
belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 85.

If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.

The vehicle may have a center
seating position with a lap safety
belt. The lap safety belt does not
have a retractor.

To make the belt shorter, pull its free
end as shown until the belt is snug.
If the belt is not long enough, see
Safety Belt Extender 0 90.
Make sure the release button on the
buckle is positioned so you would
be able to unbuckle the safety belt
quickly if necessary.
To make the belt longer, tilt the latch
plate and pull it along the belt.
Buckle, position, and release it the
same way as the lap part of a
lap-shoulder belt.

If you find that the latch plate will
not go fully into the buckle, see if
you are using the correct buckle. Be
sure that the latch plate clicks when
inserted into the buckle.

But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child restraints.
To wear it, attach it to the regular
safety belt. For more information,
see the instruction sheet that comes
with the extender.

Safety System Check
Check that the safety belt reminder,
safety belts, buckles, latch plates,
and retractors, are all working
properly. Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from performing properly. See your
dealer to have it repaired. Torn or
frayed safety belts may not protect

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
you in a crash. They can rip apart
under impact forces. If a belt is torn
or frayed, have it replaced
immediately.
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders 0 149.
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care 0 91.

Safety Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean and
rinse safety belt webbing only
with mild soap and lukewarm
water. Allow the webbing to dry.
Safety belts should be properly
cared for and maintained.

Safety belt hardware should be kept
dry and free of dust or debris. As
necessary exterior hard surfaces
and safety belt webbing may be
lightly cleaned with mild soap and
water. Ensure there is not excessive
dust or debris in the mechanism.
If dust or debris exists in the system
please see the dealer. Parts may
need to be replaced to ensure
proper functionality of the system.

Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a
Crash

{ Warning
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 149.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
. A frontal airbag for the driver.
.

A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger.

A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.

A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger.

A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and for the second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the driver.

A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger.

The vehicle may have the following
airbag:
. A front center airbag for the
driver and front outboard
passenger.

All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on an
attached label near the deployment
opening.
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For the front center airbag, the word
AIRBAG is on the inboard side of
the driver seatback.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback closest to
the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:

{ Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags are not designed to inflate
in every crash. In some crashes
safety belts are the only restraint.
See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? 0 95.
Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce your chance
of hitting things inside the vehicle
or being ejected from it. Airbags
are “supplemental restraints” to
the safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning

Warning (Continued)

Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle. The safety belts and
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor.

Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.

Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the front center
armrest or console in vehicles
with a front center airbag.
(Continued)

{ Warning

There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 149.

Where Are the Airbags?

Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 104 or
Infants and Young
Children 0 106.

The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
If the vehicle has a front center
airbag, it is in the inboard side of the
driver seatback.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar

The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The driver and front outboard
passenger seat-mounted side
impact airbags are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front outboard passenger, and
second and third row outboard
seating positions are in the ceiling
above the side windows.

{ Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat or console
accessories that block the
inflation path of a seat-mounted
side impact airbag or the front
center airbag, if equipped.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie-down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.

When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System 0 92.
Airbags are designed to inflate if the

impact exceeds the specific airbag
system's deployment threshold.
Deployment thresholds are used to
predict how severe a crash is likely
to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the
occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the
airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.

whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.

Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.

The vehicle also has a seat position
sensor that enables the sensing
system to monitor the position of the
driver seat. The seat position sensor
provides information that is used to
adjust the deployment of the driver
frontal airbag.

Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.

The front center airbag, if equipped,
is designed to inflate in moderate to
severe side crashes depending
upon the location of the impact,
when either side of the vehicle is
struck. In addition, the front center
airbag is designed to inflate when
the sensing system predicts that the
vehicle is about to roll over on its
side. The front center airbag is not

Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and

Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or many side impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal
airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
according to crash severity.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
or rear impacts.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck, if the sensing
system predicts that the vehicle is
about to roll over on its side, or in a
severe frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or the repair costs.

What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? 0 93.

How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts by
distributing the force of the impact
more evenly over the
occupant's body.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first, second, and third rows. The
rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 95.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated. The
front center airbag, if equipped, and
roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they inflate. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 93.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard
warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. You can lock the doors,
turn off the interior lamps, and turn

off the hazard warning flashers by
using the controls for those
features.

{ Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

98
.

Seats and Restraints
Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy 0 440
and Event Data
Recorders 0 441.
Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.

Passenger Sensing
System

OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
be visible. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator 0 150.

The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
will light on the overhead console
when the vehicle is started.

The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system.

United States

Canada and Mexico
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbols for on and off, will be
visible during the system check.
When the system check is
complete, either the word ON or

The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat
and safety belt. The sensors are
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and
determine if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag should be
allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag is turned off.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if
the airbag is off. If securing a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure child restraints in the rear
seat. Consider using another
vehicle to transport the child
when a rear seat is not available.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
. The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.
. The system determines an infant
is present in a child restraint.
. A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
. There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the off indicator will light and stay lit
as a reminder that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 150.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat.
When the passenger sensing
system has allowed the airbag to be
enabled, the on indicator will light
and stay lit as a reminder that the
airbag is active.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon the
person's seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints should

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

100

Seats and Restraints

wear a safety belt
properly — whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 149 for more information,
including important safety
information.

If the On Indicator is Lit for a
Child Restraint
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if
the system determines that an infant
is present in a child restraint. If a
child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the Center
Front Seat) 0 121 or Securing
Child Restraints (With the
Safety Belt in the Rear Seat)
0 119 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Safety Belt
in the Front Passenger
Seat) 0 122.
Make sure the safety belt
retractor is locked by pulling
the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor when
installing the child restraint,
even if the child restraint is
equipped with a safety belt
lock-off. When the retractor

lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
seatback and adjust the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make
sure that the vehicle seatback
is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under
the vehicle head restraint.
If this happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head
Restraints 0 66.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may
or may not turn off the airbag for a
child in a child restraint depending
upon the child’s size. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a rear
seat. Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if the
on indicator is not lit.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant

2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat
massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.

If a person of adult size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat or that the child
restraint locking feature is engaged.
If this happens, use the following
steps to allow the system to detect
that person and enable the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.

5. If the shoulder portion of the
belt is pulled out all the way,
the child restraint locking
feature will be engaged. This
may unintentionally cause the
passenger sensing system to
turn the airbag off for some
adult-sized occupants. If this
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
the belt go back all the way,
and then buckle the belt again
without pulling the belt out all
the way.
6. Restart the vehicle and have
the person remain in this
position for two to three minutes
after the on indicator is lit.

101

{ Warning
If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of
serious injury or even death. An
adult-sized occupant should not
ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Safety belts help keep the
passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and
braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
in the Index for additional
information about the importance of
proper restraint use.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

102

Seats and Restraints

A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 102
for more information about
modifications that can affect how
the system operates.
The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired, remove the object from
the seat.

{ Warning
Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.

are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.

Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information 0 438.

{ Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
(Continued)

Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal may keep the airbag system
from working properly.
The operation of the airbag system
can also be affected by changing
any parts of the front seats, safety
belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic
module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, any of the airbag modules,
ceiling or pillar garnish trim,
overhead console, front sensors,
side impact sensors, airbag wiring,
or front center console.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger position,
which includes sensors that are part
of the passenger's seat. The
passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery or trim, or with
GM covers, upholstery or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing
System 0 98.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels 0 378 for additional
important information.
If you have to modify your vehicle
because you have a disability and
you have questions about whether
the modifications will affect the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you
have questions about whether the
airbag system will be affected if the
vehicle is modified for any other
reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance
Offices 0 431.

Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 149.

Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
(Continued)

103

Caution (Continued)
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 93. See your dealer
for service.

Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash

{ Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not properly protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

104

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.

Child Restraints

Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear safety
belt comfort guide, if available.
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 85. If a comfort guide is not
available, or if the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.

Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

Older Children

If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 149.
Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.
The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:

If you have the choice, a child
should sit in a position with a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder
Belt 0 85.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.

105

{ Warning

Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person
at a time.

Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

106

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning

Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.

Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle and never allow
children to play with the safety
belts.
Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither

the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant or child should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front
outboard seat. Secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
seat. It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used to
restrain, seat, or position children in
the vehicle and are sometimes
called child seats or car seats.
There are three basic types of
child restraints:
. Forward-facing child restraints
.

Rearward-facing child restraints

Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for your
child depends on their size, weight,
and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.

107

For each type of child restraint,
there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying that
it meets federal motor vehicle safety
standards. The restraint
manufacturer's instructions that
come with the restraint state the
weight and height limitations for a
particular child restraint. In addition,
there are many kinds of restraints
available for children with special
needs.

{ Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury in a crash, infants and
toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint until age
two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

108

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Forward-Facing Child Seat
Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing child restraint provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.

A forward-facing child restraint
provides restraint for the child's
body with the harness.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

Booster Seats
A belt-positioning booster seat is
used for children who have
outgrown their forward-facing child
restraint. Boosters are designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle's safety
belt system until the child is large
enough for the vehicle safety belts
to fit properly without a booster seat.
See the safety belt fit test in Older
Children 0 104.

A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle’s safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 111 for more
information. Children can be
endangered in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle.

109

When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
In some areas of the United States
and Canada, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

110

Seats and Restraints

Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint

{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.

Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in an appropriate
child restraint secured in a rear
seating position.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
The vehicle may be equipped with a
front center airbag in the inboard
side of the driver seat. Even with a
front center airbag, a child restraint
can be installed in any second row
seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front. This is because
the risk to the rear-facing child is so
great if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front passenger
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
front passenger airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front seat, always move the
front passenger seat as far back
as it will go. It is better to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 98 for additional information.

{ Warning
A child in a child restraint in the
center front seat can be badly
injured or killed by the frontal
airbags if they inflate. Never
secure a child restraint in the
center front seat. It is always
better to secure a child restraint in
a rear seat.
Do not use child restraints in the
center front seat position.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belts or
LATCH anchors for additional
passengers or child restraints.
Adjacent seating positions should
not be used if the child restraint
prevents access to or interferes with
the routing of the safety belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint system and secure the
child restraint system properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to

properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.

Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. The LATCH system is
designed to make installation of a
child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
use both the safety belts and the
LATCH anchorage system to secure
a rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.

111

Booster seats use the vehicle’s
safety belts to secure the child in
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be attached using only the top
tether.
The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

112

Seats and Restraints

See Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the Center Front
Seat) 0 121 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
the Rear Seat) 0 119 or Securing
Child Restraints (With the Safety
Belt in the Front Passenger
Seat) 0 122.

secure the child restraint. See
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Safety Belt in the Center Front Seat)
0 121 or Securing Child Restraints
(With the Safety Belt in the Rear
Seat) 0 119 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
the Front Passenger Seat) 0 122.

Child restraints built after March
2014 will be labeled with the
specific child weight up to which the
LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.

Lower Anchors

The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments. In this
case, the safety belt must be used
(with top tether where available) to
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
Some child restraints with top
tethers are designed for use with or
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.

113

I : Seating positions with top
tether anchors.

Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations

Third Row Seat

I : Seating positions with top
Second Row — Bucket

tether anchors.

H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.
I : Seating positions with top
tether anchors.

Second Row — 60/40

H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.

To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

114

Seats and Restraints
cushion for each seating position in
the second row. Be sure to use an
anchor on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.

To assist in locating the top tether
anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is near the top tether
anchors for second row seats. For
third row seats (if equipped), the top
tether anchor symbol is on the
flipper panel.

Third Row Seat

Second Row Seat — 60/40

Second Row Seat — Bucket
For models with bucket second row
seating, the top tether anchors are
at the bottom rear of the seat

For models with 60/40 second row
seating, the top tether anchors are
at the bottom rear of the seat
cushion for each seating position in
the second row. Be sure to use a
top tether anchor directly behind the
seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.

For models with a third row seat, the
top tether anchors are on the back
of the seatback. Move the flipper
panel rearward to access the
anchors. Be sure to use a top tether
anchor directly behind the seating
position where the child restraint will
be placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 110 for additional
information.

Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System

{ Warning
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors, the child
restraint will not be able to protect
the child correctly. In a crash, the
child could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle's
safety belts to secure the
restraint, following the instructions
that came with the child restraint
and the instructions in this
manual.

{ Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or
fatal injuries during a crash, do
not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured.

{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
(Continued)

115

Warning (Continued)
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Buckle any unused safety belts
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.

Caution
Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s safety belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

116

Seats and Restraints
Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatback
when the seat is occupied. Do not
fold the empty rear seat with a
safety belt buckled. This could
damage the safety belt or the
seat. Unbuckle and return the
safety belt to its stowed position,
before folding the seat.
The vehicle may be equipped with a
front center airbag in the inboard
side of the driver seat. Even with a
front center airbag, a child restraint
can be installed in any second row
seating position.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint 0 110.
This system is designed to make
installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not
use the vehicle's safety belts.
Instead use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to

secure the restraints. Some
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the the safety
belts and top tether when
recommended by the child
restraint manufacturer. Refer to
your child restraint
manufacturer instructions and
the instructions in this manual.
For the third row outboard
seating positions, if the head
restraint interferes with the
proper installation of the child
restraint, then the head
restraint may be removed. See
“Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH
System) 0 111.

1.1. Find the lower anchors
for the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. If the child restraint
manufacturer recommends that
the top tether be attached,
attach and tighten the top
tether to the top tether anchor.
Refer to the child restraint
instructions and the following
steps:
2.1. Find the top tether
anchor.
For models with a third
row seat, move the flipper
panel rearward to access
the top tether anchors.
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
the top tether according
to your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

117

and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
over the seatback.

If the position you are
using does not have a
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a
single tether, route the
tether over the seatback.

If the position you are
using does not have a
headrest or head restraint

If the position you are
using has an adjustable
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a
single tether, raise the
headrest or head restraint
and route the tether
under the headrest or
head restraint and in
between the headrest or
head restraint posts.

If the position you are
using has a fixed
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a
single tether, route the
tether around the inboard
or outboard side of the
headrest or head
restraint.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

118

Seats and Restraints
Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation
1. Partially fold the seatback
forward. See Third Row Seats
0 79 for additional information.

If the position you are
using has a fixed or an
adjustable head restraint
and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
around the head restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper
installation.

4. With the head restraint facing
rearward, insert the head
restraint posts into the holes in
the top of the seatback.
5. Push the head restraint down.
2. Press the buttons on the head
restraint posts, and pull up on
the head restraint.
3. Route the tether of the child
restraint under the head
restraint.

6. Try to move the head restraint
to make sure that it is locked in
place.
7. When the child restraint is
removed, reinstall the head
restraint before the seating
position is used.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints

Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash

{ Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints
(With the Safety Belt in
the Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 111 for how and where to

119

install the child restraint using
LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 111 for
top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint. Be
sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint 0 110.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

120

Seats and Restraints

1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
For the third row outboard
seating positions, if the head
restraint interferes with the
proper installation of the child
restraint, the head restraint
may be removed. See “Head
Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH
System) 0 111.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
If the latch plate will not go fully
into the buckle, check to see if
the correct buckle is
being used.
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint system, so that the
safety belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. Refer to the instructions
that came with the child
restraint and see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH
System) 0 111.

5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.

7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
If the head restraint was removed
for a third row outboard seating
position, reinstall it before the

121

seating position is used. See “Head
Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 111 for additional
information on reinstalling the head
restraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints
(With the Safety Belt in
the Center Front Seat)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

122

Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints
(With the Safety Belt in
the Front
Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 110.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 98
and Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 150 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great if the
airbag deploys.

{ Warning

Warning (Continued)

A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.

forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.

Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
one can guarantee that an airbag
will not deploy under some
unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
(Continued)

See Passenger Sensing System
0 98 for additional information.
If the child restraint uses a top
tether, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 111 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Seats and Restraints
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:

through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, the off indicator on the
passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay
lit when you start the vehicle.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 150.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt

123

4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt, if needed.

Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint system, so that the
safety belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

124

Seats and Restraints
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.

If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay on
when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System 0 98.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Storage

Storage
Compartments

Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Storage . . . .
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center Console Storage . . . . . .

125
125
125
125
126
126
126
126

Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 127

{ Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

125

If equipped with storage behind the
radio, press and hold P to open.
There is a USB port inside. See the
infotainment manual.
Press and hold

again to close.

Keep the storage area closed when
not in use.
The storage area cannot be
operated with P when valet mode
is enabled. See “Valet Mode” in
Home Page 0 202.
The storage area can be operated
manually.

Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.

Cupholders
The cupholders are immediately in
front of the center console storage
bin. Press the button to open. The
door will retract rearward.
Press the button on the forward bin
to open. The door will retract
forward.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

126

Storage

If equipped, cupholders may be in
the second and third row seat
armrest areas.

Sunglasses Storage

Armrest Storage

Center Console Storage

For vehicles with a rear seat
armrest, pull the loop at the top of
the armrest down to access the
cupholders.

Rear Storage

If equipped, sunglasses storage is
on the overhead console. Press the
fixed button on the cover and
release to access. There may be a
child-view mirror located within the
sunglasses bin. Release the bin and
then push up halfway to secure in
position.

If equipped, pull the handle and lift
to access the console. There are
USB ports, an auxiliary jack, an
accessory power outlet, a tote
compartment, and a device holder.
There is storage in the floor of the
rear cargo area. Lift the handle to
access. There is a removable
divider to help organize.

On the rear of the console, there are
auxiliary jacks, a 110/120 volt power
outlet, and an open storage area.
See Power Outlets 0 136, USB Port
0 210, and Auxiliary Jack 0 213.
If equipped with an uplevel radio,
see the infotainment manual.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Storage

Additional Storage
Features
Cargo Tie-Downs

There are four cargo tie-downs in
the rear cargo area. These can be
used to strap cargo down and keep
it from moving inside the vehicle.

Convenience Net
Use the convenience net, located in
the rear, to store small loads as far
forward as possible. The net should
not be used to store heavy loads.

Roof Rack System

{ Warning
If something is carried on top of
the vehicle that is longer or wider
than the roof rack — like paneling,
plywood, or a mattress — the
wind can catch it while the vehicle
is being driven. The item being
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
If equipped, the roof rack can be
used to load items. For roof racks
that do not have crossrails included,
GM Certified crossrails can be
purchased as an accessory. See
your dealer for additional
information.

127

Caution
Loading cargo on the roof rack
that weighs more than 100 kg
(220 lb) or hangs over the rear or
sides of the vehicle may damage
the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
rests evenly between the
crossrails, making sure to fasten
cargo securely.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicle’s center
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
braking, or abrupt maneuvers,
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

128

Storage

Do not exceed the maximum vehicle
capacity when loading the vehicle.
For more information on vehicle
capacity and loading, see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 247.
A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
(CHMSL) is located above the rear
window glass. Make sure items
loaded on the roof of the vehicle do
not block or damage the CHMSL.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 130
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 131
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 132
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 132
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Pressure
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

140
141
145
145
145
145
145
146

Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 149
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 149
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 151
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 151
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 154
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 154
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light
(1500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 155
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 155
Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 156
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 157
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 157
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 157
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 157

129

Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 162

Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Brake System Messages . . . . . 167
Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 167
Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 167
Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 168
Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 169
Engine Power Messages . . . . . 169
Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 170
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 170
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Airbag System Messages . . . . 174
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Steering System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

130

Instruments and Controls

Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission Messages . . . . . .
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . .

174
174
175

Controls

Tilt and Telescoping Steering
Wheel

Steering Wheel
Adjustment

177
177

Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 178

Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . 185
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Universal Remote System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

To adjust the tilt and telescoping
steering wheel, if equipped:
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Hold the steering wheel and
pull the lever.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Release the lever to lock the
wheel in place.

1. Push the lever (1) down to
move the steering wheel
forward or rearward. Lift the
lever (1) up to lock the wheel in
place.
2. Hold the steering wheel and
pull the lever (2) toward you to
move the steering wheel up or
down. Release the lever (2) to
lock the wheel into place.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
Power Tilt and Telescoping
Steering Wheel

Steering Wheel Controls

131

i : Press to reject an incoming
call or end a current call. Press to
mute or unmute the infotainment
system when not on a call.

o or p : Press to go to the
previous or next menu option.
w or x : Press to go to the next or
previous selection.
V : Press to select a highlighted
menu option.

To adjust the power tilt and
telescoping steering wheel,
if equipped:
Press the control to move the
steering wheel up and down or
forward and rearward.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

If equipped, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.

g : For vehicles
with OnStar® or a
®

Bluetooth system, press to interact
with those systems. See OnStar
Overview 0 443, Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 214 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base
Radio) 0 215 or Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition - Base Radio) 0 219,
or “Bluetooth (Overview)” in the
infotainment manual.

The favorite and volume switches
are on the back of the steering
wheel.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

132

Instruments and Controls

1. Favorite: When on a radio
source, press to select the next
or previous favorite. When on a
media source, press to select
the next or previous track.
2. Volume: Press to increase or
decrease the volume.

Horn
To sound the horn, press
steering wheel.

a on the

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper control is on
the turn signal lever.
The windshield wipers are controlled
by turning the band with z
FRONT on it.

The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to start heating.

8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
then release. For several wipes,
hold the band on 8 longer.
Clear ice and snow from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement 0 345.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn it on or
off. A light next to the button
displays when the feature is
turned on.

OFF : Turns the windshield
wipers off.

1 : Fast wipes.
w : Slow wipes.
3 INT : If Rainsense is turned off,
turn the z FRONT band up for
more frequent wipes or down for
less frequent wipes. If Rainsense is
turned on, see Rainsense™ later in
this section.

Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor. An internal circuit
breaker to the motor will stop the
motor until it cools down.
Wiper Parking
If the ignition is put in OFF while the
wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT,
they will immediately stop.
If z FRONT is then moved to
OFF before the driver door is
opened or within 10 minutes, the
wipers will restart and move to the
base of the windshield.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
If the ignition is put in OFF while the
wipers are performing wipes due to
windshield washing or Rainsense,
the wipers continue to run until they
reach the base of the windshield.

Rainsense™

Turn the band down to lower INT
setting for less sensitivity to
moisture.

Move the band out of the 3 INT
position to deactivate Rainsense.

With Rainsense, a sensor near the
top center of the windshield detects
the amount of water on the
windshield and controls the
frequency of the windshield wiper.
Keep this area of the windshield
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.

3 INT

: Turn the z FRONT
band on the wiper lever to adjust the
sensitivity when Rainsense is
turned on.

Turn the band up for more
sensitivity to moisture.

133

on or off, a message may display
indicating if Rainsense was turned
on or off.
If the ignition is in ON/RUN and z
FRONT is not in one of the
sensitivity settings when z AUTO
is turned on, a message may
display indicating that the wiper
band must be in one of the
sensitivity settings for Rainsense to
operate.
Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

z AUTO : Press to turn
Rainsense on or off. When turned
on and z FRONT is in one of the
Rainsense wipe sensitivity positions
the wipers can be adjusted for more
or less sensitivity to moisture. When
turned off, the wipers operate as
timed intermittent wipers and can be
adjusted for more or less frequent
wipes.
If z AUTO is turned on when the
ignition is turned on, or if the ignition
is in ON/RUN and the z FRONT
band is in one of the sensitivity
settings when z AUTO is turned

When using an automatic car wash,
move the windshield wiper lever to
OFF. This disables the automatic
Rainsense windshield wipers.
With Rainsense, if the transmission
is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
speed is very slow, the wipers will
automatically stop at the base of the
windshield.
The wiper operations return to
normal when the transmission is no
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
speed has increased.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

134

Instruments and Controls

Windshield Washer

{ Warning

Rear Window Wiper/
Washer

Rear Wiper Arm Assembly
Protection

In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.

L m : Push the paddle marked with
the windshield washer symbol at the
top of the turn signal lever to spray
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The wipers will continue until the
paddle is released or the maximum
wash time is reached. When the
paddle is released, additional wipes
may occur depending on how long
the windshield washer had been
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 338
for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.

liftglass is opened while the rear
wiper is on, the wiper returns to the
parked position and stops.

The rear wiper control is on the turn
signal lever.
To turn the rear wiper on, slide the
lever to a wiper position.

When using an automatic car wash,
move the rear wiper control to OFF
to disable the rear wiper. In some
vehicles, if the transmission is in
N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is
very slow, the rear wiper will
automatically park under the rear
spoiler.

INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a
delay between wipes.

The wiper operations return to
normal when the transmission is no
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
speed has increased.

ON : Turns on the rear wiper.

Reverse Gear Wipes

= REAR : Press this button on the

If the rear wiper control is off, the
rear wiper will automatically operate
continuously when the shift lever is
in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing low
or high speed wipes. If the rear
wiper control is off, the shift lever is
in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing

OFF : Turns the wiper off.

end of the lever to spray washer
fluid on the rear window. The wipers
will clear the rear window and either
stop or return to your preset speed.
For more washer cycles, press and
hold the button.
The rear window wiper/washer will
not operate if the liftgate or liftglass
is open or ajar. If the liftgate or

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
interval wipes, then the rear wiper
automatically performs interval
wipes.
This feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 178.
The windshield washer reservoir is
used for the windshield and the rear
window. Check the fluid level in the
reservoir if either washer is not
working. See Washer Fluid 0 338.

Compass
The vehicle may have a compass
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass receives
its heading and other information
from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna,
StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
information.
The compass system is designed to
operate for a certain number of
miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS
satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the
vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system

will automatically determine when a
GPS signal is restored and provide
a heading again. See Compass
Messages 0 167 for the messages
that may be displayed for the
compass.

135

If auto timing is set, the time
displayed on the clock may not
update immediately when driving
into a new time zone.
To set the clock display:

Clock

1. Select SETTINGS from the
Home Page, then select Time
and Date.

Setting the Time and Date with
Faceplate Controls

2. Select Clock Display.

To set the time or date:
1. Select SETTINGS from the
Home Page, then select Time
and Date.
2. Select the desired function.
3. Turn the MENU knob to
increase or decrease the value.
4. Press the MENU knob to go to
the next value. After the last
value is selected, the system
will update and return to the
Settings menu. Press o BACK
to go to the last menu and
save the changes.
Auto Set requires an active
connection to OnStar.

3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
or On.
4. Press the MENU knob to
select.
Press o BACK to go to the last
menu and save the changes.

Setting the Time and Date with
Touchscreen Controls
To set the time:
1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
Page, then touch Time
and Date.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

136

Instruments and Controls

2. Touch Set Time, then touch «
or ª to increase or decrease
hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or
24 hour clock.
3. Touch S to go back to the
previous menu.
Auto Set requires an active
connection to OnStar.
If auto timing is set, the time
displayed on the clock may not
update immediately when driving
into a new time zone.
To set the date:
1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
Page, then touch Time
and Date.
2. Touch Set Date, then touch «
or ª to increase or decrease
month, day, or year.
3. Touch S to go back to the
previous menu.
To set the clock display:

1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
Page, then touch Time
and Date.
2. Touch Clock Display, then
touch Off or On to turn the
clock display off or on.

One in the third row seat on the
driver side.

One in the rear cargo area on
the passenger side.

Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3
player, etc.

Vehicles with Bench Seats
. One on the center stack below
the climate control system.
. One in the storage area on the
bench seat.
. One on the rear of the center
armrest storage.
. One in the third row seat area on
the driver side.
. One in the rear cargo area on
the passenger side.

The vehicle may have up to five
accessory power outlets:

Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.

Vehicles with a Center Console
. One in front of the cupholders on
the center console.
. One inside the center storage
console.
. One on the rear of the center
storage console.

The accessory power outlets are
powered as follows:
. The power outlet near the
cupholders for vehicles with a
center console or on the center
stack for vehicles with bench
seats, can be configured to
operate using Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) or

3. Touch S to go back to the
previous menu.

Power Outlets
Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct
Current

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
battery power modes. If these
power outlets are used while in
the battery power mode, this
could cause interference
between the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter and the
vehicle, and the vehicle may not
start. See Ignition Positions
(Keyless Access) 0 252 or
Ignition Positions (Key
Access) 0 254.
.

The power outlets in the third
row seat area or in the rear
cargo area are powered at all
times. The power outlets inside
the storage area, on the rear of
the console, or on the bench
seat are only powered when the
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when RAP is
active.

{ Warning
Power is always supplied to the
outlet, if configured accordingly.
Do not leave electrical equipment
plugged in when the vehicle is not
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
in use because the vehicle could
catch fire and cause injury or
death.

137

When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 318.

Caution
Caution
Leaving electrical equipment
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the ignition is in
LOCK/OFF will drain the battery.
Always unplug electrical
equipment when not in use and
do not plug in equipment that
exceeds the maximum 15 ampere
rating.
Certain power accessory plugs may
not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.

Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110/120 Volt
Alternating Current
If equipped with this power outlet, it
can be used to plug in electrical
equipment that uses a maximum
limit of 150 watts.
For vehicles with a center console,
the 110/120 volt power outlet is on
the rear of the center console.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

138

Instruments and Controls

For vehicles with bench seats, the
110/120 volt power outlet is on the
center stack below the climate
controls.
An indicator light on the outlet turns
on to show it is in use. The light
comes on when the ignition is in
ON/RUN, equipment requiring less
than 150 watts is plugged into the
outlet, and no system fault is
detected.
The indicator light does not come on
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or
if the equipment is not fully seated
into the outlet.
If equipment is connected using
more than 150 watts or a system
fault is detected, a protection circuit
shuts off the power supply and the
indicator light turns off. To reset the
circuit, unplug the item and plug it
back in or turn the ignition off and
then back to ON/RUN. The power
restarts when equipment using 150
watts or less is plugged into the
outlet and a system fault is not
detected.

The power outlet is not designed for
the following, and may not work
properly if they are plugged in:
. Equipment with high initial peak
wattage, such as
compressor-driven refrigerators
and electric power tools.
. Other equipment requiring an
extremely stable power supply,
such as
microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets and touch
sensor lamps.
. Medical equipment.

Wireless Charging
The vehicle may have wireless
charging on top of the center
console. See Center Console
Storage 0 126. The system
wirelessly charges one PMA or Qi
compatible mobile device.
To check for phone or other device
compatibility:
. In the U.S., see
my.chevrolet.com/learn.

In Canada, see
gmtotalconnect.ca.

Or, see your dealer for details.

{ Warning
Wireless charging can affect the
operation of an implanted
pacemaker or other medical
devices. If you have one, it is
recommended to consult with
your doctor before using the
wireless charging system.
The vehicle must be in ON/RUN,
ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). The
wireless charging feature may not
correctly indicate charging when the
vehicle is in RAP. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 258.
The operating temperature is −20 °C
(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

3. The } will display on the V
on the infotainment screen.
This indicates that the mobile
device is properly positioned
and charging. If a phone is
placed on the charging pad
and } does not display,
remove the phone from the
pad, turn 180 degrees and wait
three seconds before placing/
aligning the phone on the pad
again.

{ Warning
Remove all metal objects from the
charging pad before charging
your mobile device. Metal objects,
such as coins, keys, rings,
or paper clips, between the phone
and charging pad will become
very hot. On the rare occasion
that the charging system does not
detect a metal object, and the
object gets wedged between the
phone and charger, remove the
phone and allow the metallic
object to cool before removing it
from the charging pad, to prevent
burns.

139

To charge a mobile device:
1. Remove all objects from the
charging pad. The system may
not charge if there are any
objects on the charging pad.
2. Place the mobile device face
up on the @ symbol on the
charging pad.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

140

Instruments and Controls

Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

Base Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

141

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

142

Instruments and Controls

Midlevel Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

Uplevel Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

143

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

144

Instruments and Controls

Cluster Menu (Uplevel Cluster)
There is an interactive display area
in the center of the instrument
cluster.

viewed. See “Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the
Index.

phone source. If there is an active
call, mute the phone or switch to
handset operation.

Audio

Navigation

Phone

Navigation

Settings

Press V to select the Navigation
app, then press p to enter the
Navigation menu. If there is no
active route, you can resume the
last route and turn the voice
prompts on/off. If there is an active
route, you can cancel the route.

Audio

Use the right steering wheel control
to open and scroll through the
different items and displays.
Press o to access the cluster
applications. Use w or x to scroll
through the list of available
applications. Not all applications will
be available on all vehicles.
. Info App. This is where the
selected Driver Information
Center (DIC) displays can be

Press V to select the Audio app,
then press p to enter the Audio
menu. In the Audio menu browse for
music, select from the favorites,
or change the audio source. In the
main application view, use w or x
to change the station or go to the
next or previous track.
Phone
Press V to select the Phone app,
then press p to enter the Phone
menu. In the Phone menu, if there is
no active phone call, view recent
calls, scroll through contacts, select
from the favorites, or change the

Settings
Press V to select the Settings app.
Use w or x to scroll through items
in the Settings menu.
Units : Press p while Units is
displayed to enter the Units menu.
Choose English or metric units by
pressing V while the desired item is
highlighted. A checkmark will be
displayed next to the selected item.
Info Pages : Press p while Info
Pages is displayed to enter the Info
Pages menu and select the items to

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
be displayed in the Info app. See
“Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel)” in the Index.
Speed Warning : The Speed
Warning display allows the driver to
set a speed that they do not want to
exceed. To set the Speed Warning,
press p when Speed Warning is
displayed, or press V on the main
view to set the speed value. Press
w or x to adjust the value. Press
V to set the speed. Once the speed
is set, this feature can be turned off
by pressing V while viewing this
page. If the selected speed limit is
exceeded, a pop-up warning is
displayed with a chime.
Software Information : Press p
while Software Information is
highlighted to display open source
software information.

Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).

Odometer

Fuel Gauge

The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.

Trip Odometer
The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 158 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 160.

Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).

Metric

145

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

146

Instruments and Controls

English
When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank.
There is an arrow near the fuel
gauge pointing to the side of the
vehicle the fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There still is
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.

Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
. The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is
turned on, and goes back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.

Engine Oil Pressure
Gauge

Metric

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE”
under Engine Oil Messages 0 169
and Engine Oil 0 325.

Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge

Caution

English
The engine oil pressure gauge
shows the engine oil pressure
in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds
per square inch) when the engine is
running.
Oil pressure can vary with engine
speed, outside temperature and oil
viscosity.
A reading outside the normal
operating range can be caused by a
dangerously low oil level or some
other problem causing low oil
pressure. Check the vehicle's oil as
soon as possible. See “OIL

Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.

Metric

147

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

148

Instruments and Controls

Voltmeter Gauge

English
This gauge measures the
temperature of the vehicle's engine
coolant.
While driving under normal
operating conditions, if the needle
moves into the red warning area,
the engine is too hot. Pull off the
road, stop the vehicle, and turn off
the engine as soon as possible.

When the ignition is on, this gauge
indicates the battery voltage.
When the engine is running, this
gauge shows the condition of the
charging system. The gauge can
transition from a higher to lower or a
lower to higher reading. This is
normal. If the vehicle is operating
outside the normal operating range,
the charging system light comes on.
See Charging System Light 0 151
for more information. The voltmeter
gauge may also read lower when in
fuel economy mode. This is normal.

Readings outside the normal
operating range can also occur
when a large number of electrical
accessories are operating in the
vehicle and the engine is left idling
for an extended period. This
condition is normal since the
charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As
engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as
higher engine speeds allow the
charging system to create maximum
power.
The vehicle can only be driven for a
short time with the readings outside
the normal operating range. If the
vehicle must be driven, turn off all
accessories, such as the radio and
air conditioner.
Readings outside the normal
operating range indicate a possible
problem in the electrical system.
Have the vehicle serviced as soon
as possible.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

Safety Belt Reminders
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.

Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
There may be a passenger safety
belt reminder light near the
passenger airbag status indicator.
See Passenger Sensing
System 0 98.

149

The front passenger safety belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the safety belt.

Airbag Readiness Light

When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the driver safety belt is buckled,
neither the light nor the chime
comes on.

For vehicles equipped with the
passenger safety belt reminder light,
when the vehicle is started this light
flashes and a chime may come on
to remind passengers to fasten their
safety belt. Then the light stays on
solid until the belt is buckled. This
cycle continues several times if the
passenger remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving.
If the passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.

This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), passenger
sensing system (if equipped), the
pretensioners, the airbag modules,
the wiring, and the crash sensing
and diagnostic module. For more
information on the airbag system,
see Airbag System 0 92.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

150

Instruments and Controls

The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System
Messages 0 174.

Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 98 for important
safety information. The passenger
airbag status indicator is in the
overhead console.

several more seconds, the status
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or the on or off symbol, to let you
know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag is
allowed to inflate.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.

United States

If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.

Canada and Mexico

{ Warning

When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after

If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
Warning (Continued)
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 149 for more information,
including important safety
information.

Charging System Light

system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
When this light comes on, or is
flashing, the Driver Information
Center (DIC) also displays a
message.

If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging

Only Mode for Keyless Access. See
Ignition Positions (Keyless Access)
0 252 or Ignition Positions (Key
Access) 0 254.

See Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages 0 166.
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.

Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine
Light)
The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
It should go out when the engine is
started.

151

This light is part of the vehicle’s
emission control on-board
diagnostic system. If this light is on
while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it
is working when the ignition is in
ON/RUN with the engine not
running for Key Access or in Service

Malfunctions are often indicated by
the system before any problem is
noticeable. Being aware of the light
and seeking service promptly when
it comes on may prevent damage.

Caution
If the vehicle is driven continually
with this light on, the emission
control system may not work as
well, the fuel economy may be
lower, and the vehicle may not
run smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

152

Instruments and Controls
Caution

Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system, or the use of
replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire
specifications, can cause this light
to come on. This could lead to
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
an Emissions Inspection/
Maintenance test. See
Accessories and
Modifications 0 321.
If the light is flashing : A
malfunction has been detected that
could damage the emission control
system and increase vehicle
emissions. Diagnosis and service
may be required.
To help prevent damage, reduce
vehicle speed and avoid hard
accelerations and uphill grades.

If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as possible.
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
off and wait at least 10 seconds
before restarting the engine. If the
light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your
dealer for service as soon as
possible.
If the light is on steady : A
malfunction has been detected.
Diagnosis and service may be
required.
Check the following:
. If fuel has been added to the
vehicle using the capless funnel
adapter, make sure that it has
been removed. See “Filling the
Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
under Filling the Tank 0 301.
The diagnostic system can
detect if the adapter has been
left installed in the vehicle,
allowing fuel to evaporate into
the atmosphere. A few driving
trips with the adapter removed
may turn off the light.

Poor fuel quality can cause
inefficient engine operation and
poor driveability, which may go
away once the engine is warmed
up. If this occurs, change the
fuel brand. It may require at
least one full tank of the proper
fuel to turn the light off. See
Fuel 0 298.

If the light remains on, see your
dealer.

Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test, the
test equipment will likely connect to
the vehicle's Data Link
Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. Connecting devices that are

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
not used to perform an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect
vehicle operation. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 318. See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
. The light is on when the engine
is running.
. The light does not come on
when the ignition is in ON/RUN
with the engine not running for
Key Access or in Service Only
Mode for Keyless Access.
. Critical emission control systems
have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if
the vehicle has been recently
serviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle will
not pass or cannot be made ready
for the test.

Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working.
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.

Metric

English

This light should come on briefly
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn you if there is
a problem.

153

When the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light also comes on
when the parking brake is set. The
light stays on if the parking brake
does not fully release. If it stays on
after the parking brake is fully
released, it means the vehicle has a
brake problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
pull off the road and stop carefully.
The pedal might be harder to push,
or the pedal can go closer to the
floor. It may take longer to stop.
If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 396.

{ Warning
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

154

Instruments and Controls

Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light

If both the ABS and the brake
system warning light are on, the
vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 153 and Brake System
Messages 0 167.

This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.

Tow/Haul Mode Light

If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
the engine again to reset the
system. If the ABS light stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
vehicle needs service. A chime may
also sound when the light comes on
steady.
If the ABS light is the only light on,
the vehicle has regular brakes, but
the antilock brakes are not
functioning.

Hill Descent Control Light

If equipped, the Hill Descent Control
light comes on when the system is
ready for use. When the light
flashes, the system is active.
See Hill Descent Control
(HDC) 0 276.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
Light (1500 Series)
For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
Mode feature, this light comes on
when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
activated.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 266.
If available, this light comes on
briefly while starting the vehicle.
If it does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
This light is green if LKA is available
to assist.
LKA may assist by gently turning
the steering wheel if the vehicle
approaches a detected lane marking
without using the turn signal in that
direction. The LKA light will turn
amber.
This light is amber and flashes as a
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert, to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed.
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
Series) 0 297.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 291.

See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 274.

Traction Off Light

StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off.

This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.

The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is
detected ahead and amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.

155

This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.

This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak system is turned off.
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the
system does not assist in controlling
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and
the StabiliTrak systems, and the
warning light turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 274.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

156

Instruments and Controls

Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 274.

Tire Pressure Light

This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
system have been disabled.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires
service. See Ride Control System
Messages 0 172.
If the light is on and flashing, the
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
is actively working.

When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 372.

Low Fuel Warning Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. See Tire Messages 0 174.
Stop as soon as possible, and
inflate the tires to the pressure value
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 369.

This light is near the fuel gauge and
comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working.
It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

Security Light

This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 191.

IntelliBeam® Light

The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
(Key Access) 0 55 or Immobilizer
Operation (Keyless Access) 0 56.

This light comes on when the
IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is
enabled.
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 189.

157

The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps 0 194 for more information.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when the
exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 189.

Cruise Control Light

Front Fog Lamp Light

High-Beam On Light

For vehicles with fog lamps, this
light comes on when the fog lamps
are on.

The cruise control light is white
when the cruise control is on and
ready, and turns green when the
cruise control is set and active.
See Cruise Control 0 278.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

158

Instruments and Controls

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

Information Displays
Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level)

This light is white when the Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is
on and ready, and turns green when
the ACC is set and active. See
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 280.

The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster. The
displays show the status of many
vehicle systems. The trip odometer
reset stem in the instrument cluster
is used to access the DIC menu
items.

Unit

Digital Speedometer
The speedometer shows how fast
the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). The speedometer
cannot be reset.
Trip

Turn the trip odometer reset stem to
scroll through the following menu
items:
. Digital Speedometer

Turn the trip odometer reset stem
until TRIP displays. The current
distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the last reset for the trip odometer is
shown. The trip odometer can be
reset to zero by pressing and
holding the trip odometer reset stem
while the trip odometer is displayed.

Trip

Fuel Range

Average Fuel Economy

Tire Pressure

Remaining Oil Life

Transmission Fluid Temperature

Trailer Brake

This display shows the approximate
distance the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. The fuel range
estimate is based on an average of
the vehicle's fuel economy over
recent driving history and the
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.

Hourmeter

DIC Menu Items

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

159

Average Fuel Economy

Remaining Oil Life

Transmission Fluid Temperature

The Average Fuel Economy display
shows the approximate average
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)
or miles per gallon (mpg). This
number reflects only the
approximate average fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now, and
will change as driving conditions
change. This number is based on
the number of L/100 km (mpg)
recorded since the last time this
menu item was reset. Reset this
display by pressing the trip
odometer reset stem.

Turn the trip odometer reset stem
until REMAINING OIL LIFE
displays. An estimate of the oil's
remaining useful life is shown.
REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means
99% of the current oil life remains.

The temperature of the automatic
transmission fluid displays in either
degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees
Fahrenheit (°F).

When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages 0 169.
The oil should be changed as soon
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 325.
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended in the Maintenance
Schedule. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 412.

On vehicles with the Integrated
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
turn the trip odometer reset stem
until TRAILER GAIN and TRAILER
OUTPUT displays.

Tire Pressure
Turn the trip odometer reset stem
until a vehicle with the approximate
pressures of all four tires displays.
Tire pressure is displayed in either
kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per
square inch (psi).
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 371 and Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 372.

The Oil Life display must be reset
after each oil change. It will not
reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life
display at any time other than when
the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, see Engine
Oil Life System 0 327.

Trailer Brake

TRAILER GAIN shows the Trailer
Gain setting. This setting can be
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
a trailer connected or disconnected.
TRAILER OUTPUT shows the
power output to the trailer anytime a
trailer with electric brakes is
connected. Output is displayed as a
bar graph. Dashes may appear in
the TRAILER OUTPUT display if a
trailer is not connected.
Hourmeter
This display shows the total number
of hours the engine has run.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

160

Instruments and Controls
1. Press o to access the cluster
applications.

Unit
This will change the displays on the
instrument cluster and DIC to either
metric or English (US)
measurements. To change the units,
press the trip odometer reset stem
when UNITS is displayed to enter
the Unit menu. Turn the trip
odometer reset stem to switch
between English and metric. Press
the trip odometer reset stem when
the desired setting is displayed.

Compass

2. Press w or x to scroll to the
Settings application.
3. Press V to enter the
Settings menu.
4. Scroll to Info Pages and
press p.

The vehicle may have a compass in
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Compass 0 135.

w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list. In the main view,
press up and down to move
between different info app pages.

Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Uplevel)

o or p : Press to move between
the interactive display zones in the
cluster.

The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster in
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster
0 141. The displays show the status
of many vehicle systems. The
controls for the DIC are on the right
steering wheel control.

V : Press to open a menu or select
a menu item. Press and hold to
reset values on certain screens.

DIC Info Page Options
The info pages on the DIC can be
turned on or off through the
Settings menu.

5. Press w or x to move
through the list of possible
information displays.
6. Press V while an item is
highlighted to select or
deselect that item. When an
item is selected, a checkmark
will appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages
The following is the list of all
possible DIC info page displays.
Some may not be available for your
particular vehicle. Some items may
not be turned on by default but can
be turned on through the Settings
app. See “DIC Info Page Options”
earlier in this section.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
miles per hour (mph).
Trip A or Trip B : Shows the
current distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the trip odometer was last reset.
This also shows the approximate
average liters per 100 kilometers (L/
100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).
This number is calculated based on
the number of L/100 km (mpg)
recorded since the last time this
menu item was reset. This number
reflects only the approximate
average fuel economy that the
vehicle has right now, and will
change as driving conditions
change.
Press and hold V while this display
is active to reset the trip odometer
and the average fuel economy. Trip
A and Trip B can also be reset by
pressing p and choosing reset.
Fuel Range : Shows the
approximate distance the vehicle
can be driven without refueling.
LOW will be displayed when the

vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel
range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank.
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the
oil's remaining useful life.
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages 0 169.
The oil should be changed as soon
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 325.
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended in the Maintenance
Schedule. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 412.
The Oil Life display must be reset
after each oil change. It will not
reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life
display at any time other than when
the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until

161

the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, press and
hold V for several seconds while
the Oil Life display is active. See
Engine Oil Life System 0 327.
Tire Pressure : Shows the
approximate pressures of all four
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
per square inch (psi). If the pressure
is low, the value for that tire is
shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
Monitor System 0 371 and Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation 0 372.
Fuel Economy : The center
displays the approximate
instantaneous fuel economy as a
number and bar graph. Displayed
above the bar graph is a running
average of fuel economy for the
most recently traveled selected
distance. Displayed below the bar
graph is the best average fuel
economy that has been achieved for
the selected distance. The selected
distance is displayed at the top of
the page as “last xxx mi/km.” Next
to the odometer, the Active Fuel
Management displays the number of

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

162

Instruments and Controls

cylinders the vehicle is running on.
See Active Fuel
Management® 0 261.

the timer to zero, press and hold V
while this display is active, or press
p and select reset.

is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes
may appear in the OUTPUT display
if a trailer is not connected.

Press p to select the distance or
reset best value. Use w and x to
choose the distance and press V.
Press w and x to select “Reset
Best Score.” Press V to reset the
best average fuel economy. After
reset, the momentary average fuel
economy will display.

Speed Limit (If Equipped) : Shows
sign information, which comes from
a roadway database in the onboard
navigation.

Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch
and roll information, road wheel
angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD)
status.

Engine Hours : Shows the total
number of hours the engine has run.

Blank Page : Shows no
information.

Transmission Fluid
Temperature : Shows the
temperature of the automatic
transmission fluid in either degrees
Celsius (°C) or degrees
Fahrenheit (°F).

Head-Up Display (HUD)

The display provides information on
how current driving behavior affects
the running average and how well
recent driving compares to the best
that has been achieved for the
selected distance.
Timer : This display can be used as
a timer. To start the timer, press V
while this display is active. The
display will show the amount of time
that has passed since the timer was
last reset. To stop the timer, press V
briefly while this display is active
and the timer is running. To reset

Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : On
vehicles with the Integrated Trailer
Brake Control (ITBC) system, the
trailer brake display appears in
the DIC.
TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
gain setting. This setting can be
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
a trailer connected or disconnected.
OUTPUT shows the power output to
the trailer anytime a trailer with
electric brakes is connected. Output

{ Warning
If the HUD image is too bright or
too high in your field of view, it
may take you more time to see
things you need to see when it is
dark outside. Be sure to keep the
HUD image dim and placed low in
your field of view.
If equipped with HUD, some
information concerning the
operation of the vehicle is projected
onto the windshield. The image is
projected through the HUD lens on
top of the instrument panel. The

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

Some vehicle messages or alerts
displayed in the HUD may be
cleared by using the steering wheel
controls. See Vehicle
Messages 0 166.

information appears as an image
focused out toward the front of the
vehicle.

Caution

Some information shown may not
be available on your vehicle if it is
not equipped with these features.

If you try to use the HUD image
as a parking aid, you may
misjudge the distance and
damage your vehicle. Do not use
the HUD image as a parking aid.
The HUD information can be
displayed in various languages. The
speedometer reading and other
numerical values can be displayed
in either English or metric units.
The language selection is changed
through the radio and the units of
measurement is changed through
the instrument cluster. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178 and “Cluster
Settings Menu” under Instrument
Cluster 0 141.

163

HUD Display on the Vehicle
Windshield
The HUD may display some of the
following vehicle information and
vehicle messages or alerts:
. Speed
.

Tachometer

The HUD control is to the left of the
steering wheel.

Audio

To adjust the HUD image:

Phone

1. Adjust the driver seat.

Navigation

2. Start the engine.

Collision Alert

Cruise Control

3. Use the following settings to
adjust the HUD.

Lane Departure

Low Fuel

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

164

Instruments and Controls

$ : Press down or lift up to center
the HUD image. The HUD image
can only be adjusted up and down,
not side to side.
! : Press to select the display
view. Each press will change the
display view.

Metric

D : Lift up and hold to brighten
the display. Press down and hold to
dim the display. Hold down to turn
the display off.
The HUD image will automatically
dim and brighten to compensate for
outside lighting. The HUD
brightness control can also be
adjusted as needed.
The HUD image can temporarily
light up depending on the angle and
position of the sunlight on the HUD
display. This is normal.
Polarized sunglasses could make
the HUD image harder to see.
HUD Views
There are four views in the HUD.
Some vehicle information and
vehicle messages or alerts may be
displayed in any view.

English

Speed View : This display gives the
speedometer reading (in English or
metric units), speed limit, Adaptive
Cruise Control speed, Lane
Departure Warning, and vehicle
ahead indicator. Some information
only appears on vehicles that have
these features, and when they are
active.

Audio/Phone View : This displays
the speed view along with audio/
phone information. The current radio
station, media type, and incoming
calls will be displayed.
All HUD views may briefly display
audio information when the driver
uses the steering wheel controls to
adjust the audio settings appearing
in the instrument cluster.
Incoming phone calls appearing in
the instrument cluster may also
display in any HUD view.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

165

HUD Troubleshooting

Metric

English

Navigation View : This displays the
speed view along with Turn-by-Turn
Navigation information. The
compass heading is displayed when
navigation routing is not active.

Performance View : This displays
the speedometer reading, rpm
reading, transmission positions, and
gear shift indicator.

Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts
shown in the instrument cluster may
also be displayed in any HUD view.

Care of the HUD
Clean the inside of the windshield to
remove any dirt or film that could
reduce the sharpness or clarity of
the HUD image.
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe
the lens gently, then dry it.

Check that:
. Nothing is covering the
HUD lens.
. HUD brightness setting is not
too dim or too bright.
. HUD is adjusted to the proper
height.
. Polarized sunglasses are
not worn.
. Windshield and HUD lens are
clean.
If the HUD image is not correct,
contact your dealer.
The windshield is part of the HUD
system. See Windshield
Replacement 0 346.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

166

Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Messages
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or
some action that may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple
messages may appear one after
another.
The messages that do not require
immediate action can be
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing V or the trip odometer
reset stem on the base cluster.
The messages that require
immediate action cannot be cleared
until that action is performed.
All messages should be taken
seriously and clearing the message
does not correct the problem.
The following are the possible
messages and some information
about them.

Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages
BATTERY LOW START
VEHICLE
When the vehicle’s battery is
severely discharged, this message
will display and four chimes will
sound. Start the vehicle
immediately. If the vehicle is not
started and the battery continues to
discharge, the climate controls,
heated seats, and audio systems
will shut off and the vehicle may
require a jump start. These systems
will function again after the vehicle
is started.

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
This message displays when the
battery voltage drops below
expected levels and features are
disabled. Turn off all unnecessary
accessory features.

SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM
On some vehicles, this message
displays if there is a problem with
the battery charging system. Under
certain conditions, the charging
system light may also turn on in the
instrument cluster. See Charging
System Light 0 151. Driving with this
problem could drain the battery.
Turn off all unnecessary
accessories. Have the electrical
system checked as soon as
possible. See your dealer.

TRANSPORT MODE ON
This message is displayed when the
vehicle is in transport mode. Some
features can be disabled while in
this mode, including Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
and the vehicle alarm system. Take
the vehicle to your dealer for service
to turn transport mode off.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

Brake System Messages
BRAKE FLUID LOW
This message is displayed when the
brake fluid level is low. See Brake
Fluid 0 339.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
This message may be displayed
when there is a problem with the
brake boost assist system. When
this message is displayed, the brake
boost assist motor might be heard
operating and you might notice
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is
normal under these conditions. Take
the vehicle to your dealer for
service.

SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE
SYSTEM
On vehicles with the Integrated
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
this message displays and a chime
may sound when there is a problem
with the ITBC system.
When this message displays, power
is no longer available to the trailer
brakes.

As soon as it is safe to do so,
carefully pull your vehicle over to
the side of the road and turn the
ignition off. Check the wiring
connection to the trailer and turn the
ignition back on. If this message still
displays, either your vehicle or the
trailer needs service. See your
dealer.
See “Integrated Trailer Brake
Control System” under Towing
Equipment 0 310 for more
information.

Compass Messages
Dashes may be displayed if the
vehicle temporarily loses
communication with the Global
Positioning System (GPS).

Cruise Control Messages
ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET
TO XXX
This message displays when the
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
speed is set. See Adaptive Cruise
Control 0 280.

167

ADAPTIVE CRUISE
TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when
attempting to activate Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC) when it is
temporarily unavailable. The ACC
system does not need service.
This can occur under the following
conditions:
. Cruise is turned on when the
vehicle is stopped.
. The radar cannot see objects
well. See the next message.

FRONT RADAR BLOCKED –
SEE OWNERS MANUAL
This message can display when:
. The radar is not clean. Keep the
radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
snow, ice, and slush. Clean the
entire front and/or rear of the
vehicle. For cleaning
instructions, see Exterior
Care 0 402.
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering
with the radar object detection or
camera performance.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

168

Instruments and Controls

CRUISE SET TO XXX
This message displays when the
cruise control speed is set. See
Cruise Control 0 278.

NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS
PEDAL APPLIED
This message displays when
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
active and the driver is pressing the
gas pedal. When this occurs, ACC
will not brake. See Adaptive Cruise
Control 0 280.

SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL
If this message displays, take the
vehicle to your dealer to repair the
system. Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC), Forward Collision Alert
(FCA), and/or the Active Emergency
Braking System may not work. Do
not use these systems until the
vehicle has been repaired.

SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE
EXITING
This message may display if
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
engaged holding the vehicle at a
stop, and the driver attempts to exit
the vehicle. Put the vehicle in
P (Park) before exiting.

Door Ajar Messages
DOOR OPEN
This message displays and a chime
may sound if a door is not fully
closed. Stop and turn off the
vehicle, check the door for
obstructions, and close the door
again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.

HOOD OPEN
This message displays and a chime
may sound if the hood is not fully
closed. Stop and turn off the
vehicle, check the hood for
obstructions, and close the hood
again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.

REAR ACCESS OPEN
This message will display when the
liftgate is open. Close the liftgate
completely.

Engine Cooling System
Messages
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
ENGINE TEMP
This message displays when the
engine coolant becomes hotter than
the normal operating temperature.
See Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge 0 147. To avoid added strain
on a hot engine, the air conditioning
compressor automatically turns off.
When the coolant temperature
returns to normal, the air
conditioning compressor turns back
on. You can continue to drive your
vehicle.
If this message continues to appear,
have the system repaired by your
dealer as soon as possible to avoid
damage to the engine.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
idle until it cools down. See Engine
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 147.
When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode
to prevent damage to the engine or
transmission. See Tow/Haul
Mode 0 266.

ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP
ENGINE
This message displays and a chime
may sound if the engine cooling
system reaches unsafe
temperatures for operation. Stop
and turn off the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so to avoid severe
damage. This message clears when
the engine has cooled to a safe
operating temperature.

Engine Oil Messages
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
This message displays when the
engine oil needs to be changed.
When you change the engine oil, be
sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message. See Engine
Oil Life System 0 327 for
information on how to reset the
message. See Engine Oil 0 325 and
Maintenance Schedule 0 412.

ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL
On some vehicles, this message
displays when the engine oil level
may be too low. Check the oil level
before filling to the recommended
level. If the oil is not low and this
message remains on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
See Engine Oil 0 325.

ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine oil becomes hotter than the
normal operating temperature. Stop

169

and allow the vehicle to idle until it
cools down. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge 0 147.

OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
ENGINE
This message displays if low oil
pressure levels occur. Stop the
vehicle as soon as safely possible
and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been
corrected. Check the oil as soon as
possible and have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. See Engine
Oil 0 325.

Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays and a chime
may sound when the cooling system
temperature gets too hot and the
engine further enters the engine
coolant protection mode. See
Engine Overheating 0 336 for more
information.
This message also displays when
the vehicle's engine power is
reduced. Reduced engine power
can affect the vehicle's ability to

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

170

Instruments and Controls

accelerate. If this message is on,
but there is no reduction in
performance, proceed to your
destination. The performance may
be reduced the next time the vehicle
is driven. The vehicle may be driven
at a reduced speed while this
message is on, but acceleration and
speed may be reduced. Anytime
this message stays on, the vehicle
should be taken to your dealer for
service as soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages
FUEL LEVEL LOW
This message displays when the
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
soon as possible.

Key and Lock Messages
NO REMOTE KEY WAS
DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
START YOUR VEHICLE
This message displays when trying
to start the vehicle if an RKE
transmitter is not detected. The
transmitter battery may be weak.

See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery” under Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 37.

NUMBER OF KEYS
PROGRAMMED

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when
leaving the vehicle with the RKE
transmitter still inside.

This message displays when the
transmitter battery may be weak.
See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery” under Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 37.

NO REMOTE DETECTED
PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART
This message displays when
attempting to turn off the vehicle
and the RKE transmitter is no longer
detected. Restarting is allowed
without the RKE transmitter for
five minutes. Press the brake pedal
and ENGINE START/STOP to
restart the vehicle.

This message displays when
programming new keys to the
vehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY
This message displays when the
battery in the RKE transmitter needs
to be replaced.

Lamp Messages
TURN SIGNAL ON
This message displays and a chime
sounds if a turn signal is left on for
1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
signal lever to the off position.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

Object Detection System
Messages

The front of the vehicle or
windshield is not clean. Keep
these areas clean and free of
mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.
For cleaning instructions, see
Exterior Care 0 402.

Heavy rain or snow is interfering
with the object detection
performance.

FORWARD COLLISION
SYSTEM OFF
This message displays when
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB)
has been turned off. See Forward
Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 293.

FORWARD COLLISION
SYSTEM REDUCED
This message displays when
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB)
has been set to the Alert setting.
This setting disables most FAB
functions. See Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) 0 293.

FORWARD COLLISION
SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB)
has been unavailable for some time.
The FAB System does not need
service. This message can display
under the following conditions:

This message may also be
displayed if there is a problem with
the StabiliTrak system. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 274.

FORWARD COLLISION
ALERT OFF
This message displays when the
Forward Collision Alert has been
turned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED
CLEAN WINDSHIELD
This message displays when the
camera is blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the
issue. The Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
and the Lane Departure Warning

171

(LDW) system will not operate.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB)
may not work or may not work
as well.

LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF
This message indicates that the
driver has turned the Side Blind
Zone Alert (SBZA) and Lane
Change Alert (LCA) systems off.

LANE KEEPING ASSIST
UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when the
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) system is
temporarily unavailable. The LKA
system does not need service.
This message could be due to the
camera being blocked. Clean the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror.

PARK ASSIST OFF
This message displays when the
Parking Assist system has been
turned off or when there is a
temporary condition causing the
system to be disabled.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

172

Instruments and Controls

SERVICE FORWARD
COLLISION SYSTEM

SERVICE SIDE DETECTION
SYSTEM

If this message displays, take the
vehicle to your dealer to repair the
system. Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC), Forward Collision Alert
(FCA), and/or Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) may not work. Do not
use these systems until the vehicle
has been repaired.

If this message remains on after
continued driving, the vehicle needs
service. Side Blind Zone Alert
(SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA),
and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
features will not work. Take the
vehicle to your dealer.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA
If this message remains on after
continued driving, the vehicle needs
service. Do not use the Lane Keep
Assist (LKA), Lane Departure
Warning (LDW), Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB), and Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) features. Take
the vehicle to your dealer.

SERVICE PARK ASSIST
This message displays if there is a
problem with the Parking Assist
system. Do not use this system to
help you park. See your dealer for
service.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
UNAVAILABLE
This message indicates that Side
Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane
Change Alert (LCA), and Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are
disabled either because the sensor
is blocked and cannot detect
vehicles in the blind zone, or the
vehicle is passing through an open
area, such as the desert, where
there is insufficient data for
operation. This message may also
activate during heavy rain or due to
road spray. The vehicle does not
need service. For cleaning, see
"Washing the Vehicle" under
Exterior Care 0 402.

Ride Control System
Messages
SERVICE LEVELING SYSTEM
If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride
Control™ suspension system or
Automatic Level Control, this
message displays when the leveling
system is not operating properly.
Have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.

SERVICE STABILITRAK
If this message displays, it means
there may be a problem with the
StabiliTrak system. If you see this
message, try to reset the system.
Stop; turn off the engine for at least
15 seconds; then start the engine
again. If this message still comes
on, it means there is a problem. You
should see your dealer for service.
The vehicle is safe to drive;
however, you do not have the
benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
your speed and drive accordingly.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
SERVICE SUSPENSION
SYSTEM
If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride
Control suspension system, this
message displays when the
suspension system is not operating
properly. Have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.

SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL
This message displays when there
is a problem with the Traction
Control System (TCS). When this
message displays, the system will
not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
driving accordingly. See your dealer
for service. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 274.

STABILITRAK INITIALIZING
This message may come on if the
StabiliTrak system has not fully
initialized because of road
conditions or the incorrect tire size.
When the StabiliTrak system is fully
initialized, the message will turn off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 274. If this
message continues to be displayed

for multiple ignition cycles and on
different road surfaces, see your
dealer for service.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF
This message displays when the
traction control has been turned off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 274.

TRACTION CONTROL ON
This message displays when the
traction control is active. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 274.

STABILITRAK OFF
This message displays when the
StabiliTrak system has been turned
off. Adjust your driving accordingly.
To limit wheel spin and realize the
full benefits of the stability
enhancement system, you should
normally leave StabiliTrak on. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 274.

173

STABILITRAK OFF may also
display when the stability control
has been automatically disabled.
Several conditions can cause this
message to appear:
. If the system is overheating,
which could occur if StabiliTrak
activates continuously for an
extended period of time.
. If the brake system warning light
is on. See Brake System
Warning Light 0 153.
. If the stability system takes
longer than usual to complete its
diagnostic checks due to driving
conditions.
. If an engine or vehicle-related
problem has been detected and
the vehicle needs service. See
your dealer.
. If the transfer case is in
Four-Wheel Drive Low.
The message turns off as soon as
the conditions that caused the
message to be displayed are no
longer present.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

174

Instruments and Controls

Airbag System Messages
SERVICE AIRBAG
This message displays if there is a
problem with the airbag system.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.

Security Messages
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT
SYSTEM
This message displays when there
is a problem with the theft-deterrent
system. The vehicle may or may not
restart, so you may want to take the
vehicle to your dealer before turning
off the engine. See Immobilizer
Operation (Key Access) 0 55 or
Immobilizer Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 56.

Steering System
Messages

Starting the Vehicle
Messages

STEERING ASSIST IS
REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE

PRESS BRAKE TO START

This message may display if a
problem occurs with the electric
power steering system. If this
message appears, steering effort
may be slightly higher than normal.
The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use
caution while in reduced assist
mode. If this message is persistent
or appears repeatedly, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
See Steering 0 237.

SERVICE POWER STEERING
This message displays when there
is a problem with electric power
steering. If this message displays
and a reduction in steering
performance or loss of power
steering assistance is noticed, see
your dealer. See Steering 0 237.

This message is displayed when
attempting to start the vehicle
without first pressing the brake
pedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS START
SYSTEM
This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the pushbutton start
system. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.

Tire Messages
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
SYSTEM
If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays if a part on the
system is not working properly. The
tire pressure light also flashes and
then remains on during the same
ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure
Light 0 156. Several conditions may
cause this message to appear. See

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 372. If the warning comes on and
stays on, there may be a problem
with the TPMS. See your dealer.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the system
is relearning the tire positions on
your vehicle. The tire positions must
be relearned after rotating the tires
or after replacing a tire or sensor.
See Tire Inspection 0 375, Tire
Rotation 0 375, Tire Pressure
Monitor System 0 371, and Tire
Pressure 0 369.

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD
AIR TO TIRE
If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the
vehicle's tires is low. This message
also displays with a vehicle picture
to indicate the location of the low
tire. The low tire pressure warning
light will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light 0 156. You can

receive more than one tire pressure
message at a time. If a tire pressure
message appears on the DIC, stop
as soon as you can. Have the tire
pressures checked and set to those
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tires 0 362,
Vehicle Load Limits 0 247, and Tire
Pressure 0 369. The DIC also
shows the tire pressure values. See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 158 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 160.

Transmission Messages
4WD OFF
If equipped with four-wheel drive,
this message displays when the
four-wheel-drive system is
temporarily disabled due to an
overheated condition. The vehicle
will run in two-wheel drive when this
message is present. Once the
four-wheel-drive system cools down,
the message turns off and the
four-wheel-drive system returns to
normal operation.

175

4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS
This message will display while the
four-wheel-drive system is shifting.

FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
NEUTRAL
If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
requested, and the vehicle speed is
correct, but the transmission is not
in N (Neutral), this message will
display until the transmission is
shifted to N (Neutral).

FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX
If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
requested, but the vehicle speed is
too high, this message will display
until the correct vehicle speed is
reached.

GRADE BRAKING ACTIVE
This message displays when grade
braking has been activated while
driving on downhill grades. This
message will only appear the first
time the feature is activated in an
ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul Mode
0 266, Automatic Transmission
0 262, and Cruise Control 0 278.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/13/16

176

Instruments and Controls

GRADE BRAKING OFF
This message displays when grade
braking has been disabled with the
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode
0 266, Automatic Transmission
0 262, and Cruise Control 0 278.

GRADE BRAKING ON
This message displays when grade
braking has been enabled with the
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode
0 266, Automatic Transmission
0 262, and Cruise Control 0 278.

SERVICE 4WD
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive,
this message may display if a
problem occurs with the
four-wheel-drive system. If this
message appears, stop as soon as
possible and turn off the vehicle.
Make sure the key is in the LOCK/
OFF position for at least
one minute, then restart the vehicle
and check for the message on the
DIC display. If the message is still
displayed or appears again when

you begin driving, the
four-wheel-drive system needs
service. See your dealer.

SHIFT DENIED
This message displays when the
shift lever is in L (Manual Mode) and
a transmission range has been
selected that is unavailable at the
current vehicle speed.

TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
NEUTRAL
If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
requested, and the vehicle speed is
correct, but the transmission is not
in N (Neutral), this message will
display until the transmission is
shifted to N (Neutral).

TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW
TO XXX
If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
requested, but the vehicle speed is
too high, this message will display
until the correct vehicle speed is
reached.

TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays and a chime
may sound if the transmission fluid
in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with
the transmission fluid temperature
high can cause damage to the
vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it
idle to allow the transmission to
cool. This message clears and the
chime stops when the fluid
temperature reaches a safe level.
When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode
to prevent damage to the engine or
transmission. See Tow/Haul
Mode 0 266.

VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW
This message will display if the
vehicle is driven in 4 n for about
10 minutes above 72 km/h (45 mph).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Reminder
Messages
CHECK TRAILER WIRING
On vehicles with the Integrated
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
this message may display and a
chime may sound when one of the
following conditions exists:
. A trailer with electric brakes
becomes disconnected from the
vehicle.
‐ If the disconnect occurs while
the vehicle is stopped, this
message clears itself after a
short time.
‐ If the disconnect occurs while
the vehicle is moving, this
message stays on until the
ignition is turned off.
.

There is a short in the wiring to
the electric trailer brakes.

When this message displays, power
is no longer available to the trailer
brakes.

As soon as it is safe to do so,
carefully pull the vehicle over to the
side of the road and turn the ignition
off. Check the wiring connection to
the trailer and turn the ignition back
on. This message clears if the trailer
is reconnected. This message also
clears if you acknowledge it. If this
message still displays, either the
vehicle or the trailer needs service.
See your dealer.
See “Integrated Trailer Brake
Control System” under Towing
Equipment 0 310.

177

This message clears itself after
several seconds. This message also
clears if you acknowledge it. After
this message clears, the TRAILER
GAIN and OUTPUT displays appear
in the DIC.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 158 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 160 and “Integrated Trailer Brake
Control System” under Towing
Equipment 0 310.

Washer Fluid Messages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
WITH CARE

WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID

This message displays when ice
conditions are possible.

This message displays when the
windshield washer fluid is low. Fill
the windshield washer fluid reservoir
as soon as possible. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 323 for
the location of the windshield
washer fluid reservoir. Also, see
Washer Fluid 0 338 for more
information.

TRAILER CONNECTED
On vehicles with the Integrated
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
this message displays briefly when
a trailer with electric or electric over
hydraulic brakes is first connected
to the vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

178

Instruments and Controls

Vehicle
Personalization
Use the audio system controls to
access the personalization menus
for customizing vehicle features.
The following are all possible
personalization features. Depending
on the vehicle, some may not be
available.

3. Press o BACK on the
faceplate or touch the 0 screen
button to return to the previous
menu or exit.
Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to
access the Settings menu, then
select SETTINGS from the Home
Page on the infotainment display.
Personalization Menus

Rear Camera

Return to Factory Settings

Software Information

Detailed information for each menu
follows.

Time and Date
Manually set the time and date. See
Clock 0 135.

The following list of menu items may
be available:
. Time and Date

Language (Language)

Rear Seat Reminder

Teen Driver

The selected language will display
on the system, and voice
recognition will reflect the selected
language.

previous menu or exit.

Valet Mode

Rear Seat Reminder

Uplevel Radio Audio System
Controls

Radio

Vehicle

Bluetooth

Apple CarPlay

This allows for a chime and a
message “Look in Rear Seat” when
the rear door has been opened
before or during operation of the
vehicle.

Android Auto

Select Off or On.

Voice

Display

Base Radio Audio System
Controls
MENU : Press the center of the
knob to enter menus and select
menu items. Turn the knob to scroll
through the menus.

o BACK : Press to return to the

1. Press the desired feature to
display a list of available
options.
2. Press to select the desired
feature setting.

Select Language, then select from
the available language(s).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

179

Teen Driver

Maximum Startup Volume

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”
in the infotainment manual.

Audio Cue Volume

Manage Favorites

Maximum Startup Volume

Valet Mode

This allows favorites to be edited.
See “Manage Favorites” in “Radio
Setup” under Home Page 0 202 or
“Manage Favorites” in “Settings”
under “Radio” in the infotainment
manual.

This feature sets the maximum
startup volume. If the vehicle is
started and the volume is greater
than this level, the volume is
adjusted to this level. To set the
maximum startup volume, turn the
MENU knob or select + or − to
increase or decrease.

This will lock the infotainment
system and steering wheel controls.
It may also limit access to vehicle
storage locations (if equipped).
To enable valet mode:
1. Enter a four-digit code on the
keypad.
2. Select Enter to go to the
confirmation screen.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Select LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
unlock the system. Touch Back to
go back to the previous menu.

Radio

Number of Favorites Shown
Select to set the number of favorites
to display.
Select the desired number or select
Auto and the infotainment system
will automatically adjust the number
of favorites shown.
Audible Touch Feedback
This allows Audible Touch
Feedback to be turned on or off.

Select and the following may
display:
. Manage Favorites

Select Off or On.

Number of Favorites Shown

Audible Touch Feedback

This feature adjusts the volume
based on vehicle speed and
ambient noise.

Auto Volume

Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Medium, Medium-High, or High.

Audio Cue Volume
This feature sets the volume of
audio files played at system startup
and shutdown.
Select On, then select + or − to
increase or decrease the volume.

Vehicle
Select and the following may
display:
. Climate and Air Quality
.

Collision/Detection Systems

Comfort and Convenience

Lighting

Power Door Locks

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

180
.

Instruments and Controls

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Select Off or On.

FAB functions. With the Alert and
Brake setting, both FCA and FAB
are available. The Alert setting
disables FAB. See Forward
Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 293.

Climate and Air Quality

Collision/Detection Systems

Select and the following may
display:
. Auto Fan Speed

Select and the following may
display:
. Alert Type

Auto Defog

Forward Collision System

Go Notifier

Auto Rear Defog

Go Notifier

Auto Fan Max Speed

Parking Assist

This feature will set the maximum
auto fan speed.

Lane Change Alert

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Side Blind Zone Alert

This feature will give a reminder that
Adaptive Cruise Control provides
when it has brought the vehicle to a
complete stop behind another
stopping vehicle, and then that
vehicle drives on.

Auto Defog

Alert Type

When set to On, the auto defog
comes on when the climate control
sensor detects high interior
humidity. Air will be directed to the
windshield.
Select Off or On.

This feature will set crash alerts to
beeps or seat vibrations. This
setting affects all crash alerts
including Forward Collision, Lane
Departure Warning, and Parking
Assist alerts.

Auto Rear Defog

Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Select Off, On, or On with Towbar
Attached.

If equipped, this feature will
automatically turn on the rear
window defogger when the vehicle
is first started in cold weather and
turn off when the vehicle is warmed.

Forward Collision System

Lane Change Alert

This feature will turn on or off
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB).
The Off setting disables all FCA and

This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Lane Change Alert
(LCA) 0 294.

Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.

Select Off or On.
Parking Assist
If equipped, this allows the feature
to be turned on or off. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 288.

Select Off or On.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

181

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Easy Exit Options

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Assistance Systems
for Parking or Backing 0 288.

This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Memory Seats 0 70.

When on and the front wiper is on
and wiping, the rear wiper will
automatically activate when the
vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse).

Select Off or On.
Side Blind Zone Alert
This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert
(SBZA) 0 294.
Select Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience
Select and the following may
display:
. Auto Memory Recall

Select Off or On.
Chime Volume

Select Off or On.

This allows the selection of the
chime volume level.

Lighting

Select + or − to adjust the volume.
Reverse Tilt Mirror
When on, the driver and/or
passenger mirrors will tilt downward
when the vehicle is shifted to
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of
the ground near the rear wheels.

Easy Exit Options

Chime Volume

Select Off, On - Driver and
Passenger, On - Driver, or On Passenger.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

Auto Mirror Folding

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on, the outside rearview
mirrors will automatically fold or
unfold when the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter Q or K is
pressed and held.

Auto Memory Recall
This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Memory Seats 0 70.
Select Off or On.

Select Off or On.

Select and the following may
display:
. Vehicle Locator Lights
.

Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights
This feature will flash the exterior
lamps and allows some of the
exterior lamps and most of the
interior lamps to turn on briefly when
K on the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter is pressed to
locate the vehicle.
Select Off or On.
Exit Lighting
This allows the selection of how
long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle when it is
dark outside.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

182

Instruments and Controls

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60
Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks
Select and the following may
display:
. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

Delayed Door Lock

Remote Lock Feedback

When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors. To override the
delay, press the power door lock
switch on the door.

This allows selection of what type of
feedback is given when locking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or On.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Only, or Horn Only.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Remote Door Unlock

Select and the following may
display:
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

This allows selection of which doors
will unlock when pressing K on the
RKE transmitter.

When on, this feature will keep the
driver door from locking when the
vehicle is off, the driver door is
open, and locking is requested.
If Off is selected, the Delayed Door
Lock menu will be available.

Remote Lock Feedback

Remote Door Unlock

Select All Doors or Driver
Door Only.

Remote Start Auto Cooled Seats

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

Select Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

Passive Door Unlock

If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn the ventilated seats
on when using remote start on
warm days.

Passive Door Lock

Select Off or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

Auto Door Unlock

Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

Auto Door Unlock
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.
Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Start Auto Cooled Seats

If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn the heated seats on
when using remote start on
cold days.
Select Off or On.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls

183

Remote Window Operation

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Device Management

This allows the window to be
opened when pressing and holding
K on the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 37.

This feature sounds an alert when
the RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle.

Select to connect to a different
phone source, disconnect a phone,
or delete a phone.

Select Off or On.

Ringtones

Bluetooth

Select to change the ring tone for
the specific phone. The phone does
not need to be connected to change
the ring tones.

Select Off or On.

Select and the following may
display:
. Pair New Device

Passive Door Unlock

Device Management

This allows the selection of what
doors will unlock when using the
button on the driver door to unlock
the vehicle.

Ringtones

Voice Mail Numbers

Text Message Alerts

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Pair New Device

Passive Door Lock

Select to pair a new device. See
“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”
under “Bluetooth (Overview) 0 214
or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) 0 215 or Bluetooth
(Voice Recognition - Base Radio)
0 219” or “Pairing” in “Infotainment
Controls” under “Bluetooth” in the
infotainment manual.

This allows passive locking to be
turned on or off and selects
feedback. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access) 0 37.
Select Off, On with Horn
Chirp, or On.

Voice Mail Numbers
This feature displays the voice mail
number for all connected phones.
To change the voice mail number,
select EDIT or press the EDIT
button. Type a new number, then
select SAVE or press the SAVE
button.
Text Message Alerts
This feature allows text messages
to be received. See “Text
Messaging” under “Phone” in the
infotainment manual.
Select Off or On.

Apple CarPlay™
Select and the following may
display:

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

184

Instruments and Controls

Apple CarPlay

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

“Apple CarPlay and Android Auto”
under “Phone” in the infotainment
manual.

Prompt Length

Select Off or On.

Select Short or Long.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Audio Feedback Speed
This feature adjusts the audio
feedback speed.

Select Off or On.

Select to manage Android devices.
Android Auto must be on for this
feature to be accessed. See “Apple
CarPlay and Android Auto” under
“Phone” in the infotainment manual.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Voice

Select to manage Apple devices.
Apple CarPlay must be on for this
feature to be accessed. See “Apple
CarPlay and Android Auto” under
“Phone” in the infotainment manual.

Select and the following may
display:
. Confidence Threshold

This feature gives voice
command tips.

Apple CarPlay
This feature allows Apple devices to
be connected to the infotainment
system through a USB port. See
“Apple CarPlay and Android Auto”
under “Phone” in the infotainment
manual.

Android Auto™
Select and the following may
display:
. Android Auto
.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto
This feature allows Android devices
to be connected to the infotainment
system through a USB port. See

Prompt Length

Audio Feedback Speed

Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

This feature adjusts the voice
prompt length.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

Select Off or On.

Display
Select and the following may
display:
. Calibrate Touchscreen

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustment
of the sensitivity of the speech
recognition system.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select Confirm More or
Confirm Less.

Turn Display Off

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
then follow the prompts.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
Turn Display Off

Restore Vehicle Settings

Select to turn the display off. Touch
anywhere on the display area or
press any faceplate button to turn
the display on.

This allows selection of restoring
vehicle settings.

Rear Camera
Select and the following may
display:
. Guidance Lines
.

Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines
Select to turn Off or On. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 288.
Rear Park Assist Symbols
Select to turn Off or On. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 288.

Return to Factory Settings
Select and the following may
display:
. Restore Vehicle Settings
.

Clear All Private Data

Restore Radio Settings

Select Restore or Cancel.

185

Universal Remote
System
See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 439.

Clear All Private Data
This allows selection to clear all
private information from the vehicle.

Universal Remote System
Programming

Select Delete or Cancel.
Restore Radio Settings
This allows selection to restore
radio settings.
Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information
Select to view the infotainment
system current software information.

If equipped, these buttons are in the
overhead console.
This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

186

Instruments and Controls

instructions refer to a garage door
opener, but can be used for other
devices.
Do not use the Universal Remote
system with any garage door opener
that does not have the stop and
reverse feature. This includes any
garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982.
Read the instructions completely
before programming the Universal
Remote system. It may help to have
another person assist with the
programming process.
Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles
as well as for future programming.
Erase the programming when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
See “Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons” later in this
section.
To program a garage door opener,
park outside directly in line with and
facing the garage door opener
receiver. Clear all people and
objects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitter
has a new battery for quick and
accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.

Programming the Universal
Remote System
For questions or help programming
the Universal Remote system, call
1-800-355-3515 or see
www.homelink.com.
Programming involves
time-sensitive actions, and may time
out causing the procedure to be
repeated.
To program up to three devices:
1. Hold the end of the hand-held
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
to 3 in) away from the
Universal Remote system
buttons with the indicator light
in view. The hand-held
transmitter was supplied by the
manufacturer of the garage
door opener receiver.
2. At the same time, press and
hold both the hand-held
transmitter button and one of
the three Universal Remote

system buttons to be used to
operate the garage door. Do
not release either button until
the indicator light goes from a
slow to a rapid flashing light.
Then release both buttons.
Some garage door openers
may require substitution of
Step 2 with the procedure
under “Radio Signals for
Canada and Some Gate
Operators” later in this section.
3. Press and hold the newly
programmed Universal Remote
system button for five seconds
while watching the indicator
light and garage door
activation.
. If the indicator light stays on
continuously or the garage
door moves when the
button is pressed, then
programming is complete.
There is no need to
complete Steps 4–6.
. If the indicator light does
not come on or the garage
door does not move, a
second button press may

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Instruments and Controls
be required. For a second
time, press and hold the
newly programmed button
for five seconds. If the light
stays on or the garage door
moves, programming is
complete.
.

If the indicator light blinks
rapidly for two seconds,
then changes to a solid light
and the garage door does
not move, continue with
programming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button
4. After completing Steps 1–3,
locate the Learn or Smart
button inside the garage on the
garage door opener receiver.

The name and color of the
button may vary by
manufacturer.
5. Press and release the Learn or
Smart button. Step 6 must be
completed within 30 seconds of
pressing this button.
6. Inside the vehicle, press and
hold the newly programmed
Universal Remote system
button for two seconds and
then release it. If the garage
door does not move or the
lamp on the garage door
opener receiver does not flash,
press and hold the same
button a second time for
two seconds, then release it.
Again, if the door does not
move or the garage door lamp
does not flash, press and hold
the same button a third time for
two seconds, then release it.
The Universal Remote system
should now activate the
garage door.
Repeat the process for
programming the two remaining
buttons.

187

Radio Signals for Canada and
Some Gate Operators
For questions or programming help,
call 1-800-355-3515 or see
www.homelink.com.
Canadian radio-frequency laws and
some U.S. gate operators require
transmitter signals to time out or quit
after several seconds of
transmission. This may not be long
enough for the Universal Remote
system to pick up the signal during
programming.
If the programming did not work,
replace Step 2 under “Programming
the Universal Remote System” with
the following:
Press and hold the Universal
Remote system button while
pressing and releasing the
hand-held transmitter button every
two seconds until the signal has
been successfully accepted by the
Universal Remote system. The
Universal Remote system indicator
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

188

Instruments and Controls

Universal Remote System
Operation
Using the Universal Remote
System
Press and hold the appropriate
Universal Remote system button for
at least one-half second. The
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons
Erase all programmed buttons when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote System
Button
To reprogram any of the system
buttons:
1. Press and hold any one of the
buttons. Do not release the
button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under
“Programming the Universal
Remote System.”

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Lighting

Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls

Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 189
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 193
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Load Management . . .
Battery Power Protection . . . . .

196
196
196
197

The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
There are four positions:

O : Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
turn the automatic headlamps or
DRL back on.

189

For vehicles first sold in Canada,
the off position will only work when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,
roof marker lamps (if equipped), and
license plate lamps.
When the vehicle is turned off and
the headlamps are in AUTO, the
headlamps turn off. When the key is
removed, the headlamps
automatically come on for a set
time. The time of the delay can be
changed using the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 158 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 160.

; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
2 : Turns on the headlamps with
the parking lamps and instrument
panel lights.
When the headlamps are turned on
while the vehicle is on, the
headlamps turn off automatically
10 minutes after the ignition is

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

190

Lighting

turned off. When the headlamps are
turned on while the vehicle is off,
the headlamps will stay on for
10 minutes before turning off to
prevent the battery from being
drained. Turn the headlamp control
off and then back to the headlamp
on position to make the headlamps
stay on for an additional 10 minutes.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be in
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position.
®

IntelliBeam System
If equipped, this system turns the
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on
and off according to surrounding
traffic conditions.
The system turns the high-beam
headlamps on when it is dark
enough and there is no other traffic
present.

This light comes on in the
instrument cluster when the
IntelliBeam system is enabled.
Turning On and Enabling
IntelliBeam
To enable the IntelliBeam system,
with the turn signal lever in the
neutral position, turn the exterior
lamp control to AUTO. The blue
high-beam on light appears on the
instrument cluster when the high
beams are on.
Driving with IntelliBeam
The system only activates the high
beams when driving over 40 km/h
(25 mph).
There is a sensor near the top
center of the windshield that
automatically controls the system.
Keep this area of the windshield
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.

The high-beam headlamps remain
on, under the automatic control,
until one of the following situations
occurs:
. The system detects an
approaching vehicle's
headlamps.
. The system detects a preceding
vehicle's taillamps.
. The outside light is bright
enough that high-beam
headlamps are not required.
. The vehicle's speed drops below
20 km/h (12 mph).
. The IntelliBeam system can be
disabled by the High/Low-Beam
Changer or the Flash-to-Pass
feature. If this happens, the
High/Low-Beam Changer must
be activated two times within
five seconds to reactivate the
IntelliBeam system. The
instrument cluster light will come
on to indicate the IntelliBeam is
reactivated. See Headlamp
High/Low-Beam Changer 0 191
and Flash-to-Pass 0 191.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Lighting
The high beams may not turn off
automatically if the system cannot
detect another vehicle's lamps
because of any of the following:
. The other vehicle's lamps are
missing, damaged, obstructed
from view, or otherwise
undetected.
. The other vehicle's lamps are
covered with dirt, snow, and/or
road spray.
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot
be detected due to dense
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road
spray, mist, or other airborne
obstructions.
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,
cracked, or obstructed by
something that blocks the view
of the light sensor.
. The vehicle is loaded such that
the front end points upward,
causing the light sensor to aim
high and not detect headlamps
and taillamps.
. The vehicle is being driven on
winding or hilly roads.

191

The automatic high-beam
headlamps may need to be disabled
if any of the above conditions exist.

When the high-beam headlamps are
on, this indicator light on the
instrument cluster will also be on.

Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder

Flash-to-Pass

A reminder chime sounds when the
headlamps or parking lamps are
manually turned on, the ignition is
off, and a door is open. To disable
the chime, turn the lamps off.

Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
$ : Push the turn signal lever
toward the instrument panel to
change the headlamps from low to
high beam.
Pull the turn signal lever toward you
and release it to return to low-beam
headlamps.

This feature lets you use the
high-beam headlamps to signal a
driver in front of you that you want
to pass. It works even if the
headlamps are in the automatic
position.
To use it, pull the turn signal lever
toward you, then release it.
If the headlamps are in the
automatic position or on low beam,
the high-beam headlamps will turn
on. Depending on the type of
headlamp, they will either turn off
after a short duration or stay on as
long as you hold the lever toward
you. The high-beam indicator on the
instrument cluster will come on.
Release the lever to return to
normal operation.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

192

Lighting

Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of the vehicle during
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Canada.
The DRL system comes on when
the following conditions are met:
. The ignition is on.
.

The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.

The transmission is not in
P (Park).

The light sensor determines it is
daytime.

When the DRL system is on, only
the DRL are on. The taillamps,
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
lights, and other lamps will not
be on.
When it begins to get dark, the
automatic headlamp system
switches from DRL to the
headlamps.

To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior
lamp control to the off position and
then release. For vehicles first sold
in Canada, off will only work when
the vehicle is in P (Park).

Automatic Headlamp
System
When the exterior lamp control is
set to AUTO and it is dark enough
outside, the headlamps come on
automatically.

The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
If the vehicle is started in a dark
garage, the automatic headlamp
system comes on immediately. If it
is light outside when the vehicle
leaves the garage, there is a slight
delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to the
DRL. During that delay, the
instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the
instrument panel brightness control
is in the full bright position. See
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 194.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
change to Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).

There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument panel. Do not cover the
sensor, otherwise the headlamps
will come on when they are not
needed.

The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
control is turned to O or the ignition
is off.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Lighting
Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to O
or ; to disable this feature.

| : Press this button to make the
front and rear turn signal lamps
flash on and off. Press again to turn
the flashers off.
When the hazard warning flashers
are on, the vehicle's turn signals will
not work.

Turn and Lane-Change
Signals

Hazard Warning Flashers

193

change. This causes the turn
signals to automatically flash three
times. It will flash six times if Tow/
Haul Mode is active. Holding the
turn signal lever for more than
one second will cause the turn
signals to flash until the lever is
released.
The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.
If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrows flash rapidly or
do not come on, a signal bulb could
be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses 0 351.
Turn Signal On Chime

An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.
Move the turn signal lever all the
way up or down to signal a turn.
Raise or lower the lever for less
than one second until the arrow
starts to flash to signal a lane

If the turn signal is left on for more
than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
sounds at each flash of the turn
signal. The message TURN
SIGNAL ON will also appear in the
Driver Information Center (DIC). To
turn the chime and message off,
move the turn signal lever to the off
position.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

194

Lighting

Fog Lamps

# : Press to turn the fog lamps on
or off. A light will come on in the
instrument cluster.
When the fog lamps are turned on,
the parking lamps automatically
turn on.

Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control

When the headlamps are changed
to high beam, the fog lamps also go
off. When the high-beam headlamps
are turned off, the fog lamps will
come on again.

If equipped with fog lamps, the
button is on the exterior lamp
control, to the left of the steering
column.
The ignition must be in the ON/RUN
position for the fog lamps to
come on.

Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on with
the fog lamps.

This feature controls the brightness
of the instrument panel lights and is
next to the exterior lamp control.

D : Move the thumbwheel up or
down to brighten or dim the lights.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Lighting

Dome Lamps

195

Reading Lamps

Press m or n next to each reading
lamp to turn it on or off.

There are dome lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped.
To change the dome lamp settings,
press the following:
OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
when a door is open.
DOOR : The lamps come on
automatically when a door is
opened.
ON : Turns all dome lamps on.

There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped. To operate, the ignition
must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN position, or using
Retained Accessory Power (RAP).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

196

Lighting

Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
Some exterior lamps and the interior
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when K
is pressed on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a
door is opened, the interior lamps
come on if the dome lamp control is
in the DOOR position. After about
30 seconds the exterior lamps turn
off. Entry lighting can be disabled
manually by changing the ignition
out of the OFF position, or by
pressing the RKE transmitter Q
button.
This feature can be changed. See
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

Exit Lighting
Some exterior lamps and interior
lamps come on when the key is
removed from the ignition. The
exterior and interior lamps remain
on for a set amount of time, then
automatically turn off.

If equipped with Keyless Access,
the exterior lamps automatically turn
on when the driver’s door is opened
after the ignition is turned to OFF.
The interior lights turn on when the
ignition is turned to OFF.
The exterior lamps turn off
immediately by turning the exterior
lamp control off.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

Battery Load
Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM), which
estimates the battery's temperature
and state of charge. It then adjusts
the voltage for best performance
and extended life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. The voltmeter
gauge or the voltage display on the
Driver Information Center (DIC),

if equipped, may show the voltage
moving up or down. This is normal.
If there is a problem, an alert will be
displayed.
The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all the
power that is needed for very high
electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, fog
lamps, rear window defogger,
climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets.
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power, whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Lighting
Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed and it is recommended
that the driver reduce the electrical
loads as much as possible. See
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages 0 166.

Battery Power Protection
This feature shuts off the dome and
reading lamps if they are left on for
more than 10 minutes when the
ignition is off. This will keep the
battery from running down.

197

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

198

Infotainment System

Infotainment
System

Trademarks and License
Agreements
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . .

198
199
199
202
204

Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Side Window
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . .

204
206
206
207
208

Audio Players
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 214
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls - Base Radio) . . . . . . 215
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Introduction
Infotainment
Base radio information is included in
this manual. See the infotainment
manual for information on other
available infotainment systems.
Read the following pages to
become familiar with the features.

{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for
too long or too often while using
any infotainment feature can
cause a crash. You or others
could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving.
Limit your glances at the vehicle
displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.
The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System
functions may gray out when they
are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through
the instrument cluster and steering
wheel controls.
Before driving:
. Become familiar with the
operation, faceplate buttons, and
screen buttons.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 236.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 258.

Theft-Deterrent Feature
TheftLock® is designed to
discourage theft of the vehicle's
radio by learning a portion of the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
The radio does not operate if it is
stolen or moved to a different
vehicle.

Overview
Infotainment System Overview
The infotainment system is
controlled by using the buttons on
the faceplate and steering wheel
controls, if equipped. See Steering
Wheel Controls 0 131.

199

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

200

Infotainment System

Radio with CD

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System

201

5. CD Slot (If Equipped)
6.

o BACK
.

{
.

Radio with TONE
1.

q
.

3.
Press to scroll down
through the favorite pages
for each source.

2. Favorites/Soft Keys
. Press to select favorite
stations.
. Press and hold to save
favorite stations.
. Press to select a screen
button when displayed.

r
.

Press to scroll up through
the favorite pages for each
source.

4. MENU
. Press to access the menu
for the current audio
source.
. Press to select the
highlighted menu option.
. Turn to scroll through a list.
.

Turn to manually select a
station.

Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu.

Press to go to the Home
Page from any point in the
system. See “Home Page”
following.

X (If Equipped) or TONE (If
Equipped)
.

Press X to eject the CD (if
equipped).

Press TONE to open the
Tone Settings menu (if
equipped).

g or l
.

CD (If Equipped): Press g
to seek the beginning of the
current or previous track.
If the track has played for
less than five seconds, it
seeks the previous track.
If longer than five seconds,
the current track will start

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

202

Infotainment System
from the beginning. Press
and hold g to quickly
reverse through a track.
Release the button to return
to playing speed. Press l
to seek the next track.
Press and hold l to fast
forward through a track.
Release the button to return
to playing speed.
.

AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If
Equipped): Press g or l
to seek to the previous or
next strong station.

10. RADIO
. Press to change the audio
source between AM, FM,
or SiriusXM, if equipped.
11. MEDIA
. Press to change the audio
source between CD, USB,
and AUX.
12.

O
.

Press to turn the audio on.

Press and hold to turn it off.

When on, press to mute the
system. Press again to
unmute.

Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.

Home Page
Home Page Features
The infotainment system displays a
Home Page that makes it easy to
access all of the applications. Turn
the MENU knob to highlight feature
icons. Press the MENU knob to
access the feature’s options.
Various functions are disabled when
the vehicle is moving.
AUDIO : Select the AUDIO screen
icon to display the active source
page. The sources available are
AM, FM, SiriusXM® (if equipped),
CD, USB/iPod, and AUX. See
AM-FM Radio 0 204, Satellite Radio
0 206, CD Player 0 208, and
Auxiliary Jack 0 213.

PHONE : Select the PHONE screen
icon to display the Phone main
page. See “Bluetooth Overview” in
Bluetooth (Overview) 0 214 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) 0 215 or Bluetooth
(Voice Recognition - Base
Radio) 0 219.
NAV (Navigation, If Equipped) :
Select the NAV screen icon to
display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation. See “OnStar Overview”
in OnStar, if equipped.
SETTINGS : Select the SETTINGS
screen icon to display the Settings
main page. See “Setting Radio
Preferences” following.

Setting Radio Preferences
Select the SETTINGS screen icon
to display the Settings menu and
the following may display:
Time : See Clock 0 135.
Language (Current Language) :
This will set the display language in
the radio and instrument cluster.
Select to display a list of languages.
Select BACK to go back to the
previous menu.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System
Valet Mode:
Using the circular numeric keypad,
enter a four-digit code:
1. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight a number.
2. Press the MENU knob to select
it. Do this for each one of the
four digits. Select Enter to go to
the confirmation screen.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Select LOCK to lock the
system. This will also lock
access to the storage behind
the radio, if equipped. See
Instrument Panel
Storage 0 125.
4. Enter the four-digit code to
unlock the system.
Radio : See “Radio Setup” later in
this section.

Software Information : Press the
MENU knob to select Save Vehicle
Info to USB. Press the MENU knob
again to start downloading the
vehicle information to the USB.
Radio Setup
From the RADIO/BAND screen icon,
the following may be displayed:
Manage Favorites:
. Turn the MENU knob and press
to select a favorite.
. To delete a favorite, press
the button just below the
DELETE screen button.
. To move a favorite, press the
MOVE screen button. Turn
the MENU knob to select a
new location, then press the
DROP screen button to
select the new location.

203

added and removed. Another way to
adjust is to select a number from 5–
25 to show that selection of
favorites.
Audible Touch Feedback : Select
to turn feedback off or on.
Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This
feature adjusts the volume based on
vehicle speed. The options are Off,
Low, Medium-Low, Medium,
Medium-High, or High. Select the
desired volume.
Maximum Startup Volume : This
feature sets the maximum startup
volume. If the vehicle is started and
the volume is greater than this level,
the volume is adjusted to this level.
To set the maximum startup volume,
Turn the MENU knob to increase or
decrease startup volume.
Rear Camera

Vehicle : See Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

Select o BACK to go back to
the previous menu.

From the Rear Camera screen
button, the following may display:

Display : Press the MENU knob to
turn the display on or off.

Number of Favorites Shown : To
set the number of favorites for
display, select Auto to automatically
adjust the number of Favorites
pages shown as Favorites are

Guidance Lines (If Equipped) :
This feature will display guidance
lines on the screen when in
R (Reverse). Select Off or On.

Return to Factory Settings : See
“Return to Factory Settings” later in
this section.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

204

Infotainment System

See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 288.

English and Metric Unit
Conversion

Radio

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (If
Equipped) : This feature will display
an alert icon when cross traffic is
detected.

AM-FM Radio

Select Off or On.

To change the display units between
English and metric units, see Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 158 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 160.

See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 288.

Software Updates

Return to Factory Settings

See the website for more
information.

Select and the following may
display:

Website Information

The steering wheel controls can
also be used to adjust the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 131.

In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com

AM, FM, SiriusXM (If Equipped)

In Canada, see
www.chevrolet.gm.ca

To select AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
equipped), press the RADIO button
to toggle to the desired broadcast
source.

Restore Vehicle Settings : This
option will restore factory vehicle
personalization settings. Select
Cancel or Confirm.
Clear All Private Data : This option
clears all private information from
the vehicle. Select Cancel or
Confirm.
Restore Radio Settings : This
option will restore factory radio
settings. Select Cancel or Continue.

In Mexico, see
www.chevrolet.com.mx

Playing the Radio
While on the audio main page,
press the RADIO or MEDIA button
repeatedly through the available
sources (AM, FM, and SiriusXM® (if
equipped), CD, USB, and AUX).

Press the RADIO faceplate button
to display the active radio source.
Press the MENU knob and the
following radio settings may display:

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System
Tone Settings:
. Bass, Midrange, and Treble:
Turn the MENU knob and
highlight. Press the MENU knob
to select. Turn the MENU knob
to adjust.
. Balance: Turn the MENU knob
to highlight. Press the MENU
knob to select. Turn the MENU
knob left for more sound from
the left speakers or right for
more sound from the right
speakers. The middle position
balances the sound between the
left and right speakers.
. Fade: Turn the MENU knob to
highlight. Press the MENU knob
to select. Turn the MENU knob
to the left for more sound from
the front speakers and to the
right for more sound from the
rear speakers. The middle
position balances the sound
between the front and rear
speakers.
. EQ (Equalizer): Turn the MENU
knob to highlight. Turn the
MENU knob to scroll through the
options. Press the MENU knob

to select. Press the
button to go to the
previous menu.

o BACK

Station List : Select to display a list
of AM or FM stations. Press o
BACK to go to the previous menu.
Auto Volume : If equipped, this
feature adjusts the volume based on
the vehicle speed. Select the level
between off, low, medium-low,
medium, medium-high, and high.
Press o BACK to go to the
previous menu.
EQ (Equalizer) Settings : In certain
configurations the available choices
are Manual and Talk.
Options for SiriusXM Only (If
Equipped)
SXM View : SXM view allows the
channel list to be viewed by channel
name, artist playing on channel,
or song playing on channel. Turn
the MENU knob to highlight and
press the MENU knob to select.
Press o BACK to go to the
previous menu.

205

Channel List : Select to display a
list of SiriusXM stations. Turn the
MENU knob to highlight and press
the MENU knob to select. Press o
BACK to go to the previous menu.
Also see the radio settings common
for all sources earlier in this section.

Finding a Station
Seeking a Station
Press g or l to search for the
previous or next strongest station.
Tuning a Station
Turn the MENU knob to manually
find a station.

Storing Radio Station Presets
Up to 25 preset stations from all
bands can be stored in the favorite
lists in any order. Up to five stations
can be stored in each favorite page
and the number of favorites can
be set.
AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If
Equipped) : While on the active
source main page, such as AM, FM,

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

206

Infotainment System

or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and
hold a favorites button on the
faceplate.

Mixed-Audio Favorites
Media and Broadcast favorites can
be stored.
To display the favorites page, press
q or r on the faceplate.
From the Settings menu press the
MENU knob to select Manage
Favorites. The Manage Favorites
feature has the option of moving or
deleting a favorite. See “Manage
Favorites” in “Radio Setup” under
Home Page 0 202.

variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
A service fee is required to receive
the SiriusXM service. See
www.siriusxm.com or call
1-888-601-6296 (U.S.); or see
www.siriusxm.ca or call
1-877-438-9677 (Canada).

chargers, vehicle convenience
accessories, and external electronic
devices are plugged into the
accessory power outlet. If there is
interference or static, unplug the
item from the accessory power
outlet.

When SiriusXM is active, the
channel name and number,
category name, song title, and artist
display on the screen.

FM signals only reach about 16 to
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
that automatically works to reduce
interference, some static can occur,
especially around tall buildings or
hills, causing the sound to fade in
and out.

Browsing SiriusXM Channels
(If Equipped)
To browse the SiriusXM channels:

Satellite Radio

1. Press the MENU knob.

SiriusXM® Satellite Radio
Service (If Equipped)

2. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight SXM Channel List.

The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can also occur
when things like storms and power
lines interfere with radio reception.
When this happens, try reducing the
treble on the radio.

Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite
radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
satellite radio subscription can
receive SiriusXM programming.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide

3. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight the desired SXM
Channels.

Radio Reception
Frequency interference and static
can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as phone

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite
Radio Service provides digital radio
reception. Tall buildings or hills can
interfere with satellite radio signals,
causing the sound to fade in and
out. In addition, traveling or standing
under heavy foliage, bridges,
garages, or tunnels may cause loss
of the SiriusXM signal for a period
of time.

Cell Phone Usage
Cell phone usage, such as making
or receiving phone calls, charging,
or just having the phone on may
cause static interference in the
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
if this happens.

Rear Side Window
Antenna
The AM-FM antenna is in the
passenger right rear side window.
Make sure the inside surfaces of the
rear side windows are not scratched
and that the lines on the glass are

not damaged. If the inside surfaces
are damaged, they could interfere
with radio reception.
For proper radio reception, the
antenna connector must be properly
attached to the post on the glass.
The connector attachment to the
glass is exposed. Tampering with or
disconnecting the connector will
interfere with radio reception.
If a cellular telephone antenna
needs to be attached to the glass,
make sure that the grid lines for the
AM-FM antenna are not damaged.
There is enough space between the
grid lines to attach a cellular
telephone antenna without
interfering with radio reception.

Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside of the
rear side windows may affect
radio reception or damage the
rear side window antenna.
Repairs would not be covered by
(Continued)

207

Caution (Continued)
the warranty. Do not clear the
inside of the rear side windows
with sharp objects.

Caution
Do not apply aftermarket glass
tinting with metallic film. The
metallic film in some tinting
materials will interfere with or
distort the incoming radio
reception. Any damage caused to
the backglass antenna due to
metallic tinting materials will not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

208

Infotainment System

Multi-Band Antenna
The multi-band antenna is on the
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
used for OnStar, the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio Service System, and
GPS (Global Positioning System),
if the vehicle has these features.
Keep the antenna clear of
obstructions for clear reception.
If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is
open, reception can also be
affected.
Items on the roof of the vehicle can
interfere with the performance of the
radio system and OnStar (if
equipped). Make sure the
multi-band antenna is not
obstructed.

Audio Players
CD Player
If equipped, the CD player can be
used for CD and MP3 audio.
With the vehicle on, insert a disc
into the slot, label side up. Press the
MEDIA button to select CD as a
source.
The system is capable of
playing most:
. Audio CDs
.

CD-R

CD-RW

MP3 or unprotected WMA
formats

When playing any compatible
recordable disc, the sound quality
can be reduced due to disc quality,
the method of recording, the quality
of the music that has been
recorded, or the way the disc has
been handled.
There can be increased skipping,
difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
difficulty in loading and ejecting.

If these problems occur, check the
disc for damage or try a known
good disc.
To avoid damage to the CD player:
. Do not use scratched or
damaged discs.
. Do not apply labels to discs. The
labels could get caught in the
player.
. Insert only one disc at a time.
.

Keep the loading slot free of
foreign materials, liquids, and
debris.

Use a marking pen to label the
top of the disc.

Loading and Ejecting Discs
To load a disc:
1. Turn the vehicle on.
2. Insert a disc into the slot, label
side up. The player pulls it in
the rest of the way. If the disc
is damaged or improperly
loaded, there is an error and
the disc ejects.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System
Playing an Audio CD
Press the MEDIA button on the
faceplate until CD is selected.
On the CD main page, either a track
number displays at the beginning of
each track, or Song, Artist, and
Album information displays when
available.
Use the following screen controls to
play the disc:

t : While on the CD main page:
.

Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous track.
If the track has been playing for
less than five seconds, it seeks
to the previous track. If longer
than five seconds, the current
track starts from the beginning.
Press and hold to fast reverse
through a track. Release the
button to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.

u : While on the CD main page:
.

Press to seek to the next track.

Press and hold to fast forward
through a track. Release the
button to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.

j / r : While on the CD main page,
press to pause. Press again to
resume.
Z : Press Z to play the songs in
random order. Press again to
turn off.
If a Blu-ray Disc® or DVD disc is
loaded into the disc player and the
CD screen button is selected, a
message comes on the screen to
use the Video application. The
Video application is only available
on vehicles with Rear Seat
Entertainment (RSE).
CD Menu
While on the CD main page, press
the MENU knob to display the CD
menu and the following may display:
Browse : Select to display the files
or songs on the CD.

209

Tone Settings : Select to adjust
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
“Tone Settings” under AM-FM
Radio 0 204.
Auto Volume : If equipped, this
feature adjusts the volume based on
the vehicle speed. Select the level
between Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Medium, Medium-High, and High.
Press BACK to go to the
previous menu.
EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
feature adjusts the equalizer
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in
AM-FM Radio 0 204.

Error Messages
If Disc Error displays and/or the disc
comes out, it could be for one of the
following reasons:
. The disc has an invalid or
unknown format.
. The disc is very hot. Try the disc
again when the temperature
returns to normal.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

210

Infotainment System

The road is very rough. Try the
disc again when the road is
smoother.

The disc is dirty, scratched, wet,
or upside down.

The air is very humid. Try the
disc again later.

There was a problem while
burning the disc.

The label is caught in the CD
player.

If Disc Player Error displays, it could
be for one of the following reasons:
. The player temperature is
too high.
. There are load or eject errors.
If the CD is not playing correctly for
any other reason, try a known
good CD.

The following guidelines must be
met when creating an MP3 disc,
otherwise the CD might not play:
. Sampling rate: 16 kHz,
22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz,
44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
. Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24,
32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112,
128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256,
and 320 kbps.
. Maximum number of folders:
eight folders with 255 files per
folder.
. Maximum of 1,000 files on
a disc.
. Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW.

file structure that contains a
compressed audio file. The empty
folder(s) are not displayed or
numbered.

Root Directory

The USB ports are in the center
stack or inside the front seat
armrest.

If any error continues, contact your
dealer.

The root directory is treated as a
folder. All files contained directly
under the root directory are
accessed prior to any root directory
folders.

Playing an MP3 CD

Empty Folders

To play an MP3 CD, follow the same
instructions as “Playing an Audio
CD” previously in this section.

If a root directory or folder is empty
or contains only folders, the player
advances to the next folder in the

No Folder
When the CD only contains
compressed audio files without any
folders, all files are under the root
folder.

USB Port
Playing from a USB
A USB mass storage device or
Media Transfer Protocol (MTP)
device can be connected to the
USB port.

USB MP3 Player and USB Drives
. The USB MP3 players and USB
drives connected must comply
with the USB Mass Storage
Class specification (USB MSC).
. Hard disk drives are not
supported.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System
To play a USB device:
. Connect the USB.
. Press the MEDIA button on the
faceplate until the connected
device is shown.
While the USB source is active, use
the corresponding faceplate buttons
to operate USB function:
.

t (Seek Previous/Fast
Reverse)

.
.
.

u (Seek Next/Fast Forward)
j /r (Play/Pause)
Z (Shuffle)

For information on how to use the
screen icons, see “Playing an Audio
CD” previously in this section.
USB Menu
Press the MENU knob to display the
USB menu and the following may
display:
Browse : Select to display the files
and folders on the USB device.

Tone Settings : Select to adjust
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
“Tone Settings” under AM-FM
Radio 0 204.
Auto Volume : If equipped, see
“Playing an Audio CD” previously in
this section.
EQ (Equalizer) Settings :
If equipped, this feature adjusts the
equalizer settings. See “EQ
(Equalizer) Settings” in AM-FM
Radio 0 204.

Playing from an iPod®/iPad®/
iPhone®
This feature supports the following
devices:
. iPod nano® (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and
4th generation)
. iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5
generation).
. iPod classic® (6th generation)
®

iPod touch (1st and 2nd
generation)

iPad

211

iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS,
iPhone 4

There may be problems with
operation and function in the
following situations:
. When connecting a device with
a more recent version of the
firmware installed than is
supported by the infotainment
system.
. When connecting a device on
which firmware from other
providers is installed.
To connect and control a device:
1. Connect one end of the
standard USB cable to the
device's dock connector.
2. Connect the other end to a
USB port in the center console.
See Center Console
Storage 0 126.
3. Press the MEDIA button to
select the source.
The music information displays on
the radio’s display and begins
playing through the vehicle’s audio
system.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

212

Infotainment System

The device battery recharges
automatically while the vehicle is on.
When the vehicle is off while a
device is connected using the USB
cable, the device battery stops
charging and the device will
automatically turn off.

EQ (Equalizer) Settings :
If equipped, this feature adjusts the
equalizer settings. See “EQ
(Equalizer) Settings” in AM-FM
Radio 0 204.

If the device is an unsupported
model, it can still be listened to in
the vehicle by connecting to the
auxiliary input jack using a standard
3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable.

Use the following to browse:

Browse Device Media
Playlists:

3. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to select an
album name to view a list of all
songs on the album.
4. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to select
the song from the list to begin
playback.
Albums:

1. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to view the
playlists stored on the device.

1. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to view the
albums stored on the device.

Press the MENU knob to display the
device Menu and the following may
display:

2. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to select a
playlist name to view a list of
all songs in the playlist.

2. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to select an
album name to view a list of all
songs on the album.

Browse : Select to display the files
or songs on the device. See
“Browse Device Media” later in this
section.

3. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to select
the song from the list to begin
playback.

Artists:
1. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to view the
artists stored on the device.
2. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to select an
artist name to view a list of all
albums by the artist.

Genres:
1. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to view the
genres stored on the device.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System
2. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to select a
genre name to view a list of
artists of that genre.
3. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to select to
view albums by that artist.
4. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to select an
album to view songs.
5. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to select
the song from the list to begin
playback.
Songs:
1. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to view a
list of all songs stored on the
device.
2. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight and press to select
the song from the list to begin
playback.

213

Auxiliary Jack

Playing from the AUX Jack

The AUX jack is in the center stack
or inside the front seat armrest. See
Center Console Storage 0 126.

An auxiliary device is played
through the audio system and
controlled through the device itself.

Possible auxiliary audio sources
include:
. Laptop computer

AUX Menu

Audio music player

This jack is not an audio output. Do
not plug headphones into the
auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary
devices should be set up while the
vehicle is in P (Park).
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
from the auxiliary device to the
auxiliary input jack.
If an auxiliary device has already
been connected, but a different
source is currently active, press the
MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly
to scroll through all of the available
audio source screens, until the AUX
source screen is shown.

Press the MENU knob to display the
AUX menu and the following may
display:
Tone Settings : Select to adjust
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
“Tone Settings” under AM-FM
Radio 0 204.
Auto Volume : If equipped, see
“Playing an Audio CD” previously in
this section.
EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
feature adjusts the pre-defined
equalizer settings. See “EQ
(Equalizer)” in AM-FM Radio 0 204.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

214

Infotainment System
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts.

Phone
Bluetooth (Overview)
Instructions for using the cell phone
may differ between infotainment
systems. The base radio and base
radio with connectivity instructions
are included in this manual. See the
infotainment manual for instructions
on the uplevel radios.
Bluetooth-capable systems can
interact with many cell phones,
allowing:
. Placement and receipt of calls in
a hands-free mode.
. Sharing of the cell phone’s
address book or contact list with
the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle
parked:
. Become familiar with the
features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete

Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
system.

Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in
this section.

If the cell phone has voice
dialing capability, learn to use
that feature to access the
address book or contact list. See
“Voice Pass-Thru” in this
section.

See “Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers” in this section.

{ Warning
When using a cell phone, it can
be distracting to look too long or
too often at the screen of the
phone or the infotainment system.
Taking your eyes off the road too
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
make and receive phone calls. The
infotainment system and voice
recognition are used to control the
system. The system can be used
while in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY. The range of the
Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
(30 ft). Not all phones support all
functions and not all phones work
with the Bluetooth system. See
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
information about compatible
phones.

Bluetooth Controls
Use the buttons on the instrument
panel, faceplate, and the steering
wheel to operate the Bluetooth
system.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System

215

Steering Wheel Controls

Voice Recognition

Bluetooth Audio Quality

g : Press to answer incoming calls,

The voice recognition system uses
commands to control the system
and dial phone numbers.

Turn off the Echo and Noise
cancellation feature on your phone,
if supported, for the best hands-free
performance.

confirm system information, and
start voice recognition.

i : Press to end a call, reject a
call, or cancel an operation. Press
to mute or unmute the infotainment
system.
Infotainment System Controls
For information about how to
navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see
Overview 0 199.
MENU : Turn to scroll through a list.
Press to select the highlighted list
option.

{ : Press to go to the Home Page.
See Home Page 0 202.
PHONE : Select to enter the phone
main menu. See Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 214 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base
Radio) 0 215 or Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition - Base Radio) 0 219.

Noise : The system may not
recognize voice commands if there
is too much background noise, such
as noise from open windows or loud
talking inside the vehicle.
When to Speak : A tone sounds to
indicate that the system is ready for
a voice command. Wait for the tone
and then speak.
How to Speak : Speak clearly in a
calm and natural voice.

Audio System
When using the Bluetooth system,
sound comes through the vehicle's
front audio system speakers and
overrides the audio system. Use the
O knob during a call to change the
volume level. The system maintains
a minimum volume level.

See www.gm.com/bluetooth.

Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls - Base Radio)
For information about how to
navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see
Overview 0 199.

Switching to Handset or
Hands-Free Mode
To switch between handset mode
and hands-free mode, use the
OnStar command, “transfer call.”

Pairing
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the
vehicle before it can be used. See
your cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

216

Infotainment System

phone is not connected, calls can
be made using OnStar Hands-Free
Calling, if available. See OnStar
Overview 0 443, if equipped.
Pairing Information
. Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
. The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
. Pairing only needs to be
completed once per phone,
unless the pairing information on
the cell phone changes or the
cell phone is deleted from the
system.
. Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.
. If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the
system connects to the first
available paired cell phone in the
order that they were newly
paired to the system. To connect
to a different paired phone, see
“Connecting to a Different
Phone” later in this section.

Pairing a Phone or Device
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob to access the
PHONE screen button, then
press the MENU knob to select
the PHONE screen button. If a
device has been previously
paired, the main Phone menu
will be shown. If no devices
have been paired, Step 2 can
be skipped.
2. Turn the MENU knob and
press to select Manage
Phones.
3. Press the button just below the
PAIR screen button. A four-digit
Personal Identification Number
(PIN) appears on the display.
The PIN is used in Step 5.
4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone to be paired to the
vehicle. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for
information on this process.
5. Locate the device named “Your
Vehicle” in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the

PIN provided in Step 3. If a six
digit code is shown on the
phone and the vehicle screen,
confirm the codes are the
same. The system recognizes
the new connected phone after
the pairing process is
complete.
6. If the phone prompts to accept
connection or allow phone
book download, select Always
Accept and Allow. The phone
book may not be available if
not accepted.
7. Repeat Steps 1–6 to pair
additional phones or devices.
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
1. To list all paired devices, from
the Home Page turn the MENU
knob, then press to select the
PHONE screen button.
2. Turn the MENU knob and
press to select Manage
Phones.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System
Deleting a Paired Phone
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.
2. Turn the MENU knob and
press to select Manage
Phones.
3. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight the phone to be
deleted.
4. Press the button below the
DELETE screen button to
delete the highlighted device.
5. A confirmation screen is
displayed. Press the button just
below the DELETE screen
button to confirm deletion.
Connecting to a Different Phone

3. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight the phone to be
connected.
4. Press the button just below the
CONNECT screen button to
connect to the highlighted
device.

Phone Menu
Once a phone is connected and
selected, the following may display:
Recent Calls : Turn the MENU
knob to highlight Recent Calls and
press to select.
Contacts : Turn the MENU knob to
highlight Contacts and press to
select.
Keypad : Turn the MENU knob to
highlight Keypad and press to
select.

1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.

Active Call : Turn the MENU knob
to highlight Active Call and press to
select and display the active call
screen.

2. Turn the MENU knob and
press to select Manage
Phones.

Manage Phones : Turn the MENU
knob to highlight Manage Phones
and press to select.

217

Making a Call Using Contacts
and Recent Calls
For cell phones that support the
Contacts and Recent Calls feature,
the Bluetooth system can use the
contacts stored on your cell phone
to make calls. See your cell phone
manufacturer’s user guide or
contact your wireless provider to
find out if this feature is supported
by your phone.
If the phone prompts to allow phone
book download during the pairing
process, select Always Accept and
Allow. The phone book may not be
available if not accepted.
When a cell phone supports the
phone book feature, the Contacts
and Recent Calls menus are
automatically available.
The Contacts menu allows you to
access the phone book stored in the
cell phone to make a call.
The Recent Calls menu allows you
to access the phone numbers from
the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls,
and Missed Calls menus on the cell
phone to make a call.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

218

Infotainment System

To make a call using the
Contacts menu:
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.
2. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight Contacts and press to
select.
3. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight the letter group and
press to select.
4. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight the contact and press
to select.
5. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight the desired number,
then press the MENU knob to
call the contact.
To make a call using the Recent
Calls menu:
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.

2. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight Recent Calls and
press to select.
If necessary, select between
Missed, Recent, and Sent calls
by pressing the button below
the appropriate screen button.
3. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight the contact or the
phone number.
4. Press the MENU knob to call
the contact.

Making a Call Using the
Keypad
To make a call:
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.
2. Turn the MENU knob and
press to select Keypad.
3. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight the first digit and
press to select. Continue this
process through the number.
To call, press the button just
below the CALL screen button.

Accepting or Declining a Call
When an incoming call is received,
the infotainment system mutes and
a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
Accepting a Call
To accept a call, do one of the
following:
. Press the button just below the
ANSWER screen button.
.

Press g on the steering wheel
controls.

Declining a Call
To decline a call, do one of the
following:
. Press the button just below the
IGNORE screen button.
.

Press i on the steering wheel
controls.

Do nothing.

Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
the wireless service carrier to work.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System
Accepting a Call Waiting Call
To accept a call waiting call, do one
of the following:
. Press the button just below the
SWITCH screen button.
.

Press g on the steering wheel
controls.

Declining a Call Waiting Call
To decline a call waiting call, do one
of the following:
. Press the button just below the
IGNORE screen button.
.

Press i on the steering wheel
controls.

Do nothing.

Ending a Call
To end a call, do one of the
following:
. Press the button just below the
END screen button.
.

Press i on the steering wheel
controls.

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
send numbers during a call. This is
used when calling a menu-driven
phone system.
1. When a call is active, press the
button just below the KEYPAD
screen button.
2. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight the first digit and
press to select.
If not initially in the phone
application, from the Home Page,
turn the MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen button.
From the PHONE main menu, turn
the MENU knob to highlight Active
Call and press to select.

219

Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition - Base
Radio)
Using Voice Recognition
To use voice recognition, press g
on the steering wheel. Use the
commands below for the various
voice features. For additional
information, say “Help” while you
are in a voice recognition menu.

Pairing
Pairing a Phone
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Pair.” The system
responds with instructions and
a four-digit Personal
Identification Number (PIN).
The PIN is used in Step 5.
4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone that you want to
pair. For help with this process,
see your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

220

Infotainment System

5. Locate the device named “Your
Vehicle” in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 3. The
system may respond with a six
digit code to be confirmed on
the cell phone (instead of
entering a four digit code),
check that the same digits are
shown on the cell phone and
say "Yes" to confirm. Select
Confirm on the cell phone as
well. After the PIN is
successfully entered, the
system prompts you to provide
a name for the paired cell
phone. This name will be used
to indicate which phones are
paired and connected to the
vehicle. The system responds
with “ has been
successfully paired” after the
pairing process is complete.
6. Repeat Steps 1−5 to pair
additional phones.

Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
The system can list all cell phones
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
also connected to the vehicle, the
system responds with “is connected”
after that phone name.
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “List.”
Deleting a Paired Phone
If the phone name to delete is
unknown, see “Listing All Paired
and Connected Phones.”
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.

Connecting to a Different Phone
To connect to a different cell phone,
the Bluetooth system looks for the
next available cell phone in the
order in which all available cell
phones were paired. This may need
to be repeated depending on how
many cell phones have been
connected.
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Change phone.”
. If another cell phone is
found, the response will be
“ is now
connected.”
This can be repeated to
connect any of the up to
five paired phones.

2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
for which phone to delete.
4. Say the name of the phone to
delete.

If another cell phone is not
found, the original phone
remains connected.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System
Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers

directions given by the system
to save a name tag for this
number.

The following commands are used
to delete and store phone numbers.

Using the “Digit Store” Command

Store : This command will store a
phone number, or a group of
numbers as a name tag.

If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Correction” at any time to clear the
last number.

Digit Store : This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a
name tag by entering the digits one
at a time.

To hear all of the digits recognized
by the system, say “Verify” at
any time.

Delete : This command is used to
delete individual name tags.

1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.

Delete All Name Tags : This
command deletes all stored name
tags in the Hands-Free Calling
Directory and the Destinations
Directory.

2. Say “Digit Store.”

Using the “Store” Command
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
2. Say “Store.”
3. Say the entire phone number
or a group of digits all at once
with no pauses, then follow the

3. Say each digit, one at a time.
After each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone. After
the last digit has been entered,
say “Store,” and then follow the
directions given by the system
to save a name tag for this
number.
Using the “Delete” Command
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.

221

2. Say “Delete.”
3. Say the name tag you want to
delete.
Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
Command
This command deletes all stored
name tags in the Hands-Free
Calling Directory and the
Destinations Directory.
To delete all name tags:
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
2. Say “Delete all name tags.”

Listing Stored Numbers
The list command will list all the
stored numbers and name tags.
Using the “List” Command
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
2. Say “Directory.”
3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.”
4. Say “List.”

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

222

Infotainment System

Making a Call

Calling Emergency

Calls can be made using the
following commands.

1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.

Dial or Call : The dial or call
command can be used
interchangeably to dial a phone
number or a stored name tag.

2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”

Digit Dial : This command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
Re-dial : This command is used to
dial the last number used on the cell
phone.
Using the “Dial” or “Call”
Command
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing or say the name tag.
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.

3. Say [emergency number].
4. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
Using the “Digit Dial” Command
The digit dial command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
After each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone.
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Correction” at any time to clear the
last number.
To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify” at any time.

3. Say each digit, one at a time.
After each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone. After
the last digit has been entered,
say “Dial.”
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Using the “Re-dial” Command
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.”
The system dials the last
number called from the
connected cell phone.
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.

Receiving a Call

1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.

When an incoming call is received,
the audio system mutes and a ring
tone is heard in the vehicle.

2. Say “Digit Dial.”

.
.

g to answer the call.
Press i to ignore a call.
Press

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System
Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on
the cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier.
Press g to answer an incoming
call when another call is active.
The original call is placed
on hold.

Press g again to return to the
original call.

To ignore the incoming call, no
action is required.

Press i to disconnect the
current call and switch to the call
on hold.

Three-Way Calling
Three-way calling must be
supported on the cell phone and
enabled by the wireless service
carrier.
1. While on a call, press

2. Say “Three-way call.”
3. Use the “Dial” or “Call”
command to dial the number of
the third party to be called.

4. Once the call is connected,
press g to link all callers
together.

Ending a Call
Press

i to end a call.

Transferring a Call
Audio can be transferred between
the Bluetooth system and the cell
phone.
The cell phone must be paired and
connected with the Bluetooth
system before a call can be
transferred. The connection process
can take up to two minutes after the
ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
To Transfer Audio from the
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
During a call with the audio in the
vehicle:
1. Press

2. Say “Transfer Call.”

223

To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
System from a Cell Phone
During a call with the audio on the
cell phone, press g. The audio
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
does not transfer to the vehicle, use
the audio transfer feature on the cell
phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for more
information.

Voice Pass-Thru
Voice pass-thru allows access to the
voice recognition commands on the
cell phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide to see if
the cell phone supports this feature.
To access contacts stored in the cell
phone:
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Voice.” The system
responds “OK, accessing
.”

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

224

Infotainment System

The cell phone's normal prompt
messages will go through their cycle
according to the phone's operating
instructions.

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The Bluetooth system can send
numbers and the numbers stored as
name tags during a call. You can
use this feature when calling a
menu-driven phone system.
Account numbers can also be
stored for use.
Sending a Number or Name Tag
During a Call
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
2. Say “Dial.”
3. Say the number or name tag
to send.

Clearing the System
Unless information is deleted out of
the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
will be retained indefinitely. This
includes all phone pairing
information. For information on how
to delete this information, see
“Deleting a Paired Phone.”

Trademarks and
License Agreements
FCC Information
See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 439.

“Made for iPod” and “Made for
iPhone” mean that an electronic
accessory has been designed to
connect specifically to iPod or
iPhone and has been certified by
the developer to meet Apple
performance standards.
iPod and iPhone are trademarks of
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Infotainment System

Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
taxes, one time activation fee, and
other fees may apply. Subscription
fee is consumer only. All fees and
programming subject to change.
Subscriptions subject to Customer
Agreement available at
www.siriusxm.com (U.S.) and
www.siriusxm.ca (Canada).
SiriusXM® service only available in
the 48 contiguous United States and
Canada.
In Canada: Some deterioration of
service may occur in extreme
northern latitudes. This is beyond
the control of SiriusXM® Satellite
Radio.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
disassemble, reverse engineer,
hack, manipulate, or otherwise
make available any technology or
software incorporated in receivers
compatible with the SiriusXM®

Satellite Radio System or that
support the SiriusXM website, the
Online Service or any of its content.
Furthermore, the AMBER voice
compression software included in
this product is protected by
intellectual property rights including
patent rights, copyrights, and trade
secrets of Digital Voice
Systems, Inc.
General Requirements:
1. A License Agreement from
SiriusXM is required for any
product that incorporates
SiriusXM Technology and/or for
use of any of the SiriusXM
marks to be manufactured,
distributed, or marketed in the
SiriusXM service Area.
2. For products to be distributed,
marketed, and/or sold in
Canada, a separate agreement
is required with Canadian
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating
as SiriusXM Canada).

225

HD Radio Technology (If
Equipped)

HD Radio Technology manufactured
under license from iBiquity Digital
Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
patents. HD Radio™ and the HD,
HD Radio, and “Arc” logos are
proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
Digital Corp.

Bluetooth
The Bluetooth word mark and logos
are owned by the Bluetooth SIG,
Inc. and andy use of such marks by
General Motors is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

226

Climate Controls

Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Climate Control
Systems

3. Air Delivery Mode Controls

Dual Automatic Climate
Control System

6. Passenger Temperature
Control

With this system the heating,
cooling, and ventilation in the
vehicle can be controlled. Some
climate control settings can be
changed. See “Climate and Air
Quality” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

7. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)

4. Fan Control
5. Defrost

8. Rear Window Defogger
9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control
Lockout)
10. Rear Temperature Control
11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control
12. Rear Fan Control
13. Front Climate Control Power
Button
14. Rear AUTO (Automatic
Operation)
15. Rear Climate Control Power
Button
16. Air Recirculation
17. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

1. Driver Temperature Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Climate Controls
Front Climate Controls
Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls
the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
When AUTO is lit, all four functions
operate automatically. Each function
can also be manually set and the
setting is displayed. Functions not
manually set will continue to be
automatically controlled, even if the
AUTO indicator is not lit.
To place the system in
automatic mode:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the driver and passenger
temperature.
To find your comfort setting,
start with 22 °C (72 °F) and
allow the system time to
stabilize. Then adjust the
temperature as needed for best
comfort.

227

To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
may be automatically selected in
warm weather.

The maximum auto fan speed can
be adjusted. See “Climate and Air
Quality” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

The recirculation light will not come
on when automatically controlled.
Press @ to manually select
recirculation; press it again to select
outside air.

Driver and Passenger
Temperature Control : The
temperature can be adjusted
separately for the driver and
passenger.

Do not cover the solar sensor on the
top of the instrument panel near the
windshield. This sensor regulates
air temperature based on sun load.
See “Sensors” later in this section.

Turn the knob clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the driver or passenger
temperature setting.

Manual Operation

O : Press to turn the climate control
system on or off. The airflow will be
blocked from entering in all air
delivery modes, except defrost.
9 : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Press
AUTO to return to automatic
operation.

SYNC : Press to link the passenger
and rear climate temperature
settings to the driver setting. The
SYNC indicator light will turn on.
When the passenger or rear climate
settings are adjusted, the SYNC
indicator light turns off.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Press
Y, \, [ , or - to change the
direction of the airflow. An indicator
light comes on in the selected mode
button.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

228

Climate Controls

Changing the mode cancels the
automatic operation of the mode.
Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation.

Y : Air is directed to the instrument
panel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between the
instrument panel and floor outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the floor
outlets, with some to the windshield,
side window outlets, and second
row floor outlets.

- : This mode clears the windows
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to
the windshield, floor outlets, and
side window vents.

0 : Press to clear the windshield
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is
directed to the windshield and the
side window vents. The system
automatically forces outside air into
the vehicle and the air conditioning
compressor will run, unless the
outside temperature is close to
freezing.
Do not drive the vehicle until all
windows are clear.
See Air Vents 0 231.

A/C : Press to turn the air
conditioning system on or off. An
indicator light comes on to show
that the air conditioning is enabled.
If the fan is turned off, the air
conditioner will not run. The A/C
light will stay on even if the outside
temperatures are below freezing.

on, see “Climate and Air Quality”
under Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.
An indicator light comes on. Air is
recirculated to quickly cool the
inside of the vehicle. It can also be
used to help reduce outside air and
odors that enter the vehicle. The air
conditioning compressor also comes
on when this mode is activated.

K : Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off. An indicator light
on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on.

Auto Defog : The climate control
system uses a sensor to
automatically detect high humidity
inside the vehicle. When high
humidity is detected, the climate
control system may adjust to
outside air supply, turn on the air
conditioner, and direct more air to
the windshield. If the climate control
system does not detect possible
window fogging, it returns to normal
operation. To turn Auto Defog off or

Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.

The rear window defogger only
works when the ignition is in on. The
defogger turns off if the ignition is
turned to ACC/ACCESSORY or
LOCK/OFF.
The rear window defogger can be
set to automatic operation. When
Auto Rear Defog is selected, the
rear window defogger turns on
automatically when the vehicle is
first started in cold weather and
turns off when the vehicle is
warmed. To turn Auto Rear Defog
on or off, see “Climate and Air
Quality” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Climate Controls
Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
Heated Mirror : If equipped with
heated outside rearview mirrors, the
mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost
from the surface of the mirror when
the rear window defog button is
pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 58.

Rear Climate Controls

O : Press to turn the rear climate
control system on or off.
AUTO : Press AUTO to control the
rear passenger temperature, air
delivery, and fan speed. AUTO
appears in the display when
automatic operation is active. If any
of the climate control settings
except rear temperature are
manually adjusted, this cancels full
automatic operation.

Fan Control : Press up or down to
increase or decrease the rear
passenger area fan speed.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Press
up or down to change the direction
of the rear passenger airflow.
Repeatedly press the switch until
the desired mode appears on the
display. Multiple presses will cycle
through the delivery selections.

229

if equipped, may also come on. See
Remote Vehicle Start 0 44 and
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 72.
Sensors

Temperature Control : Press up or
down to increase or decrease the
airflow temperature into the rear
passenger area.
RCTRL : Press to lock or unlock
control of the rear climate control
system from the rear seat
passengers. When locked, the rear
climate control can only be adjusted
from the front seat.
Remote Start Climate Control
Operation
If equipped with the remote start
feature, the climate control system
will come on when the vehicle is
started remotely, depending on the
outside temperature. The rear
window defogger and heated seats,

The solar sensor monitors the solar
heat. Do not cover the solar sensor
or the system will not work properly.
There is also an exterior
temperature sensor behind the front
grille. This sensor reads the outside
air temperature and helps maintain
the temperature inside the vehicle.
Any cover on the front of the
vehicle, including a snowplow, could
cause a false reading in the
displayed temperature.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

230

Climate Controls
Automatic Operation

The climate control system uses the
information from these sensors to
maintain comfort settings by
adjusting the outlet temperature, fan
speed, and air delivery mode. The
system may also supply cooler air to
the side of the vehicle facing the
sun. The recirculation mode will also
be used as needed to maintain cool
outlet temperatures.

Rear Climate Control
System
The rear climate control system is
located on the rear of the center
console storage. The rear climate
settings can be adjusted with this
system.

AUTO : Press AUTO to
automatically control the
temperature, air delivery, and fan
speed for rear seat passengers. A is
indicated in the display when
automatic operation is active.

1. Fan Control
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode
Control)
4. TEMP (Temperature Control)
5. Heated Rear Seats (If
Equipped)
If the dual automatic climate control
system rear climate control lockout
feature is locked, the rear climate
control settings can only be
adjusted from the front seat.

If any of the rear climate control
settings are manually adjusted, full
automatic operation is cancelled.
Press AUTO to return to full
automatic operation.
The display only indicates climate
control functions when the system is
in rear independent mode.

Manual Operation

9 : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Turn
completely counterclockwise to turn
the fan/power off.
TEMP : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the airflow temperature
into the passenger area. If the
SYNC button is pressed on the front

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Climate Controls
climate controls, the rear climate
temperature is linked to the driver
temperature setting.
MODE : Press to change the
direction of the airflow in the vehicle.
Repeatedly press the button until
the desired mode appears on the
display. Multiple presses will cycle
through the delivery selections.

Air Vents
Adjustable air vents are in the
center and on the side of the
instrument panel.

M or L : If equipped, press M or L
to heat the left or right outboard seat
cushion. See Heated Rear
Seats 0 74.

1. Slider Knob
2. Thumbwheel
Move the slider knobs (1) to change
the direction of the airflow.
Use the thumbwheels (2) near the
air vents to open or close off the
airflow.

231

Operation Tips
. Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from the air inlets at
the base of the windshield that
could block the flow of air into
the vehicle.
. When you enter a vehicle in cold
weather, press the fan up button
to the maximum fan level before
driving. This helps clear the
intake ducts of snow and
moisture, and reduces the
chance of fogging the inside of
the window.
. Keep the air path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively.
. Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

232

Climate Controls

Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
and other airborne irritants from
outside air that is pulled into the
vehicle.

2. Disconnect the glove box door
damper string from the glove
box door assembly. A pen or
pencil may be inserted through
the end of the damper string to
prevent the string from slipping
inside the door assembly.

The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 412.
To find out what type of filter to use,
see Maintenance Replacement
Parts 0 422.

4. Release the two tabs holding
the service door. Open the
service door and remove the
old filter.
5. Install the new air filter.
6. Close the service door and
secure the tabs.
3. Remove the six screws and
remove the access plate.

7. Reverse the steps to reinstall
the glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.

1. Open the glove box completely.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Climate Controls

Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful
to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.

233

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

234

Driving and Operating

Driving and
Operating
Driving Information
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . .
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . .
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .

235
236
236
236
236
237
237
238
238
243
243
244
245
247

258
259
260
260
261
261

251

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 262
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Drive Systems
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

251
252
254
255
257

Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . .

Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . .
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . .
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Level Control . . . . . .

276
277
277
277

Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 280

Driver Assistance Systems

Engine Exhaust

Brakes

Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . .
Adjustable Throttle and Brake
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition Positions (Keyless
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition Positions (Key
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active Fuel Management® . . . .
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . .

272
273
273
274

Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Driver Assistance Systems . . . 287
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 288
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 294
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 299

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

300
300
301

Driving Information

302

Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.

Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .

303
303
306
310
317

Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Distracted Driving

To avoid distracted driving, keep
your eyes on the road, keep your
hands on the steering wheel, and
focus your attention on driving.
. Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.

235

Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.

Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.

Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.

Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.

Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.

Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

236

Driving and Operating

Refer to the infotainment manual for
more information on using that
system, including pairing and using
a cell phone

Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the safety belt. See Safety
Belts 0 83.
. Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.
. Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
. Focus on the task of driving.

{ Warning
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious — or even
fatal — collision if you drive after
drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.

Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.

Drunk Driving

Braking

Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.

Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.

Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
. Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
.

Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating

Steering

Curve Tips

Electric Power Steering

Take curves at a reasonable
speed.

Reduce speed before entering a
curve.

Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve.

Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.

This vehicle has electric power
steering. It does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance
is not required.
If power steering assist is lost due
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered, but may require
increased effort.
See your dealer if there is a
problem.
If the steering assist is used for an
extended period of time, power
assist may be reduced.
If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel, and is
held in that position for an extended
period of time, power steering assist
may be reduced.
Normal use of the power steering
assist should return when the
system cools down.
See specific vehicle steering
messages under Steering System
Messages 0 174. See your dealer if
there is a problem.

237

Off-Road Recovery

Steering in Emergencies
.

There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.
Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
allows steering while braking.

The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

238

Driving and Operating

3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
.

Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
. Braking Skid — wheels are not
rolling.
. Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
. Acceleration Skid — too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
. Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.

Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.

vehicles not equipped with All
Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR)
tires must not be driven off-road
except on a level, solid surface. For
more contact information about the
original equipment tires, see the
Limited Warranty and Owner
Assistance Information manual.
One of the best ways for successful
off-road driving is to control the
speed.

{ Warning
When driving off-road, bouncing
and quick changes in direction
can easily throw you out of
position. This could cause you to
lose control and crash. You and
your passengers should always
wear safety belts.

Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.

Off-Road Driving
Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be
used for off-road driving. Vehicles
without four-wheel drive and

Before Driving Off-Road
.

Have all necessary maintenance
and service work completed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
.

Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,
and check inflation pressure in
all tires, including the spare,
if equipped.

Read all the information about
four-wheel-drive vehicles in this
manual.

Loading the Vehicle for
Off-Road Driving

{ Warning
.

Know the local laws that apply to
off-road driving.

To gain more ground clearance if
needed, it may be necessary to
remove the front fascia lower air
dam. However, driving without the
air dam reduces fuel economy.

Caution
Operating the vehicle for
extended periods without the front
fascia lower air dam installed can
cause improper airflow to the
engine. Reattach the front fascia
air dam after off-road driving.

Unsecured cargo on the
load floor can be tossed
about when driving over
rough terrain. You or your
passengers can be struck
by flying objects. Secure the
cargo properly.
Keep cargo in the cargo
area as far forward and as
low as possible. The
heaviest things should be
on the floor, forward of the
rear axle.
Heavy loads on the roof
raise the vehicle's center of
gravity, making it more likely
to roll over. You can be
seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
heavy loads inside the
cargo area, not on the roof.

239

For more information about loading
the vehicle, see If the Vehicle Is
Stuck 0 245 and Tires 0 362.

Environmental Concerns
.

Always use established trails,
roads, and areas that have been
set aside for public off-road
recreational driving and obey all
posted regulations.

Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
trees, or grasses or disturb
wildlife.

Do not park over things that
burn. See Parking over Things
That Burn 0 260.

Driving on Hills
Driving safely on hills requires good
judgment and an understanding of
what the vehicle can and cannot do.

{ Warning
Many hills are simply too steep
for any vehicle. Driving up hills
can cause the vehicle to stall.
Driving down hills can cause loss
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

240

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)

{ Warning

Warning (Continued)

of control. Driving across hills can
cause a rollover. You could be
injured or killed. Do not drive on
steep hills.

Driving to the top of a hill at high
speed can cause an accident.
There could be a drop-off,
embankment, cliff, or even
another vehicle. You could be
seriously injured or killed. As you
near the top of a hill, slow down
and stay alert.

transfer case overrides the
transmission. You or someone
else could be injured. If leaving
the vehicle, set the parking brake
and shift the transmission to
P (Park). Shift the transfer case to
any position but N (Neutral).

Before driving on a hill, assess the
steepness, traction, and
obstructions. If the terrain ahead
cannot be seen, get out of the
vehicle and walk the hill before
driving further.
When driving on hills:
. Use a low gear and keep a firm
grip on the steering wheel.
. Maintain a slow speed.
.

When possible, drive straight up
or down the hill.

Slow down when approaching
the top of the hill.

Use headlamps even during the
day to make the vehicle more
visible.

.
.

Never go downhill forward or
backward with either the
transmission or transfer case in
N (Neutral). The brakes could
overheat and you could lose
control.

When driving down a hill, keep
the vehicle headed straight
down. Use a low gear because
the engine will work with the
brakes to slow the vehicle and
help keep the vehicle under
control.

{ Warning

If the vehicle has the two‐speed
automatic transfer case, shifting
the transfer case to N (Neutral)
can cause your vehicle to roll
even if the transmission is in
P (Park). This is because the
N (Neutral) position on the
(Continued)

Heavy braking when going down
a hill can cause your brakes to
overheat and fade. This could
cause loss of control and you or
others could be injured or killed.
Apply the brakes lightly when
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
.

Warning (Continued)
descending a hill and use a low
gear to keep vehicle speed under
control.

If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
1. Apply the brakes to stop the
vehicle, and then apply the
parking brake.
2. Shift into P (Park) and then
restart the engine.
. If driving uphill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to
R (Reverse), release the
parking brake, and back
straight down.
. Never try to turn the vehicle
around. If the hill is steep
enough to stall the vehicle,
it is steep enough to cause
it to roll over.
. If you cannot make it up the
hill, back straight down
the hill.

Surface conditions can be a
problem. Loose gravel, muddy
spots, or even wet grass can
cause the tires to slip sideways,
downhill. If the vehicle slips
sideways, it can hit something
that will trip it — a rock, a rut,
etc. — and roll over.

Hidden obstacles can make the
steepness of the incline more
severe. If a rock is driven across
with the uphill wheels, or if the
downhill wheels drop into a rut
or depression, the vehicle can tilt
even more.

If an incline must be driven
across, and the vehicle starts to
slide, turn downhill. This should
help straighten out the vehicle
and prevent the side slipping.

If driving downhill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to a
lower gear, release the
parking brake, and drive
straight down the hill.

3. If the vehicle cannot be
restarted after stalling, set the
parking brake, shift into
P (Park), and turn the
vehicle off.
3.1. Leave the vehicle and
seek help.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the
vehicle would take if it
rolled downhill.
.

downhill wheels, which could
cause a downhill slide or a
rollover.

Never back down a hill in
N (Neutral) using only the
brake.
The vehicle can roll
backward quickly and you
could lose control.

Avoid turns that take the vehicle
across the incline of the hill.
A hill that can be driven straight
up or down might be too steep to
drive across. Driving across an
incline puts more weight on the

241

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

242

Driving and Operating

{ Warning
Getting out of the vehicle on the
downhill side when stopped
across an incline is dangerous.
If the vehicle rolls over, you could
be crushed or killed. Always get
out on the uphill side of the
vehicle and stay well clear of the
rollover path.

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
or Ice
Use a low gear when driving in mud
— the deeper the mud, the lower
the gear. Keep the vehicle moving
to avoid getting stuck.
Traction changes when driving on
sand. On loose sand, such as on
beaches or sand dunes, the tires
tend to sink into the sand. This
affects steering, accelerating, and
braking. Drive at a reduced speed
and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers.

Traction is reduced on hard packed
snow and ice and it is easy to lose
control. Reduce vehicle speed when
driving on hard packed snow
and ice.

Warning (Continued)
Traction could be lost, and the
vehicle could roll over. Do not
drive through rushing water.

{ Warning
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
conditions vary greatly and the
vehicle could fall through the ice;
you and your passengers could
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
surfaces only.

Driving in Water

{ Warning
Driving through rushing water can
be dangerous. Deep water can
sweep your vehicle downstream
and you and your passengers
could drown. If it is only shallow
water, it can still wash away the
ground from under your tires.
(Continued)

Caution
Do not drive through standing
water if it is deep enough to cover
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
pipe. Deep water can damage the
axle and other vehicle parts.
If the standing water is not too deep,
drive slowly through it. At faster
speeds, water splashes and the
vehicle can stall. When going
through water, the brakes get wet
and it may take longer to stop. See
“Driving on Wet Roads” later in this
section.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
After Off-Road Driving
Remove any brush or debris that
has collected on the underbody or
chassis, or under the hood. These
accumulations can be a fire hazard.
After operation in mud or sand,
have the brake linings cleaned and
checked. These substances can
cause glazing and uneven braking.
Check the body structure, steering,
suspension, wheels, tires, and
exhaust system for damage and
check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage.
More frequent maintenance service
is required. See the Maintenance
Schedule 0 412.

Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.

Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is

243

wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
. Allow extra following distance.
.

Pass with caution.

Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.

Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.

Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 362.

Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

244

Driving and Operating

Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.

Warning (Continued)

Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.

loss of steering. Always have the
engine running and the vehicle
in gear.

Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.

Drive at speeds that keep the
vehicle in its own lane. Do not
swing wide or cross the
center line.

Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(e.g., stalled car, accident).

Pay attention to special road
signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
winding roads, long grades,
passing or no-passing zones)
and take appropriate action.

{ Warning
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking.
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and
(Continued)

Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or
grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when

freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated.
For Slippery Road Driving:
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating
too quickly causes the wheels to
spin and makes the surface
under the tires slick.
. Turn on Traction Control. See
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 274.
. The Antilock Brake System
(ABS) improves vehicle stability
during hard stops, but the
brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 272.
. Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an
overpass can remain icy when
the surrounding roads are clear.
Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
.

Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 433. To get
help and keep everyone in the
vehicle safe:
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.

{ Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO), which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
.

Clear snow from the base of
the vehicle, especially any
blocking the exhaust pipe.

Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the vehicle side
that is away from the wind,
to bring in fresh air.

Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.

Adjust the climate control
system to circulate the air
inside the vehicle and set
the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate
Control Systems.”

For more information about CO,
see Engine Exhaust 0 261.
To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle
and then shut the engine off and
partially close the window. Moving
about to keep warm also helps.

245

If it takes time for help to arrive,
when running the engine, push the
accelerator pedal slightly so the
engine runs faster than the idle
speed. This keeps the battery
charged to restart the vehicle and to
signal for help with the headlamps.
Do this as little as possible, to
save fuel.

If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It
Out” later in this section.
The Traction Control System (TCS)
can often help to free a stuck
vehicle. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 274.
If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see
“Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out”
following.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

246

Driving and Operating

{ Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
For information about using tire
chains on the vehicle, see Tire
Chains 0 381.

Rocking the Vehicle to Get
It Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. For four-wheel-drive
vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive
High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back
and forth between R (Reverse) and
a forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in
the forward and reverse directions

causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 396. Recovery
hooks can be used, if equipped.

Recovery Hooks

{ Warning
Never pull on recovery hooks
from the side. The hooks could
break and you and others could
be injured. When using recovery
hooks, always pull the vehicle
from the front.

Caution
Do not drive through standing
water if it is deep enough to cover
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
pipe. Deep water can damage the
axle and other vehicle parts.
If the vehicle has recovery hooks at
the front of the vehicle, use them if
the vehicle is stuck off-road and
needs to be pulled some place to
continue driving.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating

Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
show how much weight it was
designed to carry, the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.

Warning (Continued)
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance,
damage the tires, and shorten
the life of the vehicle.
Tire and Loading Information
Label

{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
(Continued)

Label Example

A vehicle specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the center pillar
(B-pillar). The tire and loading
information label shows the

247

number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds.
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommended
cold tire inflation pressures (4).
For more information on tires
and inflation see Tires 0 362
and Tire Pressure 0 369.
There is also important loading
information on the vehicle
Certification/Tire label. It may
show the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
the front and rear axles. See
“Certification/Tire Label” later in
this section.
“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit–
1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight of
occupants and cargo should

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

248

Driving and Operating
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.

2. Determine the combined

weight of the driver and
passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined

weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals

the available amount of
cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the
"XXX" amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined

weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.

That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing

a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”
See Trailer Towing 0 306 for
important information on towing a
trailer, towing safety rules, and
trailering tips.

Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =
136 kg (300 lbs)
3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating

249

weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification/Tire Label

Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =
136 kg (750 lbs)
3. Available Cargo Weight =
113 kg (250 lbs)

Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =
453 kg (1,000 lbs)
3. Available Cargo Weight =
0 kg (0 lbs)

Refer to the vehicle's tire and
loading information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined

A vehicle specific Certification/
Tire label is attached to the
center pillar (B-pillar). The label
may shows the size of the
vehicle's original tires and the
inflation pressures needed to
obtain the gross weight capacity
of the vehicle. This is called
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

250

Driving and Operating

(GVWR). The GVWR includes
the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel, and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label also
may show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR). To find out the actual
loads on the front and rear
axles, weigh the vehicle at a
weigh station. Your dealer can
help with this. Be sure to spread
your load equally on both sides
of the centerline.
The Certification/Tire label may
also include information about
the Front Axle Reserve
Capacity.

{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance,
damage the tires, and shorten
the life of the vehicle.

weight ratings. Ask your dealer
to help load the vehicle the
right way.

{ Warning
Things you put inside the
vehicle can strike and injure
people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash.
.

Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. Try to
spread the weight evenly.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.

Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.

Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.

When you carry
something inside the
vehicle, secure it
whenever you can.

The label will help decide how
much cargo and installed
equipment the truck can carry.
Using heavier suspension
components to get added
durability might not change the

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
.

Do not leave a seat
folded down unless you
need to.

There is also important loading
information for off-road driving in
this manual. See “Loading Your
Vehicle for Off-Road Driving”
under Off-Road Driving 0 238.

Starting and
Operating

Caution (Continued)
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.

New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if
you follow these guidelines:
. Keep the vehicle speed at
88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
the first 805 km (500 mi).
. Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
. Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
(Continued)

251

Do not tow a trailer during
break-in. See Trailer Towing
0 306 for the trailer towing
capabilities of the vehicle
and more information.

Following break-in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.

Adjustable Throttle and
Brake Pedal
If equipped, the position of the
throttle and brake pedals can be
changed.
The pedals can only be adjusted
when the vehicle is in P (Park).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

252

Driving and Operating

Ignition Positions
(Keyless Access)

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 37.
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle
must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or
ON/RUN and the brake pedal must
be applied.
Stopping the Engine/LOCK/
OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When
the vehicle is stopped, press
ENGINE START/STOP once to turn
the engine off.

The switch used to adjust the
pedals is to the left of the steering
wheel.
Press the switch to the left to move
the pedals closer to your body.
Press the switch to the right to move
the pedals away.
Before you start driving, fully press
the brake pedal to confirm the
adjustment is right for you.
The vehicle may have a memory
function, which lets pedal settings
be saved and recalled. See Memory
Seats 0 70.

Vehicles with Keyless Access have
pushbutton starting.
Pressing the button cycles it through
three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,
ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the
Engine/OFF.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter must be in the vehicle for
the system to operate. If the
pushbutton start is not working, the
vehicle may be near a strong radio
antenna signal causing interference
to the Keyless Access system. See

If the vehicle is in P (Park), the
ignition will turn off, and Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 258.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the
ignition will return to ACC/
ACCESSORY and display the
message SHIFT TO PARK in the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Transmission Messages 0 175.
When the vehicle is shifted into
P (Park), the ignition system will
switch to OFF.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
The vehicle may have an electric
steering column lock. The lock is
activated when the vehicle is
switched to OFF and either front
door is opened. A sound may be
heard as the lock actuates or
releases. The steering column lock
may not release with the wheels
turned off center. If this happens,
the vehicle may not start. Move the
steering wheel from left to right
while attempting to start the vehicle.
If this does not work, the vehicle
needs service.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting

to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the
ignition to OFF. On vehicles
with an automatic transmission,
the shift lever must be in
P (Park) to turn the ignition
switch to the OFF position.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 273.

{ Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
and must be shut off while driving,
press and hold ENGINE START/
STOP for longer than two seconds,
or press twice in five seconds.

253

ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
Indicator Light) : This mode allows
some electrical accessories to be
used when the engine is off.
With the ignition off, pressing the
button one time without the brake
pedal applied will place the ignition
system in ACC/ACCESSORY.
The ignition will switch from ACC/
ACCESSORY to OFF after
five minutes to prevent battery
rundown.
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
Light) : This mode is for driving and
starting. With the ignition off, and
the brake pedal applied, pressing
the button once will place the
ignition system in ON/RUN/START.
Once engine cranking begins,
release the button. Engine cranking
will continue until the engine starts.
See Starting the Engine 0 255. The
ignition will then remain in ON/RUN.
Service Only Mode
This power mode is available for
service and diagnostics, and to
verify the proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp as may

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

254

Driving and Operating

be required for emission inspection
purposes. With the vehicle off, and
the brake pedal not applied,
pressing and holding the button for
more than five seconds will place
the vehicle in Service Only Mode.
The instruments and audio systems
will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
but the vehicle will not be able to be
driven. The engine will not start in
Service Only Mode. Press the
button again to turn the vehicle off.

Ignition Positions (Key
Access)

Vehicles with Key Access have an
ignition switch with four different
positions.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY and the regular brake
pedal must be applied.
0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/
OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 258.
This position locks the ignition and
steering wheel. It also locks the
transmission on automatic
transmission vehicles. The key can
be removed in LOCK/OFF.
The steering can bind with the
wheels turned off center. If this
happens, move the steering wheel
from right to left while turning the
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this
does not work, then the vehicle
needs service.

Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the
ignition to LOCK/OFF. On
vehicles with an automatic
transmission, the shift lever
must be in P (Park) to turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK/
OFF position.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 273.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating

Caution
Using a tool to force the key to
turn in the ignition could cause
damage to the switch or break the
key. Use the correct key, make
sure it is all the way in, and turn it
only with your hand. If the key
cannot be turned by hand, see
your dealer.
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This
position lets things like the radio
and the windshield wipers operate

while the engine is off. It also
unlocks the steering wheel. Use this
position if the vehicle must be
pushed or towed.
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be
used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
instrument cluster warning and
indicator lights. This position can
also be used for service and
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction
indicator lamp as may be required
for emission inspection purposes.
The switch stays in this position
when the engine is running. The
transmission is also unlocked in this
position on automatic transmission
vehicles.
If the key is left in the ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position
with the engine off, the battery could
be drained. The vehicle may not
start if the battery is allowed to drain
for an extended period of time.

255

3 (START) : This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine
starts, release the key. The ignition
switch returns to ON/RUN for
driving.
A warning tone will sound when the
driver door is opened and the
ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or
LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the
ignition.

Starting the Engine
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The engine will not start
in any other position. To restart the
engine when the vehicle is already
moving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

256

Driving and Operating
Caution

If you add electrical parts or
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 318.

Starting Procedure (Key
Access)
1. With your foot off the
accelerator pedal, turn the
ignition key to START. When
the engine starts, let go of the
key. The idle speed will go
down as the engine gets warm.
Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.
Operate the engine and
transmission gently to allow the
oil to warm up and lubricate all
moving parts.
When the low fuel warning light
is on and the FUEL LEVEL
LOW message is displayed in
the Driver Information Center

(DIC), hold the ignition switch
in the START position to
continue engine cranking.

Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by returning the
ignition to the START position
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
especially in very cold weather
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much
gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and holding it there
while holding the key in START
for up to 15 seconds. Wait at
least 15 seconds between each
try, to allow the cranking motor
to cool down. When the engine
starts, let go of the key and

accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do
the same thing. This clears the
extra gasoline from the engine.
Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.
Operate the engine and
transmission gently until the oil
warms up and lubricates all
moving parts.

Starting Procedure (Keyless
Access)
1. With the Keyless Access
system, the RKE transmitter
must be in the vehicle. Press
ENGINE START/STOP with the
brake pedal applied. When the
engine begins cranking, let go
of the button.
The idle speed will go down as
the engine gets warm. Do not
race the engine immediately
after starting it.
If the RKE transmitter is not in
the vehicle, if there is
interference, or if the RKE
battery is low, the Driver

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
Information Center (DIC) will
display a message. See Key
and Lock Messages 0 170.

Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by returning the
ignition to the START position
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
especially in very cold weather
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much
gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and holding it there as
you press ENGINE START/
STOP, for up to a maximum of
15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try,
to allow the cranking motor to
cool down. When the engine

starts, let go of the button, and
the accelerator. If the vehicle
starts briefly but then stops
again, do the same thing. This
clears the extra gasoline from
the engine. Do not race the
engine immediately after
starting it. Operate the engine
and transmission gently until
the oil warms up and lubricates
all moving parts.

Engine Heater

{ Warning
Do not plug in the engine block
heater while the vehicle is in
parked in a garage or under a
carport. Property damage or
personal injury may result. Always
park the vehicle in a clear open
area away from buildings or
structures.
If equipped, the engine heater can
provide easier starting and better
fuel economy during engine
warm-up in cold weather conditions

257

at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles
with an engine heater should be
plugged in at least four hours before
starting. There may be an internal
thermostat in the plug end of the
cord, which will prevent engine
heater operation at temperatures
above −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord. The cord is by
the left front fender, next to the
engine compartment fuse
block.
Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do
not use it. See your dealer for
a replacement. Inspect the
cord for damage yearly.
3. Plug the cord into a normal,
grounded 110-volt AC outlet.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

258

Driving and Operating

{ Warning
Improper use of the heater cord
or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
overheating and fire.
. Plug the cord into a
three-prong electrical utility
receptacle that is protected
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded
outlet could cause an
electric shock.
. Use a weatherproof,
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
extension cord if needed.
Failure to use the
recommended extension
cord in good operating
condition, or using a
damaged heater or
extension cord, could make
(Continued)

away from moving engine
parts. If you do not, it could be
damaged.

Warning (Continued)
it overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric
shock, and injury.
.

Do not operate the vehicle
with the heater cord
permanently attached to the
vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat
damage could occur.

While in use, do not let the
heater cord touch vehicle
parts or sharp edges. Never
close the hood on the
heater cord.

Before starting the vehicle,
unplug the cord, reattach
the cover to the plug, and
securely fasten the cord.
Keep the cord away from
any moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it

The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
The following vehicle accessories
can be used for up to 10 minutes
after the engine is turned off:
. Audio System.
.

Power Windows.

OnStar System (if equipped).

Sunroof (if equipped).

Accessory Power Outlets. The
console and center seat outlets
are Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) powered.

These features work with the
ignition on. Once the ignition is
turned off, the windows and sunroof
continue to work up to 10 minutes or
until any door is opened. The radio

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
continues to work for up to
10 minutes or until the driver door is
opened.

1. Hold the brake pedal down,
then set the parking brake.

Shifting Into Park

2. Move the shift lever into the
P (Park) position by pulling the
shift lever toward you and
moving it up as far as it will go.

{ Warning
It can be dangerous to get out of
the vehicle if the shift lever is not
fully in P (Park) with the parking
brake firmly set. The vehicle can
roll. If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
not move, even when you are on
fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. If the vehicle has a
four-wheel-drive transfer case
with a N (Neutral) position, and
the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
the vehicle will be free to roll,
even if the shift lever is in
P (Park). Be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear. If towing a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips 0 303.

See Parking Brake 0 273.

3. Be sure the transfer case is in
a drive gear – not in
N (Neutral).
4. Turn the ignition key to
LOCK/OFF.
5. Remove the key and take it
with you. If you can leave the
vehicle with the ignition key in
your hand, the vehicle is in
P (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with the
Engine Running

{ Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
The vehicle could move suddenly
(Continued)

259

Warning (Continued)
if the shift lever is not fully in
P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set.
If you have four-wheel drive and
the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
the vehicle will be free to roll,
even if the shift lever is in
P (Park). So be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear – not in
N (Neutral).
And, if you leave the vehicle with
the engine running, it could
overheat and even catch fire. You
or others could be injured. Do not
leave the vehicle with the engine
running unless you have to.
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. After you move the shift
lever into P (Park), hold the regular
brake pedal down. Then, see if you
can move the shift lever away from
P (Park) without first pulling it toward

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

260

Driving and Operating

you. If you can, it means that the
shift lever was not fully locked into
P (Park).

Torque Lock
If you are parking on a hill and you
do not shift the transmission into
P (Park) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may put too much force on
the parking pawl in the
transmission. You may find it difficult
to pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
This is called torque lock. To
prevent torque lock, set the parking
brake and then shift into P (Park)
properly before you leave the driver
seat. To find out how, see Shifting
Into Park 0 259.
When you are ready to drive, move
the shift lever out of P (Park) before
you release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you may
need to have another vehicle push
yours a little uphill to take some of
the pressure from the parking pawl
in the transmission. You will then be
able to pull the shift lever out of
P (Park).

Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with an
electronic shift lock release system.
The shift lock release is
designed to:
. Prevent ignition key removal
unless the shift lever is in
P (Park).
. Prevent movement of the shift
lever out of P (Park), unless the
ignition is in ON/RUN and the
regular brake pedal is applied.
The shift lock release is always
functional except in the case of an
uncharged or low voltage (less than
9 volt) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged
battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting - North
America 0 393.
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.

If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park):
1. Ease the pressure on the shift
lever.
2. While holding down the brake
pedal, press the shift lever all
the way into P (Park).
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you are still having a problem
shifting, then have the vehicle
serviced soon.

Parking over Things
That Burn

{ Warning
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating

Active Fuel Management®

Extended Parking

Vehicles with V8 engines may have
Active Fuel Management. This
system allows the engine to operate
on either all or half of its cylinders,
depending on the driving conditions.

It is better not to park with the
vehicle running. If the vehicle is left
while running, follow the proper
steps to be sure the vehicle will not
move and there is adequate
ventilation. See Shifting Into Park
0 259 and Engine Exhaust 0 261.

When less power is required, such
as cruising at a constant vehicle
speed, the system will operate in
the half cylinder mode, allowing the
vehicle to achieve better fuel
economy. When greater power
demands are required, such as
accelerating from a stop, passing,
or merging onto a freeway, the
system will maintain full-cylinder
operation.
If the vehicle has an Active Fuel
Management indicator, see Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 158 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 160 for
more information on using this
display.

If the vehicle is left in P (Park) while
running and the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter is outside
the vehicle, the vehicle will turn off
after one hour.
If the vehicle is left in P (Park) while
running and the RKE transmitter is
inside, the vehicle will run for two
hours. At the end of the second
hour, the vehicle will turn off.
The timer will reset if the vehicle is
taken out of P (Park) while it is
running.

261

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO), which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation
(parking garages, tunnels,
deep snow that may block
underbody airflow or tail
pipes).
. The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
. The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

262

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)

There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
. Drive it only with the
windows completely down.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.

Running the Vehicle
While Parked

Automatic
Transmission

It is better not to park with the
engine running.

If equipped, there is an electronic
shift lever position indicator within
the instrument cluster. This display
comes on when the ignition key is
turned to the ON/RUN position.

If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park 0 259 and
Engine Exhaust 0 261.

There are several different positions
for the shift lever.

If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips 0 303.

See “Range Selection Mode” under
Manual Mode 0 265.
P : This position locks the rear
wheels. It is the best position to use
when starting the engine because
the vehicle cannot move easily.
When parked on a hill, especially
when the vehicle has a heavy load,
you might notice an increase in the
effort to shift out of P (Park). See
“Torque Lock” under Shifting Into
Park 0 259.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating

263

{ Warning

Caution (Continued)

Warning (Continued)

It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.

repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.

people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.

To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 245.

Caution

Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 259 and
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 303.
R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
(Continued)

N : In this position, the engine does
not connect with the wheels. To
restart when you are already
moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also,
use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
being towed.

{ Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
(Continued)

Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
D : This position is for normal
driving. It provides the best fuel
economy. If you need more power
for passing, and you are:
. Going less than about 55 km/h
(35 mph), push the accelerator
pedal about halfway down.
. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or
more, push the accelerator all
the way down.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

264

Driving and Operating

By doing this, the vehicle shifts
down to the next gear and has
more power.
Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode
when towing a trailer, carrying a
heavy load, driving on steep hills,
or driving off-road. Shift the
transmission to a lower gear
selection if the transmission shifts
too often.
Downshifting the transmission in
slippery road conditions could result
in skidding. See “Skidding” under
Loss of Control 0 238.
The vehicle has a shift stabilization
feature that adjusts the transmission
shifting to the current driving
conditions in order to reduce rapid
upshifts and downshifts. This shift
stabilization feature is designed to
determine, before making an
upshift, if the engine is able to
maintain vehicle speed by analyzing
things such as vehicle speed,
throttle position, and vehicle load.
If the shift stabilization feature
determines that a current vehicle
speed cannot be maintained, the
transmission does not upshift and

instead holds the current gear.
In some cases, this could appear to
be a delayed shift, however the
transmission is operating normally.
The transmission uses adaptive
shift controls. The adaptive shift
control process continually
compares key shift parameters to
pre-programmed ideal shifts stored
in the transmission’s computer. The
transmission constantly makes
adjustments to improve vehicle
performance according to how the
vehicle is being used, such as with
a heavy load or when the
temperature changes. During this
adaptive shift control process,
shifting might feel different as the
transmission determines the best
settings.
When temperatures are very cold,
the transmission's gear shifting
could be delayed providing more
stable shifts until the engine warms
up. Shifts could be more noticeable
with a cold transmission. This
difference in shifting is normal.

L : This position allows selection of
a range of gears appropriate for
current driving conditions.
If equipped, see “Range Selection
Mode” under Manual Mode 0 265.

Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If you are
stuck, do not spin the tires. When
stopping on a hill, use the brakes
to hold the vehicle in place.

Normal Mode Grade Braking
If equipped with a gasoline engine
and an automatic transmission,
Normal Mode Grade Braking is
enabled when the vehicle is started,
but is not enabled in Range
Selection Mode. It assists in
maintaining desired vehicle speeds
when driving on downhill grades by
using the engine and transmission
to slow the vehicle. The first time

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
the system engages for each
ignition key cycle, a DIC message
will be displayed. See Transmission
Messages 0 175.
To disable or enable Normal Mode
Grade Braking within the current
ignition key cycle, press and hold
the Tow/Haul button for
five seconds. When the button is
released, the requested mode
change is made. A DIC message
displays. See Transmission
Messages 0 175.
For other forms of grade braking,
see Tow/Haul Mode 0 266 and
Cruise Control 0 278.

Manual Mode
Range Selection Mode

If equipped, Range Selection Mode
helps control the vehicle's
transmission and vehicle speed
while driving downhill or towing a
trailer by letting you select a desired
range of gears.
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to
L (Manual Mode).
2. Press the plus/minus buttons
on the shift lever to select the
desired range of gears for
current driving conditions.
When the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
number displays next to the L,
indicating the current transmission
range.

265

This number is the highest gear that
the transmission will command while
operating in L (Manual Mode). All
gears below that number are
available. As driving conditions
change, the transmission can
automatically shift to lower gears.
For example, when 5 (Fifth) is
selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth)
gears are automatically shifted by
the transmission, but 6 (Sixth)
cannot be used until the plus/minus
button on the shift lever is used to
change to the range.
In vehicles with gasoline engines,
when the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
downshift may occur. The gear that
the transmission is operating in
when the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
determines if a downshift occurs.
See the following chart.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

266

Driving and Operating

Gear before shifting from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)

6th

5th

4th

3rd

2nd

1st

Range after shifting from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)

Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 266.
While using Range Selection Mode,
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.

Tow/Haul Mode

Low Traction Mode
Low Traction Mode assists in
vehicle acceleration when road
conditions are slippery, such as with
ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a
stop, select L2 using Range
Selection Mode. This will limit
torque to the wheels and help to
prevent the tires from spinning.

The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the
transmission shift pattern to reduce
shift cycling. This provides
increased performance, vehicle
control, and enhanced transmission
and engine cooling when driving
down steep hills or mountain
grades, towing, or hauling heavy
loads.
The selector button is on the end of
the shift lever. Turn the Tow/Haul
Mode on and off by pressing the
button. When the Tow/Haul Mode is
enabled, a light on the instrument
cluster will come on.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 154 and
Hill and Mountain Roads 0 243.
Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under
Towing Equipment 0 310.

Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is
only enabled while the Tow/Haul
Mode is selected and the vehicle is
not in the Range Selection Mode.
See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed
previously and Manual Mode 0 265.
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking
assists in maintaining desired
vehicle speeds when driving on
downhill grades by using the engine
and transmission to slow the
vehicle.

To disable or enable Tow/Haul
Grade Braking within the current
ignition key cycle, press and hold
the Tow/Haul button for
five seconds. When the button is
released, the requested mode
change is made. A DIC message is
displayed. See Transmission
Messages 0 175.

267

Drive Systems
Four-Wheel Drive
If equipped, four-wheel drive
engages the front axle for extra
traction.

Caution

See Towing Equipment 0 310.

Do not drive on clean, dry
pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if
equipped) for an extended period
of time. These conditions may
cause premature wear on the
vehicle’s powertrain.

For other forms of grade braking,
see Automatic Transmission 0 262
and Cruise Control 0 278.

Driving on clean, dry pavement in
4HI or 4LO may:
. Cause a vibration to be felt in
the steering system.
. Cause tires to wear faster.
.

Make the transfer case harder to
shift, and cause it to run noisier.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

268

Driving and Operating

{ Warning

Two Speed Automatic
Transfer Case

Shifting the transfer case to
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or someone else
could be seriously injured. Be
sure to set the parking brake
before placing the transfer case in
N (Neutral). See Parking
Brake 0 273.

The indicator mark on the switch
must line up with the indicator light
before a shift can be commanded.
To command a shift rotate the
transfer case switch to the new
desired position. The light will blink
meaning that the shift is in progress.
When the shift is completed the new
position will be illuminated. If the
transfer case can not complete a
shift command, it will go back to its
last chosen setting.
The settings are:

Caution
Extended high-speed operation in
4 n may damage or shorten the
life of the drivetrain.
Engagement noise and bump when
shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from
N (Neutral), with the engine running,
is normal.
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction
Control and StabiliTrak® off. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 274.

If equipped, use the transfer case
knob next to the steering wheel to
shift into and out of four-wheel drive.
All of the lights will blink on then off
momentarily when the ignition is
moved to the ON/RUN position. The
light that remains on will indicate the
state of the Transfer Case.
If the indicator mark on the switch
does not match up with the light
then that likely means the switch
was moved when the ignition
was off.

N (Neutral) : Use only when the
vehicle needs to be towed. See
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 396
or Towing the Vehicle 0 396.
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
for driving on most streets and
highways. The front axle is not
engaged. This setting provides the
best fuel economy.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
Drive) : Use when road surface
traction conditions are variable.
When driving in AUTO, the front
axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
power is sent to the front and rear
wheels automatically based on

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
driving conditions. This setting
provides slightly lower fuel economy
than 2 m.
Do not use AUTO mode,
if equipped, to park on a steep
grade with poor traction such as ice,
snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO
mode only the rear wheels will hold
the vehicle from sliding when
parked. If parking on a steep grade,
use 4 m to keep all four wheels
engaged.
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
this position when extra traction is
needed, such as when driving on
snowy or icy roads, when
off-roading, or when plowing snow.
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
setting engages the front axle and
delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n
when driving off-road in deep sand,
deep mud, or deep snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills.
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction
Control and StabiliTrak off. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 274.

Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO
Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO
position at any speed, except from
4 n. The indicator light will flash
while shifting and will remain on
when the shift is completed.
Shifting Into 2 m
Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed,
except when shifting from 4 n. The
indicator light will flash while shifting
and will remain on when the shift is
completed.
Shifting Into 4 n
When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle
speed below 72 km/h (45 mph).
To shift:
1. The ignition must be in ON/
RUN and the vehicle must be
stopped or moving less than
5 km/h (3 mph) with the
transmission in N (Neutral).
It is best for the vehicle
to be moving
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).

269

2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for
the 4 n indicator light to stop
flashing before shifting the
transmission into gear.

Caution
Shifting the transmission into gear
before the requested mode
indicator light has stopped
flashing could damage the
transfer case.
If the transmission is in gear and/or
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
the 4 n indicator light will flash for
30 seconds and not complete the
shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob
to 4 m to display the indicator. With
the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph), and the transmission in
N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

270

Driving and Operating

Shifting Out of 4 n
To shift:
1. The vehicle must be stopped or
moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph) with the transmission
in N (Neutral) and the ignition in
ON/RUN. It is best for the
vehicle to be moving
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO,
or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO,
or 2 m indicator light to stop
flashing before shifting the
transmission into gear.

complete the shift. With the vehicle
moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph),
and the transmission in N (Neutral),
attempt the shift again.
Shifting Into N (Neutral)
To shift into N (Neutral):
1. Park the vehicle on a level
surface.
2. Set the parking brake and
press and hold the brake
pedal. See Parking
Brake 0 273.
3. Start the vehicle or turn the
ignition to ON/RUN.
4. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m.
6. Turn the transfer case knob
clockwise to N (Neutral) until it
stops and hold it there until the
N (Neutral) light starts blinking.
This will take at least
10 seconds. Then slowly
release the knob to the 4 n
position. The N (Neutral) light

will come on when the transfer
case shift to N (Neutral) is
complete.
7. With the engine running, verify
that the transfer case is in
N (Neutral) by shifting the
transmission to R (Reverse),
then shift the transmission to
D (Drive). There should be no
movement of the vehicle while
shifting the transmission.
8. Turn the engine off, and the
ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
9. Place the transmission shift
lever in P (Park). See
Recreational Vehicle
Towing 0 396.
10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
To shift out of N (Neutral):
1. Set the parking brake and
apply the brake pedal.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
with the engine off.
3. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
4. Turn the transfer case knob to
the desired setting.
After the transfer case has
shifted out of N (Neutral), the
N (Neutral) light will go out.
5. Release the parking brake.
6. Start the engine and shift the
transmission to the
desired gear.

Single Speed Automatic
Transfer Case

All of the lights will blink on then off
momentarily when the ignition is
moved to the ON/RUN position. The
light that remains on will indicate the
state of the Transfer Case.
If the indicator mark on the switch
does not match up with the light
then that likely means the switch
was moved when the ignition
was off.
The indicator mark on the switch
must line up with the indicator light
before a shift can be commanded.
To command a shift rotate the
transfer case switch to the new
desired position. The light will blink
meaning that the shift is in progress.
When the shift is completed the new
position will be illuminated. If the
transfer case can not complete a
shift command, it will go back to its
last chosen setting.
The settings are:

Use the transfer case knob, next to
the steering wheel, to shift into and
out of four-wheel drive for extra
traction.

2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
for driving on most streets and
highways. The front axle is not
engaged. This setting provides the
best fuel economy.

271

AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
Drive) : Use when road surface
traction conditions are variable.
When driving in AUTO, the front
axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
power is sent to the front and rear
wheels automatically based on
driving conditions. This setting
provides slightly lower fuel economy
than 2 m.
Do not use AUTO mode to park on
a steep grade with poor traction
such as ice, snow, mud, or gravel.
In AUTO mode only rear wheels will
hold the vehicle from sliding when
parked. If parking on a steep grade,
use 4 m to keep all four wheels
engaged.
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
this position when extra traction is
needed, such as when driving on
snowy or icy roads, when
off-roading, or when plowing snow.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

272

Driving and Operating

Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO
Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO
position. This can be done at any
speed. The indicator light will flash
while shifting. It will remain on when
the shift is completed.
Shifting Into 2 m
Turn the knob to the 2 m position.
This can be done at any speed. The
indicator light will flash while
shifting. It will remain on when the
shift is completed.

Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake
System (ABS), an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When the vehicle begins to drive
away, ABS checks itself.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
may be heard while this test is going
on, and it may even be noticed that
the brake pedal moves a little. This
is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning
Light 0 154.

If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses the wheels are
slowing down. If one of the wheels
is about to stop rolling, the computer
will separately work the brakes at
each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
normal.

Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.

Parking Brake

Set the parking brake by holding the
regular brake pedal down, then
pushing down the parking brake
pedal.
If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light will come on.
See Brake System Warning
Light 0 153.

273

system warning light will flash and a
chime will sound warning you that
the parking brake is still on.
If you are towing a trailer and are
parking on a hill, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing
Tips 0 303.

Brake Assist
Caution
Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
To release the parking brake, hold
the regular brake pedal down, then
push down momentarily on the
parking brake pedal until you feel
the pedal release. Slowly pull your
foot up off the parking brake pedal.
If the parking brake is not released
when you begin to drive, the brake

The Brake Assist feature is
designed to assist the driver in
stopping or decreasing vehicle
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature uses the
stability system hydraulic brake
control module to supplement the
power brake system under
conditions where the driver has
quickly and forcefully applied the
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
stop or slow down the vehicle. The
stability system hydraulic brake
control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the
vehicle until the ABS activates.
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the driver should
continue to apply the brake pedal as

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

274

Driving and Operating

the driving situation dictates. The
Brake Assist feature will
automatically disengage when the
brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)
Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a Hill
Start Assist (HSA) feature, which
may be useful when the vehicle is
stopped on a grade. This feature is
designed to prevent the vehicle from
rolling, either forward or rearward,
during vehicle drive off. After the
driver completely stops and holds
the vehicle in a complete standstill
on a grade, HSA will be
automatically activated. During the
transition period between when the
driver releases the brake pedal and
starts to accelerate to drive off on a
grade, HSA holds the braking
pressure for a maximum of
two seconds to ensure that there is
no rolling. The brakes will
automatically release when the
accelerator pedal is applied within
the two-second window. If the
vehicle is equipped with the

Integrated Trailer Brake Control
(ITBC) system, HSA may also apply
the trailer brakes. It will not activate
if the vehicle is in a drive gear and
facing downhill or if the vehicle is
facing uphill and in R (Reverse).
There may be situations on minor
hills (less than 5% grade) with a
loaded vehicle or while pulling a
trailer where HSA may activate.

Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an
electronic stability control system.
These systems help limit wheel spin
and assist the driver in maintaining
control, especially on slippery road
conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any
of the drive wheels are spinning or
beginning to lose traction. When this
happens, TCS applies the brakes to
the spinning wheels and reduces
engine power to limit wheel spin.
StabiliTrak activates when the
vehicle senses a difference between
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
intended path. Trailer Sway Control
(TSC) is also on automatically when
the vehicle is started. See Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) 0 317.
If cruise control is being used and
traction control or StabiliTrak begins
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be
turned back on when road
conditions allow.
Both systems come on
automatically when the vehicle is
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there
is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both
systems on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 245
and “Turning the Systems Off and
On” later in this section.
When the transfer case is in
Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability
system is automatically disabled,

the StabiliTrak OFF light comes on,
and the appropriate message will
appear on the DIC. Both traction
control and StabiliTrak are
automatically disabled in this
condition.

275

maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be
adjusted accordingly.
If

d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.

The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
light will:
. Flash when TCS is limiting
wheel spin.
. Flash when StabiliTrak is
activated.
. Turn on and stay on when either
system is not working.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and
d comes on and stays on to
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in

Drive the vehicle. If d comes on
and stays on, the vehicle may need
more time to diagnose the problem.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer.

Turning the Systems Off
and On

The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
is on the instrument panel to the left
of the steering wheel.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

276

Driving and Operating
Caution

Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
To turn off only TCS, press and
release g. The traction off light i
displays in the instrument cluster.
The appropriate message will
display in the DIC. See Ride Control
System Messages 0 172. To turn
TCS on again, press and release g.
The traction off light i displayed in
the instrument cluster will turn off.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g
is pressed, the system will not turn
off until the wheels stop spinning.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
press and hold g until the traction
off light i and the StabiliTrak OFF
light g come on and stay on in the
instrument cluster, then release. The

appropriate message will display in
the DIC. See Ride Control System
Messages 0 172.

Hill Descent
Control (HDC)

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
again, press and release g. The
traction off light i and the
StabiliTrak OFF light g in the
instrument cluster turn off.

If equipped, HDC can be used when
driving downhill. It sets and
maintains vehicle speed while
descending a very steep incline in a
forward or reverse gear.

StabiliTrak will automatically turn on
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h
(35 mph). Traction control will
remain off.

The HDC switch is on the center
stack.
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC.
Vehicle speed must be below
50 km/h (31 mph).

The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
Control (TSC) feature and a Hill
Start Assist (HSA) feature. See
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 317 or
Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 274.
Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and
Modifications 0 321.

The HDC light displays on the
instrument cluster when enabled.
HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
between 3 and 22 km/h (2 and
14 mph) on an incline greater than
or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking
HDC light indicates the system is
actively applying the brakes to
maintain vehicle speed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating

277

When HDC is activated, the initial
HDC speed is set to the current
driving speed. It can be increased or
decreased by pressing the +RES or
SET- steering wheel controls or by
applying the accelerator or brake
pedal. This adjusted speed
becomes the new set speed.

Magnetic Ride Control

Locking Rear Axle

This vehicle may have a semi-active
damping system called Magnetic
Ride Control. With this feature,
improved vehicle ride and handling
is provided under a variety of
passenger and loading conditions.

HDC will remain enabled between
22 and 60 km/h (14 and 37 mph);
however vehicle speed cannot be
set or maintained in this range.
It will automatically disable if the
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
(50 mph) or above 60 km/h
(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. 5
must be pressed again to
re-enable HDC.

Magnetic Ride Control is fully
automatic and uses a computer
controller to continuously monitor
vehicle speed, wheel to body
position, lift/dive, and steering
position of the vehicle. The
controller then sends signals to
each shock absorber to
independently adjust the damping
level to provide the optimum
vehicle ride.

Vehicles with a locking rear axle can
give more traction on snow, mud,
ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a
standard axle most of the time, but
when traction is low, this feature will
allow the rear wheel with the most
traction to move the vehicle.

When enabled, if the vehicle is at a
speed above 22 km/h (14 mph) and
less than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC
message will display.

Magnetic Ride Control also interacts
with the Tow/Haul Mode that, when
activated, will provide additional
control of the shock absorbers. This
additional control results in better
ride and handling characteristics
when the vehicle is loaded or towing
a trailer. See “Tow/Haul Mode”
under Towing Equipment 0 310.

Automatic Level Control
The Automatic Level Control (ALC)
rear suspension is available on
light-duty vehicles and comes as a
part of the Magnetic Ride Control
suspension, if equipped. ALC may
also be available as a stand alone
feature.
This type of level control is fully
automatic and will provide a better
leveled riding position as well as
better handling under a variety of
passenger and loading conditions.
An air compressor connected to the
rear shocks will raise or lower the
rear of the vehicle to maintain
proper vehicle height. The system is
activated when the ignition key is
turned to ON/RUN and will
automatically adjust vehicle height

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

278

Driving and Operating

thereafter. The system may exhaust
(lower vehicle height) for up to
10 minutes after the ignition key has
been turned off. You may hear the
air compressor operating when the
height is being adjusted.
If a weight-distributing hitch is being
used, it is recommended to allow
the shocks to inflate, thereby
leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting
the hitch.

Cruise Control

{ Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
With cruise control, a speed of
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can
be maintained without keeping your
foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control disengages.
For an explanation of how cruise
control interacts with the Range
Selection Mode, Tow/Haul Mode,

and Grade Braking systems. See
“Grade Braking” under Tow/Haul
Mode 0 266.
If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the
system begins to limit wheel spin,
cruise control will automatically
disengage. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 274.
If a collision alert occurs when
cruise control is activated, cruise
control is disengaged. See Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 291.
When road conditions allow the
cruise control to be safely used
again, it can be turned back on.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating

5 : Press to turn the system on or
off. A white indicator comes on in
the instrument cluster when cruise
is turned on.
SET− : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press to resume that
speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or
+RES could get pressed and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep the
cruise 5 button off when cruise is
not being used.
The cruise control light on the
instrument cluster will come on
green after the cruise control has
been set to the desired speed.

279

1. Press 5 to turn the cruise
system on.

Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control

2. Get up to the desired speed.

If the cruise control system is
already activated:
. Press and hold +RES on the
steering wheel until the vehicle
accelerates to the desired
speed, then release it.
. To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, briefly press
+RES. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) faster.

3. Press and release SET−. The
desired set speed briefly
appears in the instrument
cluster.
4. Remove foot from the
accelerator.
The cruise control indicator on the
instrument cluster turns green after
cruise control has been set to the
desired speed. See Instrument
Cluster 0 141.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
are applied or * is pressed, the
cruise control is disengaged without
erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle speed reaches
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,
briefly press +RES. The vehicle
returns to the previous set speed.

The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 141.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
. Press and hold SET– until the
desired lower speed is reached,
then release it.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

280
.

Driving and Operating

To slow down in small
increments, briefly press SET–.
For each press, the vehicle goes
about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 141.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the
previous set cruise speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly
pressing SET– will result in cruise
control set to the current vehicle
speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well the cruise control works
on hills depends on the vehicle
speed, the load, and the steepness
of the hills. When going up steep
hills, pressing the accelerator pedal

may be necessary to maintain
vehicle speed. When going
downhill, Cruise Grade Braking
helps maintain the driver selected
speed.
Cruise Grade Braking is enabled
when the vehicle is started and
cruise control is active. It is not
enabled in Range Selection Mode.
It assists in maintaining driver
selected speed when driving on
downhill grades by using the engine
and transmission to slow the
vehicle.
To disable and enable Cruise Grade
Braking for the current ignition key
cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul
button for five seconds. A DIC
message displays. See
Transmission Messages 0 175.
For other forms of descent control,
see Hill Descent Control (HDC)
0 276,Automatic Transmission
0 262, and Tow/Haul Mode 0 266.
Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise
control:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

Press

Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).

To turn off cruise control,
press 5.

Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory when 5 is
pressed, or if the ignition is
turned off.

Adaptive Cruise Control
If equipped with Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC), it allows for selecting
the cruise control set speed and
following gap. Read this entire
section before using this system.
ACC uses a camera and radar
sensors to detect other vehicles.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 439. The following gap is the
following time (or distance) between
your vehicle and a vehicle detected
directly ahead in your path, moving
in the same direction. If no vehicle
is detected in your path, ACC works
like regular cruise control.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
If a vehicle is detected in your path,
ACC can speed up the vehicle or
apply limited, moderate braking to
maintain the selected following gap.
To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
If the Traction Control System (TCS)
or electronic stability control system
activates while ACC is engaged,
ACC may automatically disengage.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 274. When road
conditions allow ACC to be safely
used, the ACC can be turned
back on.
ACC will not engage if the TCS or
electronic stability control system is
disabled.

{ Warning
ACC has limited braking ability
and may not have time to slow
the vehicle down enough to avoid
a collision with another vehicle
you are following. This can occur
when vehicles suddenly slow or
stop ahead, or enter your lane.
Also see “Alerting the Driver” in
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
this section. Complete attention is
always required while driving and
you should be ready to take
action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving 0 236.

{ Warning
ACC will not detect or brake for
children, pedestrians, animals,
or other objects.
Do not use ACC when:
. On winding and hilly roads
or when the sensors are
blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
The system may not detect
a vehicle ahead. Keep the
entire front of the vehicle
clean.
(Continued)

281

Warning (Continued)
.

Visibility is low, such as in
fog, rain, or snow
conditions. ACC
performance is limited under
these conditions.

On slippery roads where
fast changes in tire traction
can cause excessive
wheel slip.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

282

Driving and Operating

5 : Press to turn the system on or

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

off. The indicator turns white on the
instrument cluster when ACC is
turned on.

If J is on when not in use, it could
get pressed and go into ACC when
not desired. Keep J off when
cruise is not being used.

SET– : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate ACC. If cruise
control is already engaged, use to
decrease vehicle speed.
+RES : Press briefly to resume the
previous set speed or hold to
accelerate. If ACC is already
engaged, use to increase vehicle
speed.

* : Press to disengage ACC

Select the set speed desired for
cruise. This is the vehicle speed
when no vehicle is detected in
its path.

The ACC indicator displays on the
Driver Information Center (DIC) in
the instrument cluster. When ACC is
active, the indicator turns green.

ACC will not set or resume at a
speed less than 25 km/h (16 mph).

Be mindful of speed limits,
surrounding traffic speeds, and
weather conditions when selecting
the set speed.

To set ACC:
1. Press

without erasing the selected set
speed.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3 : Press to select a following gap

3. Press and release SET– .

time (or distance) setting for ACC of
Far, Medium, or Near.

4. Remove your foot from the
accelerator.

The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 141.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.

After ACC is set, it may immediately
apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead
is detected closer than the selected
following gap.

Resuming a Set Speed
If the ACC is set at a desired speed
and then the brakes are applied,
ACC is disengaged without erasing
the set speed from memory.
To begin using ACC again, press
+RES on the steering wheel. The
vehicle returns to the previous set
speed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
Increasing Speed While ACC is at
a Set Speed
Do one of the following:
. Use the accelerator to get to the
higher speed. Press SET– .
Release the control and the
accelerator pedal. The vehicle
will now cruise at the higher
speed.
When the accelerator pedal is
pressed, ACC will not brake
because it is overridden.
A warning message will appear
on the Driver Information Center
(DIC). See Cruise Control
Messages 0 167.
.

Press and hold +RES until the
desired set speed appears on
the display, then release it.

To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, briefly press
+RES. For each press, the
vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h
(1 mph) faster mark on the
speedometer.

To increase speed in larger
increments, press and briefly
hold +RES. For each press, the

vehicle speed goes to next
5 km/h (5 mph) faster mark on
the speedometer.
When it is determined that there is
no vehicle ahead or the vehicle
ahead is beyond the selected
following gap, then the vehicle
speed will increase to the set speed.
Reducing Speed While ACC is at a
Set Speed
Do one of the following:
. Use the brake to get to the
desired lower speed. Press
SET– and release the
accelerator pedal. The vehicle
will now cruise at the lower
speed.
. Press and hold SET– until the
desired lower speed is reached,
then release it.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in
small increments, briefly press
SET−. For each press, the
vehicle speed goes to the next
1 km/h (1 mph) slower mark on
the speedometer.

283

To decrease speed in larger
increments, press and briefly
hold SET−. For each press, the
vehicle speed goes to the next
5 km/h (5 mph) slower mark on
the speedometer.

Selecting the Follow Distance Gap
When a slower moving vehicle is
detected ahead within the selected
following gap, ACC will adjust the
vehicle's speed and attempt to
maintain the follow distance gap
selected.
Press 3 on the steering wheel to
adjust the following gap. When
pressed, the current gap setting
displays briefly on the instrument
cluster. Subsequent presses cycle
the 3 button through three
settings: Far, Medium, or Near. The
gap setting will be maintained until it
is changed.
Since each gap setting corresponds
to a following time (Far, Medium,
or Near), the following distance will
vary based on vehicle speed. The
faster the vehicle speed, the further
back your vehicle will follow a

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

284

Driving and Operating

vehicle detected ahead. Consider
traffic and weather conditions when
selecting the following gap. The
range of selectable gaps may not be
appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.

Safety Alert Seat will pulse five
times. See “Collision/Detection
Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

Changing the gap setting
automatically changes the alert
timing sensitivity (Far, Medium,
or Near) for the Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 291.

Approaching and Following a
Vehicle

See Defensive Driving 0 236.

Stationary or Very Slow-Moving
Objects

{ Warning

Alerting the Driver
The vehicle ahead indicator is in the
instrument cluster.

If ACC is engaged, driver action
may be required when ACC cannot
apply sufficient braking because of
approaching a vehicle too rapidly.
When this condition occurs, six red
lights will flash on the windshield,
and either eight beeps will sound
from the front, or both sides of the

follow the vehicle in front of you, but
will not exceed the set speed. It may
apply limited braking, if necessary.
When braking is active, the brake
lights will come on. The automatic
braking may feel or sound different
than if the brakes were applied
manually. This is normal.

The vehicle ahead indicator only
displays when a vehicle is detected
in your vehicle’s path moving in the
same direction.
If this indicator is not displaying,
ACC will not respond to or brake to
vehicles ahead.
ACC automatically slows the vehicle
down and adjusts vehicle speed to
follow the vehicle in front at the
selected follow gap. The vehicle
speed increases or decreases to

ACC may not detect and react to
stopped or slow-moving vehicles
ahead of you. For example, the
system may not brake for a
vehicle it has never detected
moving. This can occur in
stop-and-go traffic or when a
vehicle suddenly appears due to
a vehicle ahead changing lanes.
Your vehicle may not stop and
could cause a crash. Use caution
when using ACC. Your complete
attention is always required while
driving and you should be ready
to take action and apply the
brakes.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
ACC Automatically Disengages
ACC may automatically disengage
and you will need to manually apply
the brakes to slow the vehicle when:
. Your vehicle speed goes below
the minimum speed of 16 km/h
(10 mph).
. The sensors are blocked.
.

The Traction Control System
(TCS) or electronic stability
control system has activated or
been disabled.

No traffic or other objects are
being detected.

There is a fault in the system.

A message will appear on the DIC
indicating that cruise is disengaging.
The ACC active symbol will not be
displayed when ACC is no longer
active.
ACC Override
If using the accelerator pedal while
ACC is active, a warning message
in the DIC will indicate that
automatic braking will not occur.
See Vehicle Messages 0 166. ACC

will resume operation when the
accelerator pedal is not being
pressed.

{ Warning
The ACC will not automatically
apply the brakes if your foot is
resting on the accelerator pedal.
You could crash into a vehicle
ahead of you.
Curves in the Road

{ Warning
On curves, ACC may not detect a
vehicle ahead in your lane. You
could be startled if the vehicle
accelerates up to the set speed,
especially when following a
vehicle exiting or entering exit
ramps. You could lose control of
the vehicle or crash. Do not use
ACC while driving on an entrance
or exit ramp. Always be ready to
use the brakes if necessary.

285

{ Warning
On curves, ACC may respond to
a vehicle in another lane, or may
not have time to react to a vehicle
in your lane. You could crash into
a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
control of your vehicle. Give extra
attention in curves and be ready
to use the brakes if necessary.
Select an appropriate speed while
driving in curves.
ACC may operate differently in a
sharp curve. It may reduce the
vehicle speed if the curve is too
sharp.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

286

Driving and Operating

When following a vehicle and
entering a curve, ACC may not
detect the vehicle ahead and
accelerate to the set speed. When
this happens, the vehicle ahead
indicator will not appear.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

lane while driving on steep hills. The
driver will often need to take over
acceleration and braking on steep
hills, especially when towing a
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the
ACC disengages.
Disengaging ACC

ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead
until it is completely in the lane. The
brakes may need to be manually
applied.
ACC may detect a vehicle that is
not in your lane and apply the
brakes.
ACC may occasionally provide an
alert and/or braking that is
considered unnecessary. It could
respond to vehicles in different
lanes, signs, guardrails, and other
stationary objects when entering or
exiting a curve. This is normal
operation. The vehicle does not
need service.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills and
When Towing a Trailer

There are three ways to
disengage ACC:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
.
.

*.
Press 5.

Press

Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if 5 is pressed
or if the ignition is turned off.
Cleaning the Sensing System
The radar sensor on the front of the
vehicle can become blocked by
snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area
needs to be cleaned for ACC to
operate properly.

Do not use ACC when driving on
steep hills or when towing a trailer.
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
For cleaning instructions, see
“Washing the Vehicle” under
Exterior Care 0 402.

Driver Assistance
Systems

System operation may also be
limited under snow, heavy rain,
or road spray conditions.

This vehicle may have features that
work together to help avoid crashes
or reduce crash damage while
driving, backing, and parking. Read
this entire section before using
these systems.

{ Warning
Do not rely on the Driver
Assistance Systems. These
systems do not replace the need
for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or feel
alerts or warnings provided by
these systems. Failure to use
proper care when driving may
result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive
Driving 0 236.
Under many conditions, these
systems will not:
(Continued)

287

Warning (Continued)
.

Detect children,
pedestrians, bicyclists,
or animals.

Detect vehicles or objects
outside the area monitored
by the system.

Work at all driving speeds.

Warn you or provide you
with enough time to avoid a
crash.

Work under poor visibility or
bad weather conditions.

Work if the detection sensor
is not cleaned or is covered
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

Work if the detection sensor
is covered up, such as with
a sticker, magnet, or metal
plate.

Work if the area surrounding
the detection sensor is
damaged or not properly
repaired.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

288

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)

Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Audible or Safety Alert Seat
Some driver assistance features
alert the driver of obstacles by
beeping. To change the volume of
the warning chime, see “Comfort
and Convenience” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.
If equipped with the Safety Alert
Seat, the driver seat cushion may
provide a vibrating pulse alert
instead of beeping. To change this,
see “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle
Personalization 0 178.

Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
Front Parking Assist (FPA), and
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may
help the driver park or avoid objects.
Always check around the vehicle
when parking or backing.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
image of the area behind the vehicle
in the infotainment display. The
previous screen displays when the
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
after a short delay. To return to the
previous screen sooner, press any
button on the infotainment system,
shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). The rear
vision camera is above the license
plate.

1. View Displayed by the
Camera

1. View Displayed by the
Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
Displayed images may be farther or
closer than they appear. The area
displayed is limited and objects that
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not
display.
A warning triangle may display to
show that RPA has detected an
object. This triangle changes from
amber to red and increases in size
the closer the object.

{ Warning
The camera(s) do not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different
from actual distances. Do not
drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
check behind and around the
vehicle before driving. Failure to
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.

Parking Assist
With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
as the vehicle moves at speeds of
less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the
sensors on the bumpers may detect
objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and
1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle
within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
the ground and below bumper level.
These detection distances may be
shorter during warmer or humid
weather. Blocked sensors will not
detect objects and can also cause
false detections. Keep the sensors
clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
slush; and clean sensors after a car
wash in freezing temperatures.

289

Warning (Continued)
or vehicle damage, even with
Parking Assist, always check the
area around the vehicle and
check all mirrors before moving
forward or backing.

{ Warning
The Parking Assist system does
not detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
located below the bumper or that
are too close or too far from the
vehicle. It is not available at
speeds greater than 8 km/h
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
(Continued)

The instrument cluster may have a
parking assist display with bars that
show “distance to object” and object
location information for RPA, and on
some vehicles, FPA. As the object
gets closer, more bars light up and
the bars change color from yellow to
amber to red.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

290

Driving and Operating

When an object is first detected in
the rear, one beep will be heard
from the rear, or both sides of the
Safety Alert Seat will pulse two
times. When an object is very close
(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),
a continuous beep will sound from
the front or rear depending on
object location, or both sides of the
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five
times. Beeps for FPA are higher
pitched than for RPA.

Use caution while backing up when
towing a trailer, as the RCTA
detection zones that extend out
from the back of the vehicle do not
move further back when a trailer is
towed.

Turning the Features On or Off

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
If equipped, when the vehicle is
shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA
displays a red warning triangle with
a left or right pointing arrow on the
RVC screen to warn of traffic
coming from the left or right. This
system detects objects coming from
up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or
right side of the vehicle. When an
object is detected, either three
beeps sound from the left or right or
three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur
on the left or right side, depending
on the direction of the detected
vehicle.

The X button to the left of the
steering wheel is used to turn on or
off the Front and Rear Parking
Assist. The indicator light in the
button comes on when the features
are on and turns off when the
features have been disabled.
Front and Rear Parking Assist can
be turned off, on, or on with towbar
through vehicle personalization. See
“Parking Assist” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 178. If the parking
assist is turned off through vehicle
personalization, the parking assist
button will be disabled. To turn the

parking assist on again, select On in
the vehicle personalization menu.
The On with Towbar setting allows
for the parking assist to work
properly with a small item attached
to the trailer hitch. Turn off parking
assist when towing a trailer.
To turn the rear parking assist
symbols, guidance lines, or Rear
Cross Traffic Alert on or off, see
“Rear Camera” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 178

Assistance Systems for
Driving
If equipped, when driving the
vehicle in a forward gear, Forward
Collision Alert (FCA), Lane
Departure Warning (LDW), Lane
Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert
(LCA), and/or Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) can help to avoid a
crash or reduce crash damage.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating

Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps or pulses the driver seat.
FCA also lights an amber visual
alert if following another vehicle
much too closely.
FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the
vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC), it can detect vehicles to
distances of approximately 110 m
(360 ft) and operates at all speeds.
See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 280.

{ Warning
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help
avoid a crash. It also may not
provide any warning at all. FCA
does not warn of pedestrians,
animals, signs, guardrails,
bridges, construction barrels,
or other objects. Be ready to take
action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving 0 236.
FCA can be disabled with the FCA
steering wheel control, or if your
vehicle is equipped with Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC), through
vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

291

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unless
the FCA system detects a vehicle
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will
display green. Vehicles may not be
detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or if a vehicle ahead is partially
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.

{ Warning
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

292

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair.

brake system may prepare for driver
braking to occur more rapidly which
can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
Continue to apply the brake pedal
as needed. Cruise control may be
disengaged when the Collision Alert
occurs.
Tailgating Alert

Collision Alert
The vehicle-ahead indicator will
display amber when you are
following a vehicle ahead much too
closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing
When your vehicle approaches
another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the red FCA display will flash on the
windshield. Also, eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from
the front, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times.
When this Collision Alert occurs, the

The Collision Alert control is on the
steering wheel. Press [ / 3 to
set the FCA timing to Far, Medium,
Near, or on some vehicles, Off. The
first button press shows the current
setting on the DIC. Additional button
presses will change this setting. The
chosen setting will remain until it is
changed and will affect the timing of

both the Collision Alert and the
Tailgating Alert features. The timing
of both alerts will vary based on
vehicle speed. The faster the
vehicle speed, the farther away the
alert will occur. Consider traffic and
weather conditions when selecting
the alert timing. The range of
selectable alert timing may not be
appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.
If your vehicle is equipped with
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
changing the FCA timing setting
automatically changes the ACC
following gap setting (Far, Medium,
or Near).

Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
in other lanes, objects that are not
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, cleaning the
outside of the windshield in front of

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
the camera sensor behind the
rearview mirror, and cleaning the
front of the vehicle where radar
sensors are located, may correct
the issue.

braking can only occur if a vehicle is
detected. This is shown by the FCA
vehicle ahead indicator being lit.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 291.

For cleaning instructions, see
“Washing the Vehicle” under
Exterior Care 0 402.

The system works when driving in a
forward gear between 8 km/h
(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph),
or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC), above 4 km/h
(2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to
approximately 60 m (197 ft).

System operation may also be
limited under snow, heavy rain,
or road spray conditions.

{ Warning
FAB is an emergency crash
preparation feature and is not
designed to avoid crashes. Do
not rely on FAB to brake the
vehicle. FAB will not brake
outside of its operating speed
range and only responds to
detected vehicles.
FAB may not:
. Detect a vehicle ahead on
winding or hilly roads.
(Continued)

293

Warning (Continued)
.

Detect all vehicles,
especially vehicles with a
trailer, tractors, muddy
vehicles, etc.

Detect a vehicle when
weather limits visibility, such
as in fog, rain, or snow.

Detect a vehicle ahead if it
is partially blocked by
pedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
FAB may slow the vehicle to a
complete stop to try to avoid a
potential crash. If this happens, FAB
may engage the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a
stop. Release the EPB or firmly
press the accelerator pedal.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

294

Driving and Operating

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake the
vehicle suddenly in situations
where it is unexpected and
undesired. It could respond to a
turning vehicle ahead, guardrails,
signs, and other non-moving
objects. To override FAB, firmly
press the accelerator pedal, if it is
safe to do so.

IBA may increase vehicle braking
in situations when it may not be
necessary. You could block the
flow of traffic. If this occurs, take
your foot off the brake pedal and
then apply the brakes as needed.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
IBA may activate when the brake
pedal is applied quickly by providing
a boost to braking based on the
speed of approach and distance to
a vehicle ahead.
Minor brake pedal pulsations or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the brake pedal should
continue to be applied as needed.
IBA will automatically disengage
only when the brake pedal is
released.

FAB and IBA can be disabled
through vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.

{ Warning
Using FAB or IBA while towing a
trailer could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle and crash.
Turn the system to Alert, or if the
vehicle has ACC to Off, when
towing a trailer.

Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, the SBZA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding crashes that
occur with moving vehicles in the
side blind zone (or spot) areas.
When the vehicle is in a forward
gear, the left or right side mirror
display will light up if a moving
vehicle is detected in that blind
zone. If the turn signal is activated
and a vehicle is also detected on
the same side, the display will flash
as an extra warning not to change
lanes. Since this system is part of
the Lane Change Alert (LCA)
system, read the entire LCA section
before using this feature.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
will light up in the corresponding
outside side mirror and will flash if
the turn signal is on.

LCA Detection Zones

{ Warning
LCA does not alert the driver to
vehicles outside of the system
detection zones, pedestrians,
bicyclists, or animals. It may not
provide alerts when changing
lanes under all driving conditions.
Failure to use proper care when
changing lanes may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Before making a lane change,
always check mirrors, glance over
your shoulder, and use the turn
signals.

1. SBZA Detection Zone
2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone of
approximately one lane over from
both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
(11 ft). The height of the zone is
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
warning area starts at approximately
the middle of the vehicle and goes
back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also
warned of vehicles rapidly
approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft)
behind the vehicle.

295

How the System Works
The LCA symbol lights up in the
side mirrors when the system
detects a moving vehicle in the next
lane over that is in the side blind
zone or rapidly approaching that
zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol
indicates it may be unsafe to
change lanes. Before making a lane
change, check the LCA display,
check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
Display
Display
When the vehicle is started, both
outside mirror LCA displays will
briefly come on to indicate the
system is operating. When the
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left
or right side mirror display will light
up if a moving vehicle is detected in
the next lane over in that blind zone
or rapidly approaching that zone.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

296

Driving and Operating

If the turn signal is activated in the
same direction as a detected
vehicle, this display will flash as an
extra warning not to change lanes.
LCA can be disabled through
vehicle personalization using the
Side Blind Zone Alert option. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 178.
If LCA is disabled by the driver, the
LCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The LCA system requires some
driving for the system to calibrate to
maximum performance. This
calibration may occur more quickly if
the vehicle is driving on a straight
highway road with traffic and
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails,
barriers).
LCA displays may not come on
when passing a vehicle quickly, for
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a
trailer. The LCA detection zones
that extend back from the side of
the vehicle do not move further back
when a trailer is towed. Use caution
while changing lanes when towing a

trailer. LCA may alert to objects
attached to the vehicle, such as a
trailer, bicycle, or object extending
out to either side of the vehicle.
Attached objects may also interfere
with the detection of vehicles. This
is normal system operation; the
vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not always alert the driver
to vehicles in the next lane over,
especially in wet conditions or when
driving on sharp curves. The system
does not need to be serviced. The
system may light up due to
guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and
other non-moving objects. This is
normal system operation; the
vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not operate when the LCA
sensors in the left or right corners of
the rear bumper are covered with
mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in
heavy rainstorms. For cleaning
instructions, see "Washing the
Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 402.
If the DIC still displays the system
unavailable message after cleaning
both sides of the vehicle toward the
rear corners of the vehicle, see your
dealer.

If the LCA displays do not light up
when moving vehicles are in the
side blind zone or are rapidly
approaching this zone and the
system is clean, the system may
need service. Take the vehicle to
your dealer.
When LCA is disabled for any
reason other than the driver turning
it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
option will not be available on the
personalization menu.

Radio Frequency Information
See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 439.

Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may provide a
warning if the vehicle is crossing a
detected lane marking without using
a turn signal in the lane departure
direction. Since this system is part
of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
system, read the entire LKA section
before using this feature.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
(1500 Series)
If equipped, LKA may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may assist by gently
turning the steering wheel if the
vehicle approaches a detected lane
marking without using a turn signal
in that direction. It may also provide
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
system alert as the lane marking is
crossed. The LKA system will not
assist or provide an LDW alert if it
detects that you are actively
steering. Override LKA by turning
the steering wheel. LKA uses a
camera to detect lane markings
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning
The LKA system does not
continuously steer the vehicle.
It may not keep the vehicle in the
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
lane or give a Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) alert, even if a
lane marking is detected.
The LKA and LDW systems
may not:
. Provide an alert or enough
steering assist to avoid a
lane departure or crash.
. Detect lane markings under
poor weather or visibility
conditions. This can occur if
the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by
dirt, snow, or ice, if they are
not in proper condition, or if
the sun shines directly into
the camera.
. Detect road edges.
.

Detect lanes on winding or
hilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markings
on one side of the road, it will
only assist or provide an LDW
(Continued)

297

Warning (Continued)
alert when approaching the lane
on the side where it has detected
a lane marking. Even with LKA
and LDW, you must steer the
vehicle. Always keep your
attention on the road and
maintain proper vehicle position
within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could
occur. Always keep the
windshield, headlamps, and
camera sensors clean and in
good repair. Do not use LKA in
bad weather conditions.

{ Warning
Using LKA while towing a trailer
or on slippery roads could cause
loss of control of the vehicle and
a crash. Turn the system off.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

298

Driving and Operating

How the System Works
The LKA camera sensor is on the
windshield ahead of the rearview
mirror.
To turn LKA on and off, press A
to the left of the steering wheel.
When on, A is green if LKA is
available to assist and provide LDW
alerts. It may assist by gently
turning the steering wheel and
display A as amber if the vehicle
approaches a detected lane marking
without using a turn signal in that
direction. It may also provide an
LDW alert by flashing A amber
as the lane marking is crossed.
Additionally, there will be three
beeps, or the driver seat will pulse
three times, on the right or left,
depending on the lane departure
direction.
The LKA system does not
continuously steer the vehicle.
If LKA does not detect active driver
steering, an alert and chime may be
provided. Steer the vehicle to
dismiss.

When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The system performance may be
affected by:
. Close vehicles ahead.
.

Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.

Banked roads.

Roads with poor lane markings,
such as two-lane roads.

Fuel
GM recommends the use of TOP
TIER® detergent gasoline to keep
the engine cleaner and reduce
engine deposits. See
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
TIER detergent gasoline marketers
and applicable countries.

If the LKA system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts
may occur due to tar marks,
shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service. Turn LKA off if these
conditions continue.

If the vehicle has a yellow sticker on
the fuel door, E85 or FlexFuel can
be used. See E85 or
FlexFuel 0 300.
Use regular unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. Do not use gasoline with a

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
posted octane rating of less than 87,
as this may cause engine knock and
will lower fuel economy.

Caution (Continued)
(MMT), which can damage
the emissions control
system and spark plugs.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution
Do not use fuels with any of the
following conditions; doing so
may damage the vehicle and void
its warranty:
. For vehicles which are not
FlexFuel, fuel labeled
greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level
ethanol blends (16 – 50%
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
. Fuel with any amount of
methanol, methylal, and
aniline. These fuels can
corrode metal fuel system
parts or damage plastic and
rubber parts.
. Fuel containing metals such
as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl
(Continued)

Fuel with a posted octane
rating of less than the
recommended fuel. Using
this fuel will lower fuel
economy and performance,
and may decrease the life of
the emissions catalyst.

California Fuel
Requirements
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
the underhood emission control
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance may be
affected. The malfunction indicator
lamp could turn on and the vehicle

299

may not pass a smog-check test.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 151. If this
occurs, return to your authorized
dealer for diagnosis. If it is
determined that the condition is
caused by the type of fuel used,
repairs may not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

Fuels in Foreign
Countries
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline is
recommended. See Fuel 0 298.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
System Treatment Cleaner added to
the fuel tank at every engine oil
change, can help. GM Fuel System
Treatment Cleaner is the only
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.
If your vehicle is able to use E85 or
FlexFuel, GM Fuel System
Treatment Cleaner - FlexFuel is the
only recommended additive for use.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

300

Driving and Operating

Do not use any other additives with
an E85 or FlexFuel vehicle. See
E85 or FlexFuel 0 300.

Fuel Additives
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline is
recommended. See Fuel 0 298.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of Fuel
System Treatment PLUS added to
the fuel tank at every engine oil
change can help. Fuel System
Treatment PLUS is the only
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.
Do not use additives with E85 or
FlexFuel.

E85 or FlexFuel
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.
Vehicles marked as “E85” or
FlexFuel can use either unleaded
gasoline or ethanol fuel containing
up to 85% ethanol (E85). All other

vehicles should use only the
unleaded gasoline as described in
Fuel 0 298.
The use of E85 or FlexFuel is
encouraged when the vehicle is
designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel
is made from renewable sources.
Many fuel stations will not have an
85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump
available. Those stations that do
have E85 should have a label
indicating the FlexFuel ethanol
content. Do not use the fuel if the
ethanol content is greater than 85%.
The starting characteristics of E85
or FlexFuel make it unsuitable for
use when temperatures fall below
-18 °C (0 °F). Use gasoline or add
gasoline to the E85 or FlexFuel.
Because E85 or FlexFuel has less
energy per liter (gallon) than
gasoline, the vehicle will need to be
refilled more often. See Filling the
Tank 0 301.

Caution
Some additives are not
compatible with E85 or FlexFuel
and can harm the vehicle's fuel
system. Do not add anything to
E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused
by additives would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.

Caution
Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also
damage plastic and rubber parts.
That damage would not be
covered under the vehicle
warranty.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating

Filling the Tank

{ Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
.

To help avoid injuries to you
and others, read and follow
all the instructions on the
fuel pump island.

Turn off the engine when
refueling.

Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.

Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.

Do not use a cell phone
while refueling.

Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.

Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
.

Fuel can spray out if the
refueling nozzle is inserted
too quickly. This spray can
happen if the tank is nearly
full, and is more likely in hot
weather. Insert the refueling
nozzle slowly and wait for
any hiss noise to stop prior
to beginning to flow fuel.

301

The vehicle has a capless refueling
system and does not have a fuel
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
inserted and latched prior to starting
fuel flow.

{ Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause:
. Vehicle performance issues,
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system.
. Fuel spills.
.

Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 402.
To open the fuel door, push and
release the rearward center edge of
the door.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

302

Driving and Operating

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.

Attempting to refuel without using
the funnel adapter may cause fuel
spillage and damage the capless
fuel system. This could cause a
fire and you or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged.

Filling the Tank with a Portable
Gas Can
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and
must be filled from a portable
gas can:

3. Remove and clean the funnel
adapter and return to the
storage location.

Filling a Portable Fuel
Container

Warning (Continued)
.

Use approved fuel
containers.

Remove the container from
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
bed before filling.

Place the container on the
ground.

Place the nozzle inside the
fill opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
keep it in contact with the fill
opening until filling is
complete.

Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
expansion.

Do not smoke, light
matches, or use lighters
while pumping fuel.

Avoid using cell phones or
other electronic devices.

{ Warning
1. Locate the capless funnel
adapter from inside the vehicle.
2. Insert and latch the funnel into
the capless fuel system.

Filling a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle can cause
fuel vapors that can ignite either
by static electricity or other
means. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating

Trailer Towing

General Towing
Information
Only use towing equipment that has
been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
the entire section before towing a
trailer.
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
Towing the Vehicle 0 396. For
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 396.

Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips
Driving with a Trailer
When towing a trailer:
. Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply to
trailer towing.

The trailer must be equipped
with brakes adequate for the
intended use. A loaded trailer
weighing more than 900 kg
(2,000 lb) must be equipped with
its own brake system, with
brakes working on all axles.
Trailer braking equipment
conforming to Canadian
Standards Association (CSA)
requirement CAN3-D313, or its
equivalent, is recommended.
Do not tow a trailer during the
first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent
damage to the engine, axle,
or other parts.

Then during the first 800 km
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
do not make starts at full throttle.

Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear if the transmission shifts
too often under heavy loads and/
or hilly conditions.

Do not use Adaptive Cruise
Control when towing.

303

Turn off Parking Assist when
towing.

The Forward Automatic Braking
System should be set to Off
when towing. See Forward
Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 25.

{ Warning
When towing a trailer, exhaust
gases may collect at the rear of
the vehicle and enter if the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
window is open.
When towing a trailer:
. Do not drive with the
liftgate, trunk/hatch,
or rear-most window open.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
. Also adjust the climate
control system to a setting
that brings in only outside
air. See “Climate Control
Systems” in the Index.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

304

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)

For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust 0 261.
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
longer and not as responsive as the
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
the handling and braking of the rig
before setting out for the open road.
The structure, tires, and brakes of
the trailer must be rated to carry the
load. Inadequate trailer equipment
can cause the combination to
operate in an unexpected or unsafe
manner.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires, and mirrors. Get familiar with
the handling and braking of the rig.
If the trailer has electric brakes, start
the combination moving and then
apply the trailer brake controller by
hand to be sure the brakes work.

During the trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure
and the lamps and any trailer
brakes still work.

Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
This can help to avoid heavy
braking and sudden turns.

Passing
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. The
combination will not accelerate as
quickly and is longer so it is
necessary to go much farther
beyond the passed vehicle before
returning to the lane.

Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move that hand to
the left. To move the trailer to the
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.

Making Turns
Caution
Making very sharp turns while
trailering could cause the trailer to
come in contact with the vehicle.
The vehicle could be damaged.
Avoid making very sharp turns
while trailering.
When turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so
the trailer will not strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
or other objects. Avoid jerky or
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
advance.
If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn
out, the arrows on the instrument
cluster will still flash for turns. It is
important to check occasionally to
be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working.

Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
steep downgrade. If the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
transmission is not shifted down, the
brakes might get hot and no longer
work well.
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift
the transmission to a lower gear if
the transmission shifts too often
under heavy loads and/or hilly
conditions.
When towing, use the Tow/Haul
Mode to prevent damage to the
engine or transmission. See Tow/
Haul Mode 0 266.
When towing at high altitude on
steep uphill grades, consider the
following: Engine coolant will boil at
a lower temperature than at normal
altitudes. If the engine is turned off
immediately after towing at high
altitude on steep uphill grades, the
vehicle may show signs similar to
engine overheating. To avoid this,
let the engine run while parked,
preferably on level ground, with the
transmission in P (Park) for a few
minutes before turning the engine
off. If the overheat warning comes
on, see Engine Overheating 0 336.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning
Parking the vehicle on a hill with
the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move.
People can be injured, and both
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface.
If parking the rig on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if
facing downhill or into traffic if
facing uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in
place, release the regular
brakes until the chocks absorb
the load.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and
shift into P (Park).

305

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake
pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Shift into a gear.
4. Release the parking brake.
5. Let up on the brake pedal.
6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
7. Stop and have someone pick
up and store the chocks.

Maintenance when Trailer
Towing
The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 412.
Things that are especially important
in trailer operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
lubricant, belts, cooling system, and
brake system. It is a good idea to
inspect these before and during
the trip.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

306

Driving and Operating

Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Trailer Towing
Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
See New Vehicle Break-In 0 251.
Before towing a trailer, see
"Hands-Free Operation" under
Liftgate 0 47.

{ Warning
The driver can lose control when
pulling a trailer if the correct
equipment is not used or the
vehicle is not driven properly. For
example, if the trailer is too heavy
or the trailer brakes are
inadequate for the load, the
vehicle may not stop as expected.
The driver and passengers could
be seriously injured. The vehicle
may also be damaged; the
resulting repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Pull a trailer only if all the steps in
this section have been followed.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
Ask your dealer for advice and
information about towing a trailer
with the vehicle.

Caution
Pulling a trailer improperly can
damage the vehicle and result in
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer
correctly, follow the advice in this
section and see your dealer for
important information about
towing a trailer with the vehicle.
To identify the trailering capacity of
the vehicle, read the information in
“Weight of the Trailer” following.
Trailering is different than just
driving the vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking,
durability, and fuel economy.

Successful, safe trailering takes
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips
and safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
your passengers. So please read
this section carefully before pulling a
trailer.

Weight of the Trailer
Safe trailering requires monitoring
the weight, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature, and
how frequently the vehicle is used to
pull a trailer. Take into consideration
any special equipment on the
vehicle, and the amount of tongue
weight the vehicle can carry. See
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later
in this section for more information.
Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is
calculated assuming the tow vehicle
has only the driver and all required
trailering equipment. Weight of
additional optional equipment,
passengers, and cargo in the tow
vehicle must be subtracted from the
trailer weight rating.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating

307

Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, based upon the vehicle model and options.
Vehicle

Axle Ratio

Maximum Trailer Weight

GCWR*

5.3L V8

3.08

2 994 kg (6,600 lb)

5 443 kg (12,000 lb)

5.3L V8

3.42

3 901 kg (8,600 lb)

6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

1500 Series 2WD Short Wheelbase

1500 Series 2WD Long Wheelbase
5.3L V8

3.08

2 858 kg (6,300 lb)

5 443 kg (12,000 lb)

5.3L V8

3.42

3 765 kg (8,300 lb)

6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

1500 Series 4WD Short Wheelbase
5.3L V8

3.08

2 903 kg (6,400 lb)

5 443 kg (12,000 lb)

5.3L V8

3.42

3 810 kg (8,400 lb)

6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

1500 Series 4WD Long Wheelbase
5.3L V8

3.08

2 722 kg (6,000 lb)

5 443 kg (12,000 lb)

5.3L V8

3.42

3 629 kg (8,000 lb)

6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

308

Driving and Operating

Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
very important because it is also
part of the vehicle weight. The
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)
includes the curb weight of the
vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and
the people who will be riding in the
vehicle as well as trailer tongue
weight. Vehicle options, equipment,
passengers, and cargo in the
vehicle reduce the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry,
which will also reduce the trailer
weight the vehicle can tow. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 247 for more
information about the vehicle's
maximum load capacity.

Trailer tongue weight (1) should be
10 % to 15 % of the loaded trailer
weight (2) up to the maximums for
vehicle series and hitch type.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
Vehicle Series

Hitch Type

Maximum Tongue
Weight

1500

Weight Carrying

272 kg (600 lb)

1500

Weight Distributing

453 kg (1,000 lb)

Do not exceed the maximum
allowable tongue weight for the
vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch
extension that will position the hitch
ball closest to the vehicle. This will
help reduce the effect of trailer
tongue weight on the rear axle.
Trailer rating may be limited by the
vehicle's ability to carry tongue
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle
Weight Rating). See “Total Weight
on the Vehicle's Tires” following.
After loading the trailer, weigh the
trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they are not, adjustments
might be made by moving some
items around in the trailer.

If a cargo carrier is used in the
trailer hitch receiver, choose a
carrier that positions the load as
close to the vehicle as possible.
Make sure the total weight,
including the carrier, is no more than
half of the maximum allowable
tongue weight for the vehicle or 227
kg (500 lb), whichever is less.

Total Weight on the Vehicle's
Tires
Be sure the vehicle's tires are
inflated to the inflation pressures
found on the Certification label on
the center pillar or see Vehicle Load
Limits 0 247. Make sure not to
exceed the GVWR limit for the
vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow

309

vehicle and trailer fully loaded for
the trip including the weight of the
trailer tongue. If using a
weight-distributing hitch, make sure
not to exceed the RGAWR before
applying the weight distribution
spring bars.

Weight of the Trailering
Combination
It is important that the combination
of the tow vehicle and trailer does
not exceed any of its weight ratings
— GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer
Weight Rating, or Tongue Weight.
The only way to be sure it is not
exceeding any of these ratings is to
weigh the tow vehicle and trailer
combination, fully loaded for the trip,
getting individual weights for each of
these items.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

310

Driving and Operating

Towing Equipment
Hitches
The correct hitch equipment helps
maintain combination control. Most
small-to-medium trailers can be
towed with a weight-carrying hitch
which simply features a coupler
latched to the hitch ball. Larger
trailers may require a
weight-distributing hitch that uses
spring bars to distribute the trailer

tongue weight among the two
vehicle and trailer axles. See
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue” in
Trailer Towing 0 306 for rating limits
with various hitch types.
Consider using sway controls with
any trailer. Ask a trailering
professional about sway controls or
refer to the trailer manufacturer's
recommendations and instructions.

Weight-Distributing Hitch and
Adjustment
A weight-distributing hitch may be
useful with some trailers. Use the
following guidelines to determine if a
weight-distributing hitch should
be used.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
Trailer Weight

Weight-Distributing Hitch
Usage

1500

Up to 3 175 kg (7,000 lb)

Optional

Refer to trailer
manufacturer’s
recommendation

1500

Over 3 175 kg (7,000 lb)

Required

50%

Vehicle Series

spring bars so the distance (2) is as
close as possible to halfway
between the two measurements.

Safety Chains

1. Front of Vehicle
2. Body to Ground Distance

When using a weight-distributing
hitch, measure distance (2) before
coupling the trailer to the hitch ball.
Measure the height again after the
trailer is coupled and adjust the

Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
from contacting the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains
may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer
manufacturer. If the trailer being
towed weighs up to 2 271 kg
(5,000 lb) with a factory-installed
step bumper, safety chains may be
attached to the attaching points on
the bumper, otherwise, safety
chains should be attached to holes

311

Hitch Distribution

on the trailer hitch platform. Always
leave just enough slack so the
combination can turn. Never allow
safety chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes
A loaded trailer that weighs more
than 900 kg (2,000 lb) must be
equipped with its own brake system,
with brakes working on all axles.
Trailer braking equipment
conforming to Canadian Standards
Association (CSA) requirement
CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is
recommended.
State and local regulations may also
require the trailer to have its own
braking system if loaded above a
certain threshold.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

312

Driving and Operating

Be sure to read and follow the
instructions for the trailer brakes so
they are installed, adjusted, and
maintained properly.

Light Green: Back-up Lamps

Red/Green: Battery Feed

Dark Blue: Trailer Brake

Since the vehicle is equipped with
StabiliTrak, the trailer brakes cannot
tap into the vehicle's hydraulic
system.

To help charge a remote
(non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/
Haul Mode button at the end of the
shift lever. If the trailer is too light for
Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the
headlamps to help charge the
battery.

Trailer Wiring Harness
The seven-pin trailer connector is
mounted in the bumper. This
connector can be plugged into a
seven-pin universal heavy-duty
trailer connector available through
your dealer.
Use only a round, seven-wire
connector with flat blade terminals
meeting SAE J2863 specifications
for proper electrical connectivity.
The seven-wire harness contains
the following trailer circuits:
. Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal
.

Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn
Signal

Brown: Taillamps

White: Ground

Tow/Haul Mode

Electric Brake Control Wiring
Provisions
These wiring provisions are
included with the vehicle as part of
the trailer wiring package. These
provisions are for an electric brake
controller.

Pressing this button at the end of
the shift lever turns on and off the
Tow/Haul Mode.

The harness should be installed by
your dealer or a qualified service
center.

This indicator light on the instrument
cluster comes on when the Tow/
Haul Mode is on.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
Tow/Haul is a feature that assists
when pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul
Mode 0 266.
Tow/Haul is designed to be most
effective when the vehicle and
trailer combined weight is at least
75 percent of the vehicle's Gross
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).
See “Weight of the Trailer” under
Trailer Towing 0 306. Tow/Haul is
most useful under the following
driving conditions:
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load through
rolling terrain.
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load in
stop-and-go traffic.
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load in busy
parking lots where improved low
speed control of the vehicle is
desired.
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul
when lightly loaded or with no trailer
at all will not cause damage.
However, there is no benefit to the

selection of Tow/Haul when the
vehicle is unloaded. Such a
selection when unloaded may result
in unpleasant engine and
transmission driving characteristics
and reduced fuel economy. Tow/
Haul is recommended only when
pulling a heavy trailer or a large or
heavy load.

Integrated Trailer Brake
Control System

313

system, and on the type of trailer
brakes detected. This available
power output to the trailer brakes
can be adjusted to a wide range of
trailering situations.
The ITBC system is integrated with
the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering
conditions that cause the vehicle’s
antilock brake or StabiliTrak
systems to activate, power sent to
the trailer's brakes will be
automatically adjusted to minimize
trailer wheel lock-up. This does not
imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak.

The vehicle may have an Integrated
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system
for use with electric trailer brakes or
most electric-over-hydraulic trailer
brakes.

If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
or StabiliTrak systems are not
functioning properly, the ITBC
system may not be fully functional
or may not function at all. Make sure
all of these systems are fully
operational to ensure full
functionality of the ITBC system.

This symbol is on the Trailer Brake
Control Panel on vehicles with an
ITBC system. The power output to
the trailer brakes is based on the
amount of brake pressure being
applied by the vehicle’s brake

The ITBC system is powered
through the vehicle's electrical
system. Turning the ignition off will
also turn off the ITBC system. The
ITBC system is fully functional only
when the ignition is in ON/RUN.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

314

Driving and Operating

{ Warning
Connecting a trailer that has an
air brake system may result in
reduced or complete loss of trailer
braking. There may be an
increase in stopping distance or
trailer instability which could
result in personal injury or
damage to the vehicle, trailer,
or other property. Use the ITBC
system only with electric or
electric over hydraulic trailer
brakes.

Trailer Brake Control Panel

Page on the DIC to adjust and
display power output to the trailer
brakes.
Trailer Brake DIC Display Page
The ITBC system displays
messages in the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
The display page indicates Trailer
Gain setting, power output to the
trailer brakes, trailer connection, and
system operational status.

1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply
Lever
2. Trailer Gain Adjustment
Buttons

The ITBC system has a control
panel on the instrument panel to the
left of the steering column. The
control panel allows adjustment to
the amount of output, referred to as
Trailer Gain, available to the trailer
brakes and allows manual
application of the trailer brakes. The
Trailer Brake Control Panel is used
along with the Trailer Brake Display

To display the Trailer Brake Display
Page do any of the following:
. Scroll through the DIC menu
pages.
. Press a Trailer Gain button.
If the Trailer Brake Display Page
is not currently displayed, press
a Trailer Gain button to recall the
current Trailer Gain setting.
Each press and release of the
gain buttons will then change the
Trailer Gain setting.
. Activate the Manual Trailer
Brake apply lever.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
TRAILER GAIN: This setting can be
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
a trailer connected or disconnected.
To adjust the Trailer Gain, press one
of the Trailer Gain adjustment
buttons. Press and hold a gain
button to continuously adjust the
Trailer Gain. To turn the output to
the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain
setting to 0.0 (zero).

TRAILER OUTPUT: Displays any
time a trailer with electric brakes is
connected. Output to the trailer
brakes is based on the amount of
vehicle braking present and relative
to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is
displayed from 0 to 100% for each
gain setting.

The Trailer Output will indicate “- - - - -” on the Trailer Brake Display
Page whenever the following occur:
. No trailer is connected.
.

A trailer without electric brakes
is connected (no DIC message
displayed).

A trailer with electric brakes has
become disconnected (a
CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message will also display on
the DIC).
There is a fault present in the
wiring to the trailer brakes (a
CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message will also display on
the DIC).
The ITBC system is not working
due to a fault (a SERVICE
TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM
message will also display in
the DIC).

Manual Trailer Brake Apply
The Manual Trailer Brake Apply
Lever is used to apply the trailer’s
electric brakes independent of the
vehicle’s brakes. Sliding the lever to
the left will apply only the trailer
brakes. Use this lever to adjust
Trailer Gain to properly adjust the
power output to the trailer brakes.
The trailer's and the vehicle's brake
lamps will come on when either
vehicle brakes or manual trailer
brakes are applied.

315

Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure
Trailer Gain should be set for a
specific trailering condition and must
be adjusted any time vehicle
loading, trailer loading, or road
surface conditions change.

{ Warning
Trailer brakes that are
over-gained or under-gained may
not stop the vehicle and the trailer
as intended and can result in a
crash. Always follow the
instructions to set the Trailer Gain
for the proper trailer stopping
performance.
To adjust Trailer Gain for each
towing condition:
1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer
attached on a level road
surface representative of the
towing condition and free of
traffic at about 32 to 40 km/h
(20 to 25 mph) and fully apply
the Manual Trailer Brake apply
lever.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

316

Driving and Operating
Adjusting Trailer Gain at
speeds lower than 32 to
40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may
result in an incorrect gain
setting.

2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using
the Trailer Gain adjustment
buttons, to just below the point
of trailer wheel lock-up,
indicated by trailer wheel
squeal or tire smoke when a
trailer wheel locks.
Trailer wheel lock-up may not
occur if towing a heavily loaded
trailer. In this case, adjust the
Trailer Gain to the highest
allowable setting for the towing
condition.
3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time
vehicle loading, trailer loading,
or road surface conditions
change or if trailer wheel
lock-up is noticed at any time
while towing.

Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages

If the disconnect occurs while
the vehicle is moving, this
message will continue until the
ignition is turned off. This
message will also turn off if it is
acknowledged or if the trailer
harness is reconnected.

In addition to displaying TRAILER
GAIN and OUTPUT through the
DIC, trailer connection and ITBC
system status are displayed on
the DIC.
TRAILER CONNECTED: This
message will briefly display when a
trailer with electric brakes is first
connected to the vehicle. This
message will automatically turn off
in about 10 seconds. This message
can be acknowledged before it
automatically turns off.
CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This
message will display if:
. The ITBC system first
determines connection to a
trailer with electric brakes and
then the trailer harness becomes
disconnected from the vehicle.
If the disconnect occurs while
the vehicle is stationary, this
message will automatically turn
off in about 30 seconds. This
message will also turn off if it is
acknowledged or if the trailer
harness is reconnected.

There is an electrical fault in the
wiring to the trailer brakes. This
message will continue as long
as there is an electrical fault in
the trailer wiring. This message
will also turn off if it is
acknowledged.

To determine if the electrical fault is
on the vehicle side or trailer side of
the trailer wiring harness
connection:
1. Disconnect the trailer wiring
harness from the vehicle.
2. Turn the ignition off.
3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the
ignition back to RUN.
4. If the CHECK TRAILER
WIRING message reappears,
the electrical fault is on the
vehicle side.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Driving and Operating
If the CHECK TRAILER
WIRING message only
reappears when connecting the
trailer wiring harness to the
vehicle, the electrical fault is on
the trailer side.
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE
SYSTEM: This message will display
when there is a problem with the
ITBC system. If this message
continues over multiple ignition
cycles, there is a problem with the
ITBC system. Have the vehicle
serviced.
If either the CHECK TRAILER
WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER
BRAKE SYSTEM message displays
while driving, the ITBC system may
not be fully functional or may not
function at all. When traffic
conditions allow, carefully pull the
vehicle over to the side of the road
and turn the ignition off. Check the
wiring connection to the trailer and
turn the ignition back on. If either of
these messages continues, either
the vehicle or trailer needs service.

A GM dealer may be able to
diagnose and repair problems with
the trailer. However, any diagnosis
and repair of the trailer is not
covered under the vehicle warranty.
Contact your trailer dealer for
assistance with trailer repairs and
trailer warranty information.

Trailer Sway
Control (TSC)
Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature.
Trailer sway is unintended
side-to-side motion of a trailer while
being towed. If the vehicle is towing
a trailer and the TSC detects that
sway is increasing, the vehicle
brakes are selectively applied at
each wheel, to help reduce
excessive trailer sway. If the vehicle
is equipped with the Integrated
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
and the trailer has the electric
actuated brake system, StabiliTrak
may also apply the trailer brakes.
If TSC is enabled, the Traction
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
warning light will flash on the

317

instrument cluster. Vehicle speed
must be reduced. If trailer sway
continues, StabiliTrak can reduce
engine torque to help slow the
vehicle. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 274.

{ Warning
Even if the vehicle is equipped
with TSC, trailer sway could result
in loss of control and the vehicle
could crash. If excessive trailer
sway is detected, slow down to a
safe speed. Check the trailer and
vehicle to help correct possible
causes. These could include an
improperly or overloaded trailer,
unrestrained cargo, improper
trailer hitch configuration,
excessive vehicle-trailer speed,
or improperly inflated or incorrect
vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing
Equipment 0 310 for trailer ratings
and hitch setup
recommendations.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

318

Driving and Operating

Adding non-dealer accessories can
affect the vehicle performance. See
Accessories and
Modifications 0 321.

Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment

{ Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance
testing. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine Light)
0 151. A device connected to the
DLC — such as an aftermarket
fleet or driver-behavior tracking
device — may interfere with
vehicle systems. This could affect
vehicle operation and cause a
crash. Such devices may also
access information stored in the
vehicle’s systems.

Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 102 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 102.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . .
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . . .
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

320
320
321
321

Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 327
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 331
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 336
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . 338
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Battery - North America . . . . . . 340
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . 343
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 344
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 345
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 345
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 346
Windshield Replacement . . . . . 346

Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Intensity Discharge (HID)
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . .

347
347
347
347
348
348
348

319

Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 350
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block (Left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
(Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

351
351
352
356
359
361

Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 364
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

320

Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 380
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 392

Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409

General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:

Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

California Proposition
65 Warning
WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
including this one, as well as many
of its service parts and fluids,
contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. Engine
exhaust, many parts and systems,
many fluids, and some component
wear by-products contain and/or
emit these chemicals.
See Battery - North America 0 340
and Jump Starting - North
America 0 393.

California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements
Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.

Accessories and
Modifications
Adding non-dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to suspension components
caused by modifying vehicle height
outside of factory settings will not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non-GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.

321

GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 102.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

322

Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work

{ Warning
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner’s manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering
Information 0 438.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 102.

Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 424.

Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

Hood
To open the hood:

1. Pull the handle with this symbol
on it. It is inside the vehicle
under the steering wheel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
find the secondary hood
release. The handle is under
the front edge of the hood near
the center. Push the handle to
the right and at the same time
raise the hood.
Before closing the hood, be sure all
the filler caps are on properly. Then
bring the hood from full open to
within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed
position, pause, and push the front
center of the hood with a swift, firm
motion to fully close the hood.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment
Overview
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.

323

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

324

Vehicle Care

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See
Jump Starting - North
America 0 393.
2. Battery - North America 0 340.
3. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System 0 332.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 331.

10. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Fluid” under Washer
Fluid 0 338.
11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 339.

Engine Oil

6. Remote Negative (–) Location
(Out of View). See Jump
Starting - North America 0 393.

To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
. Use engine oil approved to the
proper specification and of the
proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.

7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling
System 0 332.
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 325.
9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
“Checking Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 325.

Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.

Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System 0 327.

Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.

12. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 352.

5. Automatic Transmission
Dipstick. See “How to Check
Automatic Transmission Fluid”
under Automatic Transmission
Fluid 0 328.

For a heavy-duty Suburban, see
“Engine Oil” in the Suburban
Heavy-Duty Package supplement.

325

Checking Engine Oil
If equipped, the ENGINE OIL LOW
ADD OIL message displays when
the engine oil level may be too low.
See Engine Oil Messages 0 169.
Check the oil level before filling to
the recommended level. If the oil is
not low and this message remains
on, see your dealer.
Check the engine oil level regularly,
every 650 km (400 mi), especially
prior to a long trip. The engine oil
dipstick handle is a loop. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 323 for the location.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

326

Vehicle Care

{ Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.

the dipstick, wipe it with a clean
paper towel or cloth, then push it
back in all the way. Remove it
again, keeping the tip down, and
check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If a low oil Driver Information Center
(DIC) message displays, check the
oil level.
Follow these guidelines:
. To get an accurate reading, park
the vehicle on level ground.
Check the engine oil level after
the engine has been off for at
least two hours. Checking the
engine oil level on steep grades
or too soon after engine shutoff
can result in incorrect readings.
Accuracy improves when
checking a cold engine prior to
starting. Remove the dipstick
and check the level.
. If unable to wait two hours, the
engine must be off for at least
15 minutes if the engine is
warm, or at least 30 minutes if
the engine is not warm. Pull out

If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick and
the engine has been off for at least
15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
recommended oil and then recheck
the level. See “Selecting the Right
Engine Oil” later in this section for
an explanation of what kind of oil to
use. For engine oil crankcase
capacity, see Capacities and
Specifications 0 426.

Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 323 for the location of the engine
oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Viscosity Grade

Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 421.

Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade
engine oil.

Specification
Ask for and use engine oils that
meet the dexos1™ specification.
Engine oils that have been
approved by GM as meeting the
dexos1 specification are marked
with the dexos1 approved logo. See
www.gmdexos.com.

When selecting an oil of the
appropriate viscosity grade, it is
recommended to select an oil of the
correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils meeting the
dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil
Caution
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil or equivalent can result
in engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.

Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or

327

properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

328

Vehicle Care

On some vehicles, when the system
has calculated that oil life has been
diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on to
indicate that an oil change is
necessary. See Engine Oil
Messages 0 169. Change the oil as
soon as possible within the next
1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that,
if driving under the best conditions,
the oil life system might indicate that
an oil change is not necessary for
up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
a year and, at this time, the system
must be reset. For vehicles without
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message, an oil change is needed
when the OIL LIFE REMAINING
percentage is near 0%. Your dealer
has trained service people who will
perform this work and reset the
system. It is also important to check
the oil regularly over the course of
an oil drain interval and keep it at
the proper level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)

since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. Always reset the
engine oil life to 100% after every oil
change. It will not reset itself. To
reset the engine oil life system:
1. Display the OIL LIFE
REMAINING on the DIC. If the
vehicle does not have DIC
buttons, the vehicle must be in
P (Park) to access this display.
See Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 158 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 160.
2. Press and hold V, or the trip
odometer reset stem if the
vehicle does not have DIC
buttons, for several seconds.
The oil life will change
to 100%.

The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
with the engine off.
2. Fully press the accelerator
pedal slowly three times within
five seconds.
3. Display the OIL LIFE
REMAINING on the DIC. If the
display shows 100%, the
system is reset.
If the vehicle has a CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message and it
comes back on when the vehicle is
started and/or the OIL LIFE
REMAINING is near 0%, the engine
oil life system has not been reset.
Repeat the procedure.

Automatic Transmission
Fluid
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
When to Check and Change
Automatic Transmission Fluid
It is usually not necessary to check
the transmission fluid level. The only
reason for fluid loss is a
transmission leak or overheated
transmission. If a small leak is
suspected, then use the following
checking procedures to check the
fluid level. However, if there is a
large leak, then it may be necessary
to have the vehicle towed to a
dealer service department and have
it repaired before driving the vehicle
further.

Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage
the vehicle, and the damage may
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use the
automatic transmission fluid listed
in Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 421.

Change the fluid and filter at the
scheduled maintenance intervals
listed in Maintenance Schedule
0 412. Be sure to use the
transmission fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 421.

How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid (6-Speed
Automatic Transmission Only)
Caution
Too much or too little fluid can
damage the transmission. Too
much can mean that some of the
fluid could come out and fall on
hot engine parts or exhaust
system parts, starting a fire. Too
little fluid could cause the
transmission to overheat. Be sure
to get an accurate reading if
checking the transmission fluid.
Before checking the fluid level,
prepare the vehicle:

329

1. Start the engine and park the
vehicle on a level surface.
Keep the engine running.
2. Apply the parking brake and
place the shift lever in P (Park).
3. With your foot on the brake
pedal, move the shift lever
through each gear range,
pausing for about
three seconds in each range.
Then, move the shift lever back
to P (Park).
4. Allow the engine to idle (500–
800 rpm) for at least
one minute. Slowly release the
brake pedal.
5. Keep the engine running and
check the transmission fluid
temperature on the Driver
Information Center (DIC). See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 158 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 160.
6. Using the transmission fluid
temperature reading, determine
and perform the appropriate
check procedure. If the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

330

Vehicle Care
transmission fluid temperature
reading is not within the
required temperature ranges,
allow the vehicle to cool,
or operate the vehicle until the
appropriate transmission fluid
temperature is reached.

Cold Check Procedure
Use this procedure only as a
reference to determine if the
transmission has enough fluid to be
operated safely until a hot check
procedure can be made. The hot
check procedure is the most
accurate method to check the fluid
level. Perform the hot check
procedure at the first opportunity.
Use this cold check procedure to
check fluid level when the
transmission temperature is
between 27 °C and 32 °C (80 °F and
90 °F).

1. Locate the transmission
dipstick at the rear of the
engine compartment, on the
passenger side of the vehicle.
See Engine Compartment
Overview 0 323.
2. Flip the handle up, then pull out
the dipstick and wipe it with a
clean rag or paper towel.
3. Install the dipstick by pushing it
back in all the way; wait
three seconds, and then pull it
back out again.
4. Check both sides of the
dipstick and read the lower
level. Repeat the check
procedure to verify the reading.

5. If the fluid level is below the
COLD check band, add only
enough fluid as necessary to
bring the level into the COLD

band. It does not take much
fluid, generally less than 0.5 L
(1 pt). Do not overfill.
6. Perform a hot check at the first
opportunity after the
transmission reaches a normal
operating temperature between
71 °C to 93 °C (160 °F to
200 °F).
7. If the fluid level is in the
acceptable range, push the
dipstick back in all the way,
then flip the handle down to
lock the dipstick in place.
Hot Check Procedure
Use this procedure to check the
transmission fluid level when the
transmission fluid temperature is
between 71 °C and 93 °C (160 °F
and 200 °F).
The hot check is the most accurate
method to check the fluid level. The
hot check should be performed at
the first opportunity in order to verify
the cold check. The fluid level rises
as fluid temperature increases, so it

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Consistency of Readings

is important to ensure the
transmission temperature is within
range.

331

5. Safe operating level is within
the HOT cross hatch band on
the dipstick. If the fluid level is
not within the HOT band, and
the transmission temperature is
between 71 °C and 93 °C
(160 °F and 200 °F), add or
drain fluid as necessary to
bring the level into the HOT
band. If the fluid level is low,
add only enough fluid to bring
the level into the HOT band.
It does not take much fluid,
generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt).
Do not overfill.
6. If the fluid level is in the
acceptable range, push the
dipstick back in all the way,
then flip the handle down to
lock the dipstick in place.

Always check the fluid level at least
twice using the procedure described
previously. Consistency (repeatable
readings) is important to maintaining
proper fluid level. If readings are still
inconsistent, contact the dealer.

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 323 for the location of the engine
air cleaner/filter.

When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
For intervals on changing and
inspecting the engine air cleaner/
filter, see Maintenance
Schedule 0 412.

How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the
engine running with the engine air
cleaner/filter housing open. Before
removing the engine air cleaner/
filter, make sure the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

332

Vehicle Care

debris. Remove the engine air
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
the engine air cleaner/filter (away
from the vehicle), to release loose
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
cleaner/filter for damage, and
replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or
components with water or
compressed air.
To inspect or replace the air cleaner/
filter:

1. Locate the air cleaner/filter
assembly. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 323.
2. Disconnect the outlet duct by
loosening the air duct
clamp (3).
3. Disconnect the electrical
connector (2) and the
connector harness from the
cover.
4. Remove the four screws (1) on
top of the cover of the housing
and lift up the cover.
5. Remove the engine air cleaner/
filter from the housing. Take
care to dislodge as little dirt as
possible.
6. Clean the engine air cleaner/
filter sealing surfaces and the
housing.
7. Inspect or replace the engine
air cleaner/filter.

1. Screws (4)
2. Electrical Connector
3. Air Duct Clamp

8. Reverse Steps 2-4 to reinstall
the filter cover housing.

{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when you are driving.

Cooling System
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care

{ Warning
Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.

1. Coolant Surge Tank
2. Coolant Surge Tank
Pressure Cap
3. Engine Electric
Cooling Fans

{ Warning
An electric engine cooling fan can
start even when the engine is not
running. To avoid injury, always
keep hands, clothing, and tools
away from any engine
cooling fan.

Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.

Caution
Using coolant other than
DEX-COOL® can cause
premature engine, heater core,
or radiator corrosion. In addition,
the engine coolant could require
changing sooner. Any repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
in the vehicle.

333

Engine Coolant
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL® engine
coolant. This coolant is designed to
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating 0 336.

What to Use

{ Warning
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

334

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)

Caution

With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or others
could be burned. Use a 50/
50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.

If improper coolant mixture,
inhibitors, or additives are used in
the vehicle cooling system, the
engine could overheat and be
damaged. Too much water in the
mixture can freeze and crack
engine cooling parts. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Use only the
proper mixture of engine coolant
for the cooling system. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 421.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture:
. Gives freezing protection down
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature.
. Gives boiling protection up to
129 °C (265 °F), engine
temperature.
. Protects against rust and
corrosion.
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
.

Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.

Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, or by pouring
it on the ground, or into sewers,
streams, or bodies of water. Have
the coolant changed by an
authorized service center, familiar
with legal requirements regarding
used coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.

Checking Coolant
The coolant surge tank is in the
engine compartment on the
passenger side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment
Overview 0 323.
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.

Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, wait until it cools down. The
coolant level should be at or above

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
the FULL COLD mark. If it is not,
there may be a leak in the cooling
system.
If coolant is visible but the coolant
level is not at or above the FULL
COLD mark, see “How to Add
Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank,”
following.

How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank

{ Warning
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.

Caution
This vehicle has a specific
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
severely damaged.

{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the surge tank pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
system and surge tank pressure
cap to cool.
If no coolant is visible in the surge
tank, add coolant.

1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.

335

Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about one full
turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for
that to stop. A hiss means
there is still some pressure left.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap
slowly, and remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the FULL
COLD mark.
4. With the coolant surge tank
pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until the
engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates approximately
90 °C (195 °F).
By this time, the coolant level
inside the coolant surge tank
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
mixture to the coolant surge
tank until the level reaches the
FULL COLD mark.
5. Replace the pressure cap
tightly.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

336

Vehicle Care

6. Verify coolant level after the
engine is shut off and the
coolant is cold. If necessary,
repeat coolant fill procedure
Steps 1–6.

Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and
possible engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured.

Engine Overheating
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.

Caution
Running the engine without
coolant may cause damage or a
fire. Vehicle damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
The vehicle has several indicators
to warn of engine overheating.

There is a coolant temperature
gauge in the vehicle's instrument
cluster. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge 0 147.
In addition, there are ENGINE
OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE,
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS
REDUCED messages in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). See
Engine Cooling System Messages
0 168 and Engine Power
Messages 0 169.
If the decision is made not to lift the
hood when this warning appears,
get service help right away.
If the decision is made to lift the
hood, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.
Check to see if the engine cooling
fan(s) are running. If the engine is
overheating, the fans should be
running. If they are not, do not
continue to run the engine, and
have the vehicle serviced.

If Steam is Coming from the
Engine Compartment

{ Warning
Steam from an overheated engine
can burn you badly, even if you
just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Just turn it
off and get everyone away from
the vehicle until it cools down.
Wait until there is no sign of
steam or coolant before you open
the hood.
If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids
in it can catch fire. You or others
could be badly burned. Stop the
engine if it overheats, and get out
of the vehicle until the engine
is cool.

If No Steam is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP
ENGINE or the ENGINE
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
message, along with a low coolant
condition, can indicate a serious
problem.
If there is an engine overheat
warning, but no steam is seen or
heard, the problem may not be too
serious. Sometimes the engine can
get a little too hot when the vehicle:
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
.

Stops after high-speed driving.

Idles for long periods in traffic.

Tows a trailer; see Trailer
Towing 0 306.

If the ENGINE OVERHEATED
STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
message appears with no sign of
steam, try this for a minute or so:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the
highest temperature and to the
highest fan speed. Open the
windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral), and let the
engine idle.

If the engine coolant temperature
gauge is no longer in the overheat
zone or an overheat warning no
longer displays, the vehicle can be
driven. Continue to drive the vehicle
slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a
safe vehicle distance from the
vehicle in front. If the warning does
not come back on, continue to drive
normally and have the cooling
system checked for proper fill and
function.
If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
If there is still no sign of steam and
the vehicle is equipped with an
engine driven cooling fan, push
down the accelerator until the
engine speed is about twice as fast
as normal idle speed for at least
five minutes while the vehicle is
parked. If the warning is still there,
turn off the engine and get everyone
out of the vehicle until it cools down.

337

If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for five minutes while
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down.

Engine Fan
If the vehicle has electric cooling
fans, the fans may be heard
spinning at low speed during most
everyday driving. The fans may turn
off if no cooling is required. Under
heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing,
high outside temperatures,
or operation of the air conditioning
system, the fans may change to
high speed and an increase in fan
noise may be heard. This is normal
and indicates that the cooling
system is functioning properly. The
fans will change to low speed when
additional cooling is no longer
required.
The electric engine cooling fans
may run after the engine has been
turned. off. This is normal and no
service is required.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

338

Vehicle Care

Power Steering Fluid

Caution (Continued)

For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.

Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid needs
to be added, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. Use a fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing in an
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing.

damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the
washer system.
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 323 for
reservoir location.

Caution
.

Do not use washer fluid that
contains any type of water
repellent coating. This can
cause the wiper blades to
chatter or skip.

Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the
windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield
washer system and paint.

Adding Washer Fluid
The vehicle has a low washer fluid
message on the DIC that comes on
when the washer fluid is low. The
message is displayed for
15 seconds at the start of each
ignition cycle. When the WASHER
FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message
displays, washer fluid will need to
be added to the windshield washer
fluid reservoir.

Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the
solution to freeze and
(Continued)

When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.

Fill the washer fluid tank
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
for fluid expansion if
freezing occurs, which could
damage the tank if it is
completely full.

Brakes
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or can
be heard all the time when the
vehicle is moving, except when
applying the brake pedal firmly.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care

{ Warning
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.

Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the

proper sequence to torque
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 426.

339

Brake Fluid

Brake pads should be replaced as
complete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts
Always replace brake system parts
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
replacement brake parts are
installed or if parts are improperly
installed.

The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid as indicated on the
reservoir cap. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 323 for
the location of the reservoir.
Checking Brake Fluid
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
level surface, the brake fluid level
should be between the minimum
and maximum marks on the brake
fluid reservoir.
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may
go down:
. Normal brake lining wear. When
new linings are installed, the
fluid level goes back up.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

340
.

Vehicle Care

A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system. Have the
brake hydraulic system fixed.
With a leak, the brakes will not
work well.

Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it.
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done
on the brake hydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 153.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time
which degrades the effectiveness of
the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
at the specified intervals to prevent
increased stopping distance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 412.
What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
container. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 421.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system.

The wrong or contaminated brake
fluid could result in damage to the
brake system. This could result in
the loss of braking leading to a
possible injury. Always use the
proper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution
If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces, the
paint finish can be damaged.
Immediately wash off any painted
surface.

Battery - North America
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove
the cap and do not add fluid.
Refer to the replacement number
shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 323 for battery location.

{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 320.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.

Four-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant
Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 412 to determine when to check
the lubricant.
How to Check Lubricant

Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting North America 0 393 for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.

341

2. Drain Plug

To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.
If the level is below the bottom of
the fill plug (1) hole, located on the
transfer case, some lubricant will
need to be added. Add enough
lubricant to raise the level to the
bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use
care not to overtighten the plug.
When to Change Lubricant
Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 412 to determine how often to
change the lubricant.
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 421 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.

Front Axle
When to Check and Change
Lubricant
Automatic Transfer Case
1. Fill Plug

It is not necessary to regularly
check front axle fluid unless a leak
is suspected, or an unusual noise is

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

342

Vehicle Care

heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
problem. Have it inspected and
repaired.
How to Check Lubricant
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.

1. Fill Plug
2. Drain Plug

When the differential is cold, add
enough lubricant to raise the
level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm
(1/8 in) below the fill
plug (1) hole.

Rear Axle

level, it may appear lower than
normal because fluid has traveled
out along the axle tubes and has
not drained back to the sump area.
Therefore, a reading taken
five minutes after the vehicle has
been driven will appear to have a
lower fluid level than a vehicle that
has been stationary for an hour or
two. The rear axle assembly must
be supported on a flat, level surface
to get a true reading.

When to Check Lubricant

How to Check Lubricant

It is not necessary to regularly
check rear axle fluid unless a leak is
suspected or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
problem. Have it inspected and
repaired.

To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.

When the differential is at
operating temperature (warm),
add enough lubricant to raise the
level to the bottom of the fill
plug (1) hole.

What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 421 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.

All axle assemblies are filled by
volume of fluid during production.
They are not filled to reach a certain
level. When checking the fluid level
on any axle, variations in the
readings can be caused by factory
fill differences between the minimum
and the maximum fluid volume.
Also, if a vehicle has just been
driven before checking the fluid

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
The proper level is 1.0 mm to
19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.7 in) below
the bottom of the fill hole, located on
the rear axle. Add only enough fluid
to reach the proper level.

What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 421 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.

Noise Control System
Noise Emission Warranty
General Motors warrants to the first
person who purchases this vehicle
for purposes other than resale and
to each subsequent purchaser that
this vehicle as manufactured by
General Motors was designed, built
and equipped to conform at the time
it left General Motors control with all
applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control
Regulations. This warranty covers
this vehicle as designed, built and
equipped by General Motors and is
not limited to any particular part,
component or system of the vehicle
manufactured by General Motors.
Defects in design, assembly or any

part, component or system of the
vehicle manufactured by General
Motors, which at the time it left
General Motors control caused
noise emissions to exceed Federal
standards, are covered by the
warranty for the life of the vehicle.
The following information relates to
compliance with federal noise
emission standards for vehicles with
a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg
(10,000 lbs). The Maintenance
Schedule provides information on
maintaining the noise control system
to minimize degradation of the noise
emission control system during the
life of the vehicle. The noise control
system warranty is given in the
vehicle warranty booklet.
These standards apply only to
vehicles sold in the United States.
Federal law prohibits the following
acts or the causing thereof:
1. The removal or rendering
inoperative by any person,
other than for purposes of
maintenance, repair or
replacement, of any device or

343

element of design incorporated
into any new vehicle for the
purpose of noise control, prior
to its sale or delivery to the
ultimate purchaser or while it is
in use; or
2. The use of the vehicle after
such device or element of
design has been removed or
rendered inoperative by any
person.
Among those acts presumed to
constitute tampering are the acts
listed below.
Insulation:
Removal of the noise shields or any
underhood insulation.
Engine:
Removal or rendering engine speed
governor, if the vehicle has one,
inoperative so as to allow engine
speed to exceed manufacturer
specifications.
Fan and Drive:
. Removal of fan clutch, if the
vehicle has one, or rendering
clutch inoperative.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

344
.

Vehicle Care

Removal of the fan shroud, if the
vehicle has one.

Air Intake:
. Removal of the air cleaner
silencer.
. Modification of the air cleaner.
Exhaust:
. Removal of the muffler and/or
resonator.
. Removal of the exhaust pipes
and exhaust pipe clamps.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.

Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check

{ Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.

1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be
ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.

Ignition Transmission
Lock Check
If equipped with a key access
ignition, while parked and with the
parking brake set, try to turn the
ignition to LOCK/OFF in each shift
lever position.
. The ignition should turn to
LOCK/OFF only when the shift
lever is in P (Park).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
.

pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.

The ignition key should come
out only in LOCK/OFF.

Contact your dealer if service is
required.

Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check

{ Warning
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
. To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot

345

To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service is
required.

Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear or cracking.
For the proper type and size, see
Maintenance Replacement
Parts 0 422.

Front Wiper Blade
Replacement
To replace the wiper blade
assembly:
1. Pull the windshield wiper
assembly away from the
windshield.

2. Lift up on the latch in the
middle of the wiper blade
where the wiper arm attaches.
3. With the latch open, pull the
wiper blade down toward the
windshield far enough to
release it from the J-hooked
end of the wiper arm.
4. Remove the wiper blade.
Allowing the wiper blade arm to
touch the windshield when no
wiper blade is installed could
damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not
be covered by the vehicle

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

346

Vehicle Care
warranty. Do not allow the
wiper blade arm to touch the
windshield.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
blade replacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
To replace the rear wiper blade:
1. With the rear wiper in the off
position, open the liftglass to
access the rear wiper arm/
blade.
The rear wiper blade will not
lock in a vertical position so
care should be used when
pulling it away from the vehicle.

2. Push the release lever (2) to
disengage the hook and push
the wiper arm (1) out of the
blade assembly (3).
3. Push the new blade assembly
securely in the wiper arm hook
until the release lever clicks
into place.
4. Return the wiper arm and
blade assembly to the rest
position on the glass.

Glass Replacement
If the windshield or front side glass
must be replaced, see your dealer
to determine the correct
replacement glass.

Windshield Replacement
HUD System
If equipped with a HUD system, the
windshield is part of the HUD. If the
windshield must be replaced, get
one that is designed for HUD or the
HUD image may look out of focus.

Driver Assistance Systems
When a windshield replacement is
needed and the vehicle is equipped
with a front-looking camera sensor
for the Driver Assistance Systems,
the windshield must be installed
according to GM specifications for
these systems to work properly. If it
is not, there may be unexpected
behavior and/or messages from
these systems. See Object
Detection System Messages 0 171.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care

Headlamp Aiming

Bulb Replacement

Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.

For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, see Replacement
Bulbs 0 351.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.

For any bulb-changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.

347

High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting

{ Warning
The High Intensity Discharge
(HID) lighting system operates at
a very high voltage. If you try to
service any of the system
components, you could be
seriously injured. Have your
dealer or a qualified technician
service them.
After an HID headlamp bulb has
been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was
originally. This is normal.

LED Lighting
This vehicle has several LED lamps.
For replacement of any LED lighting
assembly, contact your dealer.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

348

Vehicle Care

Headlamps

3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out.

2. Disconnect the electrical
connector from the fog lamp
bulb assembly by pressing the
connector release.

4. Unplug the electrical connector
from the old bulb by releasing
the clip on the bulb socket.

3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise
to remove it from the housing.

Fog Lamps

3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out.

1. Low-Beam Headlamp
2. High-Beam Headlamp
3. Turn Signal Lamp

4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out of the socket bulb
socket.

See your dealer for passenger side
replacement.
1. Open the hood. See
Hood 0 322
2. Remove the headlamp bulb
assembly cover by turning it
counterclockwise.

1. Open the hood. See
Hood 0 322
2. Reach in and access the bulb
socket from inside the engine
compartment.

Driver Side

Headlamp

Front Turn Signal Lamps

To replace the front fog lamp bulb:
1. Locate the fog lamp under the
front bumper.

5. Replace it with a new bulb.
6. Reinstall the new bulb socket
into the headlamp assembly
and turn it clockwise to secure.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care

Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Lamps

349

To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the liftgate. See
Liftgate 0 47.

3. Remove the two screws from
the taillamp assembly.
4. Pull the taillamp assembly
straight back to remove.
1. Back-up Lamp
2. Stoplamp/Turn Signal Lamp

The taillamp on this vehicle is an
LED. For replacement, contact your
dealer.

2. Remove the taillamp closeout
cover from the lamp assembly
by pulling rearward from the
top and bottom at the same
time to unfasten the snap tabs.

5. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the taillamp assembly.
6. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
7. Put a new bulb into the socket,
insert it into the taillamp
assembly, and turn the bulb
socket clockwise until it clicks.
8. Reinstall the taillamp assembly
and tighten the screws.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

350

Vehicle Care

9. Reinstall the taillamp cover by
snapping it into place.

To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Push the lamp assembly (3)
toward the center of the
vehicle.

License Plate Lamp

2. Pull the lamp assembly down
to remove.
3. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket (1).
1. Bulb Socket
2. Bulb
3. Lamp Assembly

Passenger Side Shown, Driver
Side Similar

5. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket
and turn the bulb socket
clockwise to install it into the
lamp assembly.
6. Push the lamp assembly back
into position until the release
tab locks into place.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care

Replacement Bulbs
Exterior Lamp
Back-up Lamp

Bulb
Number
921

Fog Lamp

PSX26W

Front Turn
Signal Lamp

WY21W

High-Beam
Headlamp (Base
and Uplevel)

9005 LL

Low-Beam
Headlamp (Base)

H11 LL

License
Plate Lamp
Stoplamp/Turn
Signal Lamp

W5W
7440 LL and
WY21W

For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.

351

Electrical System

Windshield Wipers

Electrical System
Overload

If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.

The vehicle has fuses to protect
against an electrical system
overload. Fuses also protect power
devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, there
are some spare fuses and a fuse
puller in the left instrument panel
fuse block. The same amperage
fuse can also be borrowed. Choose
some feature of the vehicle that is
not needed to use and replace it as
soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.

Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by
fuses. This greatly reduces the
chance of fires caused by electrical
problems.
Look at the silver-colored band
inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
you replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

352

Vehicle Care

Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
you can.

Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.
The engine compartment fuse block
is in the engine compartment, on
the driver side of the vehicle.

Lift the cover to access the fuse
block.

Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
A fuse puller is available in the left
instrument panel fuse block.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care

Item
1

Usage
Electric running
boards

Item

Usage

ABS pump

Interior BEC LT1

Item
4

Usage
Passenger
motorized
safety belt

353

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

354

Vehicle Care
Item

Usage

Suspension
leveling
compressor

4WD transfer case
electronic control

–

Item

Usage

ALC exhaust
solenoid

Integrated chassis
control module

Item

Usage

Right trailer
stoplamp/Turn
signal lamp

Left trailer
stoplamp/turn
signal lamp

Real time
dampening

Fuel pump power
module

Trailer parking
lamps

Electric parking
brake

–/Battery regulated
voltage control

Right parking
lamps

–

Left parking lamps

–

Upfitter 2

Upfitter 3

Interior BEC LT2

Upfitter 2 relay

Rear BEC 1

Wiper

Automatic level
control/Run/Crank

–

TIM

–

Driver motorized
safety belt

–

Reverse lamps

–

ABS valve

–

Trailer brakes

–

Upfitter 3 relay

–

Upfitter 4

Upfitter 4 relay

Reverse lamps

–

Parking lamp relay

–

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Item

Usage

Item

Usage

Item

355

Usage

–

O2 sensor B

–

Throttle control

–

Engine control
module ignition

–

Engine control
module relay

–

Miscellaneous
ignition spare

Horn

Transmission
ignition

Fog lamps

High-beam
headlamps

–

100

O2 sensor A

101

Engine control
module

102

Engine control
module/
Transmission
control module

103

Auxiliary interior
heater

104

Starter

Euro trailer

A/C control

RC upfitter 1 and 2

–

VBAT
upfitter 1 and 2

Upfitter 1

–

Trailer battery

Euro trailer/RC

–

Run/Crank relay

RC upfitter 3 and 4

–

VBAT
upfitter 3 and 4

–

Engine

–

Injector A – odd

Upfitter 1 relay

Injector B – even

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

356

Vehicle Care
Item

Usage

105

–

106

–

107

Aeroshutter

108

–

109

Police upfitter

110

–

111

–

112

Starter relay

113

–

114

Front windshield
washer

115

Rear window
washer

116

Left cooling fan

117

Fuel pump prime

118

–

119

–

120

Fuel pump prime

121

Right HID
headlamp

122

Left HID headlamp

Item
123

Usage
Right cooling fan

Instrument Panel Fuse
Block (Left)

The left instrument panel fuse block
access door is on the driver side
edge of the instrument panel.
Pull off the cover to access the fuse
block.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Item

The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.

Item

Usage

–

357

Usage

–

Accessory power
outlet 1

Retained accessory
power

APO/BATT

Universal garage door
opener/Interior
rearview mirror

SEO/Retained
accessory power

–

Body control module 3

Body control module 5

Steering wheel control
backlighting

–

Discrete logic ignition
sensor

Video processing
module

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

358

Vehicle Care

Item

Usage

Item

Mirror window module

Body control module 1

SEO/Automatic level
control

Front bolster (if
equipped)

–

Usage

Item

Usage

Park enable/Electric
adjustable pedal (if
equipped)

Left heated, cooled,
or ventilated seat (if
equipped)

–

Miscellaneous/RC

Accessory power
outlet 2

Heated steering wheel

–

Steering column
lock 2 (if equipped)

Retained accessory
power relay

Instrument cluster
battery

Run/Crank relay

–

Tilt column/SEO/Tilt
column lock 1/SEO

–

Data link connector/
Driver seat module

Euro trailer (if
equipped)

Passive entry/Passive
start/HVAC battery

Left doors

Driver power seat

Content theft
deterrent

–

Right heated, cooled,
or ventilated seat (if
equipped)

–

HVAC/Ignition

Instrument cluster/
Ignition sensing
diagnostic module/
Ignition

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel Fuse
Block (Right)

The right instrument panel fuse
block access door is on the
passenger side edge of the
instrument panel.
Pull off the cover to access the fuse
block.

The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.

Item

Usage

–

359

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

360

Vehicle Care

Item

Usage

Item

Usage

Item

Usage

–

Sunroof

Body control module 2

Accessory power
outlet 4

–

A/C Inverter

–

Infotainment/Airbag

–

Glove box

–

–/RF window switch/
Rain sensor

Right door window
motor

–

Front blower

–

Obstacle
detection/USB

Body control module 6

Steering wheel
controls

Radio

Body control module 7

–

Amplifier

Body control module 8

–

Right front seat

–

Accessory power
outlet 3

–

Body control module 4

Special equipment
option B2

Retained accessory
power relay

–

Rear seat
entertainment

–

Special equipment
option

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Item
56

Item

Usage
–

Rear Compartment Fuse
Block

The rear compartment fuse block is
behind the access panel on the left
side of the compartment.
Pull the panel out by grabbing the
finger access slot at the rear edge.

The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.

361

Usage

Rear defogger relay

Left heated second
row seat

Right heated second
row seat

Heated mirrors

Liftgate

Glass breakage

Liftglass

Liftgate module logic

Rear wiper

Rear HVAC blower

Second row seat

Liftgate module

Third row seat

Rear accessory power
outlet

Rear defogger

Liftgate

Liftglass

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

362

Vehicle Care

Item

Usage

Rear fog lamp (if
equipped)

Heated mirror

Wheels and Tires
Tires

Warning (Continued)
.

Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.

Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
punctured, or broken by
a sudden impact — such
as when hitting a pothole.
Keep tires at the
recommended pressure.

Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the
tread is badly worn,
replace them.

Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.

{ Warning
.

Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.

Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much
flexing. There could be a
blowout and a serious
crash. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 247.
(Continued)

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
.

Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.

Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.

Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.

See Tire Pressure for
High-Speed Operation 0 370 for
inflation pressure adjustment for
high-speed driving.

All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
all-season tires. These tires are
designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces
and weather conditions. Original
equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
have a TPC specification code
molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they
may not offer the same level of
traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
See Winter Tires 0 363.

Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased

363

traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered
roads is expected. See your dealer
for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 377.
With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
. Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
. Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

364

Vehicle Care

tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.

Low-Profile Tires
If the vehicle has P275/55R20 or
P285/45R22 size tires, they are
classified as touring tires and
are designed for on road use.
The low-profile, wide tread
design is not recommended for
off-road driving. See Off-Road
Driving 0 238, for additional
information.
Caution
Low-profile tires are more
susceptible to damage from road
hazards or curb impact than
standard profile tires. Tire and/or
wheel assembly damage can
occur when coming into contact
with road hazards like potholes,
or sharp edged objects, or when
sliding into a curb. The warranty
does not cover this type of
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
damage. Keep tires set to the
correct inflation pressure and
when possible, avoid contact with
curbs, potholes, and other road
hazards.

Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into the sidewall. The
example shows a typical
passenger vehicle tire sidewall.

All-Terrain Tires
This vehicle may have all-terrain
tires. These tires provide good
performance on most road surfaces,
weather conditions, and for off-road
driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 238.
The tread pattern on these tires may
wear more quickly than other tires.
Consider rotating the tires more
frequently than at 12 000 km
(7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear
is noted when the tires are
inspected. See Tire
Inspection 0 375.

Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire

(1) Tire Size : The tire size code
is a combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section for more detail.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification) : Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation) : The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture : The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week
(01-52) and the last two digits,
the year. For example, the third

week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(4) Tire Identification Number
(TIN) : The letters and numbers
following the DOT code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG) : Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more
information, see Uniform Tire
Quality Grading 0 379.

365

(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit : Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load. For
information on recommended
tire pressure see Tire Pressure
0 369 and Vehicle Load
Limits 0 247.
(8) Temporary Use Only : Only
use a temporary spare tire until
the road tire is repaired and
replaced. This spare tire should
not be driven on over 112 km/h
(70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph)
when pulling a trailer, with the
proper inflation pressure. See
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 392.

Tire Designations
Tire Size
The example shows a typical
passenger vehicle tire size.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

366

Vehicle Care
would mean that the tire's
sidewall is 75 percent as high as
it is wide.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
item C of the tire illustration, it

(4) Construction Code : A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B
means belted-bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description : These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure : The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight : The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing
materials.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Bead : The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure : The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire
Pressure 0 369.
Curb Weight : The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings : A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.

Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 247.
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 247.
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 247.
Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
unit for air pressure.

367

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index : An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure :
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating : The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight : The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

368

Vehicle Care

Normal Occupant Weight : The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 247.
Occupant Distribution :
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure : Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended

tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure 0 369 and Vehicle
Load Limits 0 247.
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim : A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall : The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating : An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction : The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread : The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New
Tires 0 376.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards) : A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading 0 379.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 247.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire : Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard : A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle
Load Limits 0 247.

Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.

Caution
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
.

Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.

369

The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity.

Unusual wear.

For additional information
regarding how much weight the
vehicle can carry, and an
example of the Tire and Loading
Information label, see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 247. How the
vehicle is loaded affects vehicle
handling and ride comfort. Never
load the vehicle with more
weight than it was designed to
carry.

Poor handling.

When to Check

Rough ride.

Needless damage from
road hazards.

Check the tires once a month
or more.

Premature or
irregular wear.

Poor handling.

Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

370

Vehicle Care

Do not forget the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one. See
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 392 for
additional information.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the

inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Re-check the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Put the valve caps back on the
valve stems to keep out dirt and
moisture and prevent leaks. Use
only valve caps designed for the
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
could be damaged and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.

Tire Pressure for
High-Speed Operation

{ Warning
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
(100 mph) or higher, puts
additional strain on tires.
Sustained high-speed driving
causes excessive heat buildup
and can cause sudden tire failure.
This could cause a crash, and
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
you or others could be killed.
Some high-speed rated tires
require inflation pressure
adjustment for high-speed
operation. When speed limits and
road conditions allow the vehicle
to be driven at high speeds, make
sure the tires are rated for
high-speed operation, are in
excellent condition, and are set to
the correct cold tire inflation
pressure for the vehicle load.
When driving the vehicle at speeds
of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, set
the cold inflation pressure to 20 kPa
(3 psi) above the recommended tire
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. Return
the tires to the recommended cold
tire inflation pressure when
high-speed driving has ended. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 247 and Tire
Pressure 0 369.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.

371

This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 372.
See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 439.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

372

Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation

shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 247.

This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
the tires and transmit the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.

A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low
tire pressure warning light and the
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. If the vehicle has DIC
buttons, tire pressure levels can be
viewed. For additional information
and details about the DIC operation
and displays, see Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 158 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 174 and Tire
Messages 0 174.

When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure

The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.

A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 247, for an example of the
Tire and Loading Information label
and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure 0 369.
The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition but it does
not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
0 375, Tire Rotation 0 375 and
Tires 0 362.

Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire pressure warning light
flashes for about one minute and
then stays on for the remainder of
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
message also displays. The
malfunction light and DIC warning
message come on at each ignition
cycle until the problem is corrected.
Some of the conditions that can
cause these to come on are:
. One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and the DIC message
should go off after the road tire
is replaced and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor
Matching Process" later in this
section.

The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor matching process. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
your dealer for service.
Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires 0 377.

373

Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire condition. See your dealer
for service if the TPMS malfunction
light and DIC message come on
and stay on.

TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
the TPMS sensor matching process
should be performed after replacing
a spare tire with a road tire
containing the TPMS sensor. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off at the next
ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

374

Vehicle Care

passenger side front tire, passenger
side rear tire, and driver side rear.
See your dealer for service or to
purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
relearn tool can also be purchased.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
Activation Tool at
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657).
There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
with the engine off or place the
vehicle power mode in ON/
RUN/START.
3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure
the Tire Pressure info page
option is turned on. The info
pages on the DIC can be
turned on and off through the

Settings menu. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 158 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 160.
4. If the vehicle has an uplevel
DIC, use the DIC controls on
the right side of the steering
wheel to scroll to the Tire
Pressure screen under the DIC
info page.
If the vehicle has a base level
DIC, use the trip odometer
reset stem to scroll to the Tire
Pressure screen.
5. If the vehicle has an uplevel
DIC, press and hold V in the
center of the DIC controls.
If the vehicle has a base level
DIC, press and hold the trip
odometer reset stem for about
five seconds. A message
asking if the process should
begin should appear. Select
yes and press the trip
odometer reset stem to confirm
the selection.

The horn sounds twice to
signal the receiver is in relearn
mode and the TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message
displays on the DIC screen.
6. Start with the driver side
front tire.
7. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
8. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
9. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
10. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 7. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
.

The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.

11. Turn the ignition off.

12. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.

The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.

The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.

matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.

Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
.

The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.

There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.

375

rotation, check the wheel
alignment. See When It Is Time
for New Tires 0 376 and Wheel
Replacement 0 380.

Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule 0 412.
Tires are rotated to achieve a
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.
Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the

Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.
Do not include the spare tire in
the tire rotation.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure 0 369 and Vehicle
Load Limits 0 247.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

376

Vehicle Care

Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation 0 372.

grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.

Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications 0 426.

When It Is Time for New
Tires

{ Warning

Factors, such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get

Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. Some
commercial truck tires may not have

treadwear indicators. See Tire
Inspection 0 375 and Tire Rotation
0 375 for additional information.
The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) which is molded into
one side of the tire sidewall. The
first two digits represent the week
(01-52) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third week of
the year 2010 would have a
four-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
slow aging. This area should be free
of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.

Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the

vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 364 for additional
information.
GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle.
Braking and handling
performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation 0 375 for information

377

on proper tire rotation. However,
if it is necessary to replace only
one axle set of worn tires, place
the new tires on the rear axle.

{ Warning
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

378

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)

This vehicle may have a
different size spare than the
road tires originally installed
on the vehicle. When new, the
vehicle included a spare tire
and wheel assembly with a
similar overall diameter as the
road tires and wheels, so it is
all right to drive on it. The
spare tire was developed for
use on this vehicle and will not
affect vehicle handling.

{ Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.

Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
tires’ maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a
lower speed rating.
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 371.
The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits

0 247 for the label location and
more information about the Tire
and Loading Information label.

Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.

{ Warning
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires 0 377 and
Accessories and
Modifications 0 321.

Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading

(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:

379

Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A

All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

380

Vehicle Care

Traction
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor

laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C corresponds to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check
if there is unusual tire wear or the
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis.

Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.

{ Warning
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.

Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.

381

Tire Chains

{ Warning
If the vehicle has 265/65R18,
P265/65R18, P275/55R20,
or P285/45R22 size tires, do not
use tire chains. There is not
enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension, or other vehicle
parts. The area damaged by the
tire chains could cause loss of
control and a crash.
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for the vehicle's
tire size combination and road
conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
and readjust or remove the
traction device if it is contacting
the vehicle. Do not spin the
wheels.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

382

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)

If traction devices are used, install
them on the rear tires.

Caution
If the vehicle has P255/70R17,
P265/70R17, or LT265/70R17
size tires, use tire chains only
where legal and only when
necessary. Use chains that are
the proper size for the tires. Install
them on the rear tires only. Do not
use chains on the front tires.
Tighten them as tightly as
possible with the ends securely
fastened. Drive slowly and follow
the chain manufacturer's
instructions. If the chains contact
the vehicle, stop and retighten
them. If the contact continues,
slow down until it stops. Driving
too fast or spinning the wheels
with chains on will damage the
vehicle.

If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blowout
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. If air goes
out of a tire, it is much more likely to
leak out slowly. But if there ever is a
blowout, here are a few tips about
what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.

{ Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.

{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 193.

{ Warning
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put the shift lever in
P (Park).
(Continued)

383

Warning (Continued)
3. For vehicles with four-wheel
drive with an N (Neutral)
transfer case position, be
sure the transfer case is in a
drive gear — not in
N (Neutral).
4. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
5. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
6. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
corner of the tire being
changed.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire

The following information explains
how to use the jack and change
a tire.

Tire Changing
Before changing a flat tire, see
“Hands-Free Operation” under
Liftgate 0 47.

Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

384

Vehicle Care

The equipment needed to change a
flat tire is stored in the rear of the
vehicle, on the driver side, behind a
door in the trim panel.

4. Turn the jack knob (1)
counterclockwise to release the
jack and wheel blocks from the
bracket.
5. Turn the wing nut retaining the
wheel blocks (2)
counterclockwise to remove the
wheel blocks and the wheel
block retainer.
Use the following tools:
1. Pull to open the trim
panel door.

1. Jack Knob
2. Wing Nut Retaining the
Wheel Blocks
3. Wing Nut Retaining the
Tool Bag

The third row driver side seat
may need to be folded to
access the trim panel door.
2. Lift the acoustic pad to access
the jack and tools.
3. Turn the wing nut retaining the
tool bag (3) counterclockwise to
remove it.
Pull the tool bag toward the
front of the vehicle and lift the
rear portion of the bag upward
to remove it.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Jack
Wheel Blocks
Jack Handle
Jack Handle Extensions
Wheel Wrench

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
To access the spare tire, refer to the
following graphics and instructions:

1. Hoist Assembly
2. Hoist Shaft
3. Hoist Shaft Access
Cover/Hole
4. Jack Handle Extensions
5. Wheel Wrench
6. Spare Tire Lock
7. Hoist End of Extension Tool
8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
Pointed Down)
10. Tire/Wheel Retainer
11. Hoist Cable

385

1. Open the hoist shaft access
door (3) on the bumper to
access the spare tire lock (6).

If equipped with a hitch cover,
turn the hitch cover retainers
counterclockwise and pull the
cover downward to remove it
before removing the hoist shaft
access door.
2. To remove the spare tire lock
(6), insert the ignition key, turn
it clockwise and then pull it
straight out.

3. Assemble the two jack handle
extensions (4) and wheel
wrench (5), as shown.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

386

Vehicle Care

4. Insert the open end of the
extension (7) through the hole
in the rear bumper (8) (hoist
shaft access hole).

6. Use the wheel wrench hook to
pull the hoist cable closer to
assist in reaching the
spare tire.

Be sure the hoist end of the
extension (7) connects to the
hoist shaft. The ribbed square
end of the extension is used to
lower the spare tire.
5. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel
wrench until the spare tire can
be pulled out from under the
vehicle.

7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle
with some slack in the cable to
access the tire/wheel retainer.
Tilt the retainer and pull it and
the cable and spring through
the center of the wheel.
Once the retainer is separated
from the guide pin, tilt the
retainer and pull it through the
center of the wheel along with
the cable and latch.
8. Put the spare tire near the
flat tire.

Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 382 for more information.

2. If the vehicle has a center cap
that covers the wheel
fasteners, place the chisel end
of the wheel wrench in the slot
on the wheel and gently pry the
cap out.
If the wheel has a bolt-on hub
cap, loosen the plastic nut caps
by turning the wheel wrench
counterclockwise. The plastic
nut caps will be retained in the
hub cap after it is removed
from the wheel.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care

Jacking Locations (Overall View)
4. Position the jack under the
vehicle, as shown.
3. Use the wheel wrench to
loosen all the wheel nuts. Turn
the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen the
wheel nuts. Do not remove the
wheel nuts yet.

Left Front Shown, Right Front
Similar
Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is
on a front tire of the vehicle,
use the jack handle and only

387

one jack handle extension.
Attach the wheel wrench to the
jack handle extension. Attach
the jack handle to the jack.
Position the jack on the frame
behind the flat tire where the
frame sections overlap. Turn
the wheel wrench clockwise to
raise the vehicle. Raise the
vehicle far enough off the
ground so there is enough
room for the spare tire to clear
the ground.

Rear Position
Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is
on a rear tire of the vehicle,
use the jack handle (2) and

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

388

Vehicle Care
both jack handle
extensions (3). Attach the
wheel wrench (4) to the jack
handle extensions (3). Attach
the jack handle (2) to the
jack (1). Use the jacking
pad (5) provided on the rear
axle. Turn the wheel wrench (4)
clockwise to raise the vehicle.
Raise the vehicle far enough
off the ground so there is
enough room for the spare tire
to clear the ground.

{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
7. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
surfaces, and spare wheel.

{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.

{ Warning

5. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
6. Take off the flat tire.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)

Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.

using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 426 for original
equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.

8. Put the wheel nuts back on
with the rounded end of the
nuts toward the wheel after
mounting the spare tire.

{ Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
9. Tighten each wheel nut by
hand. Then use the wheel
wrench to tighten the nuts until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
10. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
vehicle. Lower the jack
completely.

389

Caution
11. Tighten the nuts firmly in a
crisscross sequence as shown
by turning the wheel wrench
clockwise.

{ Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
(Continued)

Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications
0 426 for the wheel nut torque
specification.
When reinstalling the regular wheel
and tire, also reinstall either the
center cap or the bolt-on hub cap,
depending on which one the
vehicle has.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

390
.

Vehicle Care

For center caps, line up the tab
on the center cap with the slot in
the wheel. The cap only goes in
one way. Place the cap on the
wheel and press until it snaps
into place.
For bolt-on hub caps, line up the
plastic nut caps with the wheel
nuts and tighten clockwise by
hand to get them started. Then
tighten with the wheel wrench
until snug.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools

{ Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.

Caution
Storing an aluminum wheel with a
flat tire under your vehicle for an
extended period of time or with
the valve stem pointing up can
damage the wheel. Always stow
the wheel with the valve stem
pointing down and have the
wheel/tire repaired as soon as
possible.

Caution
The tire hoist can be damaged if
there is no tension on the cable
when using it. To have the
necessary tension, the spare or
road tire and wheel assembly
must be installed on the tire hoist
to use it.
Store the tire under the rear of the
vehicle in the spare tire carrier.
Refer to the following graphics and
instructions:

1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at
the rear of the vehicle with the
valve stem pointed down, and
to the rear.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care

391

2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle.
Separate the tire/wheel retainer
from the guide pin. Pull the pin
through the center of the
wheel. Tilt the retainer down
through the center wheel
opening.
Make sure the retainer is fully
seated across the underside of
the wheel.

4. Insert the open end of the
extension (7) through the hole
in the rear bumper (8) (hoist
shaft access hole).
5. Raise the tire part way upward.
Make sure the retainer is
seated in the wheel opening.

3. Assemble the two jack handle
extensions (4) and wheel
wrench (5).

6. Raise the tire fully against the
underside of the vehicle by
turning the wheel wrench
clockwise until you hear two
clicks or feel it skip twice. The
cable cannot be overtightened.

7. Make sure the tire is stored
securely. Push, pull, and then
try to turn the tire. If the tire
moves, use the wheel wrench
to tighten the cable.
8. Reinstall the spare tire lock.
9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access
cover.
If equipped, reinstall the hitch
cover and turn the retainers
clockwise.
To store the tools:
1. Return the tools (wheel
wrench, jack handle, and jack
handle extensions) to the
tool bag.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

392

Vehicle Care

2. Assemble the wheel blocks
and jack together with the
wing nut.
3. Position the jack and wheel
blocks in the driver side trim
panel over the wheelhouse.
4. Turn the jack knob clockwise
until the jack is secured tight in
the mounting bracket. Be sure
to position the holes in the
base of the jack onto the pin in
the mounting bracket.
5. Use the retaining bracket to
fasten the tool bag on the stud
and turn the wing nut clockwise
to secure.
6. Close the trim panel door.

Full-Size Spare Tire
If this vehicle came with a full-size
spare tire, it was fully inflated when
new, however, it can lose air over
time. Check the inflation pressure
regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 369
and Vehicle Load Limits 0 247. For
instructions on how to remove,
install, or store a spare tire, see Tire
Changing 0 383.

If equipped with a temporary use
full-size spare tire, it is indicated on
the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 364. This spare tire
should not be driven on over
112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h
(55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at
the proper inflation pressure. Repair
and replace the road tire as soon as
it is convenient, and stow the spare
tire for future use.

Caution
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive
and a different size spare tire is
installed, do not drive in
four-wheel drive until the flat tire
is repaired and/or replaced. The
vehicle could be damaged and
the repairs would not be covered
by the warranty. Never use
four-wheel drive when a different
size spare tire is installed on the
vehicle.
The vehicle may have a different
size spare tire than the road tires
originally installed on the vehicle.

This spare tire was developed for
use on this vehicle, so it is all right
to drive on it. If the vehicle has
four-wheel drive and a different size
spare tire is installed, drive only in
two-wheel drive.
After installing the spare tire on the
vehicle, stop as soon as possible
and check that the spare tire is
correctly inflated.
Have the damaged or flat road tire
repaired or replaced and installed
back onto the vehicle as soon as
possible so the spare tire will be
available in case it is needed again.
Do not mix tires and wheels of
different sizes, because they will not
fit. Keep your spare tire and its
wheel together. If the vehicle has a
spare tire that does not match the
original road tires and wheels in size
and type, do not include the spare in
the tire rotation.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care

Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America
For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 340.
If the vehicle's battery (or batteries)
has run down, you may want to use
another vehicle and some jumper
cables to start your vehicle. Be sure
to use the following steps to do it
safely.

{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
(Continued)

393

Warning (Continued)

Caution

contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.

Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.

See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 320.

{ Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
. They contain acid that can
burn you.
. They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
. They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.

1. Check the other vehicle.
It must have a 12-volt battery
with a negative ground system.

Caution
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.
2. If the vehicle is equipped with
dual batteries, do not use the
driver-side auxiliary battery to
jump start the vehicle. This can
cause damage to the vehicle’s

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

394

Vehicle Care
electrical system and
accessories. Always use the
passenger side battery in the
rear of the engine compartment
for jump starting.

3. Get the vehicles close enough
so the jumper cables can
reach, but be sure the vehicles
are not touching each other.
If they are, it could cause an
unwanted ground connection.
You would not be able to start
your vehicle, and the bad
grounding could damage the
electrical systems.
To avoid the possibility of the
vehicles rolling, set the parking
brake firmly on both vehicles
involved in the jump start
procedure. Put the automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in Neutral
before setting the parking
brake. For vehicles with
four-wheel drive with an
N (Neutral) transfer case
position, be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear — not
N (Neutral).

Caution
If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.

uncover the positive (+)
terminal, open the red plastic
cover.
For more information on the
location of the remote
positive (+) and remote
negative (−) terminals, see
Engine Compartment
Overview 0 323.

{ Warning

4. Turn off the ignition on both
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
accessories plugged into the
accessory power outlets. Turn
off the radio and all the lamps
that are not needed. This will
avoid sparks and help save
both batteries. And it could
save the radio!

An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing, and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.

5. Open the hood on the other
vehicle and locate the
positive (+) and negative (−)
terminal locations on that
vehicle.

Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
light.
(Continued)

The positive (+) terminal is
under a red plastic cover at the
positive battery post. To

{ Warning

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.

{ Warning

will go to a heavy, unpainted
metal engine part or to a
remote negative (−) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or you will get a
short that would damage the
battery and maybe other parts
too. And do not connect the
negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal on the
dead battery because this can
cause sparks.

Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
6. Check that the jumper cables
do not have loose or missing
insulation. If they do, you could
get a shock. The vehicles
could be damaged too.
Before you connect the cables,
here are some basic things you
should know. Positive (+) will
go to positive (+) or to a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one. Negative (−)

7. Connect the red positive (+)
cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the vehicle with the
dead battery.

395

8. Do not let the other end touch
metal. Connect it to the
positive (+) terminal of the
good battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
9. Connect the black negative (−)
cable to the negative (−)
terminal of the good battery.
Use a remote negative (−)
terminal if the vehicle has one.
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

396

Vehicle Care

10. Connect the other end of the
negative (−) cable to the metal
bracket that is bolted to the
engine and supports the
resonator, on the vehicle with
the dead battery.
11. Start the vehicle with the good
battery and run the engine for a
while.
12. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.

Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.

Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle
and removing the jumper cables,
allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle
Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Do not lash or hook to
suspension components. Use the
proper straps around the tires to
secure the vehicle.
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck
could damage the vehicle.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.

Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle, such as a motor home. The
two most common types of
recreational vehicle towing are

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy
towing is towing the vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground. Dolly
towing is towing the vehicle with two
wheels on the ground and two
wheels on a dolly.

Dinghy Towing

397

Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles

Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles

Follow the tow vehicle
manufacturer’s instructions. See
your dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and equipment
recommendations.

Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle.

Caution
If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is
towed with all four wheels on the
ground, the drivetrain
components could be damaged.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
be towed with all four wheels on the
ground.

Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive
vehicles with a two speed transfer
case that has an N (Neutral) and a
4n setting.

{ Warning
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

398

Vehicle Care

To dinghy tow:
1. Position the vehicle being
towed behind the tow vehicle,
facing forward and on a level
surface.
2. Securely attach the vehicle
being towed to the tow vehicle.
3. Apply the parking brake and
start the engine.
4. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
Drive 0 267 for the proper
procedure. Check that the
vehicle is in N (Neutral) by
shifting the transmission to
R (Reverse) and then to D
(Drive). There should be no
movement of the vehicle while
shifting.
5. With the transmission in D
(Drive), turn the ignition to
ACC/ACCESSORY. If equipped
with Keyless Access, turn the
engine off.

Caution
Failure to disconnect the negative
battery cable or to have it contact
the terminals can cause damage
to the vehicle.
6. Disconnect the negative
battery cable at the battery and
secure the nut and bolt. Cover
the negative battery post with a
non-conductive material to
prevent any contact with the
negative battery terminal.
7. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).

Caution
If the steering column is locked,
vehicle damage may occur.
8. Move the steering wheel to
make sure the steering column
is unlocked.
9. Release the parking brake.

10. Keep the ignition key in the
towed vehicle in ACC/
ACCESSORY to prevent the
steering column from locking.
If equipped with Keyless
Access, keep the RKE
transmitter outside of the
vehicle, and manually lock
doors. Access the vehicle as if
it has a dead RKE transmitter
battery, by using the key in the
door lock.
Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle
Before disconnecting the towed
vehicle:
1. Park on a level surface.
2. Set the parking brake and shift
the transmission to P (Park).
3. Connect the battery.
4. Apply the brake pedal.
5. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
with the engine off. Shift the
transfer case out of N (Neutral)
to 2 m. See “Shifting out of

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
Drive 0 267. See your dealer if
the transfer case cannot be
shifted out of N (Neutral).
6. Check that the vehicle is in 2 m
by starting the engine and
shifting the transmission to
R (Reverse) and then to D
(Drive). There should be
movement of the vehicle while
shifting.

Dolly Towing – Front Towing
(Front Wheels Off the Ground)
Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a
Single Speed Automatic
Transfer Case

Caution (Continued)
warranty. Never tow the vehicle
with the rear wheels on the
ground.
Two-wheel-drive vehicles and
four-wheel-drive vehicles with a
single speed automatic transfer
case should not be towed with the
rear wheels on the ground.

7. Shift the transmission to
P (Park) and turn off the
ignition.

Two-wheel-drive transmissions have
no provisions for internal lubrication
while being towed. Four-wheel-drive
vehicles with a single speed
automatic transfer case have no
N (Neutral) position and will spin the
transmission when the rear
wheels turn.

8. Disconnect the vehicle from the
tow vehicle.
9. Release the parking brake.
10. Reset any lost presets.
The outside temperature
display will default to 0 °C
(32 °F) but will reset with
normal usage.

399

Caution
If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is
towed with the rear wheels on the
ground, the transmission could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
(Continued)

To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive
vehicle or a four-wheel-drive vehicle
with a single speed automatic
transfer case, the vehicle must be
towed with the rear wheels on the
dolly. See “Rear Towing (Rear
Wheels Off the Ground)” later in this
section.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

400

Vehicle Care

Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a
Two Speed Automatic
Transfer Case

To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive
vehicle from the front:
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Drive the front wheels onto the
dolly.
3. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).
4. Set the parking brake.

{ Warning

Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off
the Ground)

Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
5. Use a clamping device
designed for towing to ensure
that the front wheels are locked
into the straight position.
6. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel
Drive 0 267.
7. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's
instructions.
8. Release the parking brake only
after the vehicle being towed is
firmly attached to the towing
vehicle.
9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a
Single Speed Automatic
Transfer Case
To dolly tow the vehicle from
the rear:
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Drive the rear wheels onto the
dolly.
3. Firmly set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake 0 273.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
4. Put the transmission in
P (Park).

3. Firmly set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake 0 273.

5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's
instructions.

4. Put the transmission in
P (Park).

6. Use an adequate clamping
device designed for towing to
ensure that the front wheels
are locked into the straight
position.
7. For four-wheel-drive vehicles
with a single speed automatic
transfer case, shift the transfer
case into 2 m. See Four-Wheel
Drive 0 267.
8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a
Two Speed Automatic
Transfer Case
To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive
vehicle from the rear:
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Drive the rear wheels onto the
dolly.

5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's
instructions.
6. Use an adequate clamping
device designed for towing to
ensure that the front wheels
are locked into the straight
position.

401

7. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel
Drive 0 267.
8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
After towing, see “Shifting Out of
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
Drive 0 267.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

402

Vehicle Care

Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 421.

Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.

Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product.

Caution
Avoid using high-pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint
and decals.

Caution
Do not power wash any
component under the hood that
has this e symbol.
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
This could cause damage that
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
If using an automatic car wash,
follow the car wash instructions. The
windshield wiper and rear window
wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car
wash equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.

Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.

Caution
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings

Caution
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum, chrome or
stainless steel. To prevent damage
always follow these cleaning
instructions:

403

Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
cleaning solution.

Use only approved cleaning
solutions for aluminum, chrome
or stainless steel. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or
contain alkaline substances and
can damage the moldings.

Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.

Do not use cleaners that are not
intended for automotive use.

Use a nonabrasive wax on the
vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
emblems, decals, and stripes.
Follow instructions under "Washing
the Vehicle" previously in this
section.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

404

Vehicle Care

Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating. Do not clean or wipe them
when dry.
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
. Abrasive or caustic agents.
.

Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the
manufacturer.

Caution
Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
gloss level and create a
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.

Air Intakes

Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners.

Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield,
when washing the vehicle.

Ice scrapers or other hard items.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated.

Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.

Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
least once a year. Hot, dry climates
may require more frequent
application. Black marks from
rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a
clean cloth. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 421.

Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.

Caution
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
or tires. When applying a tire
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
or Chrome
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.

Caution
Chrome wheels and other chrome
trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium, calcium,
or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust.
Always wash the chrome with
soap and water after exposure.

Caution
To avoid surface damage, do not
use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners,
brushes, or cleaners that contain
acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels through an
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System
Visually inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Inspect drum
brake linings/shoes for wear or
cracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

405

Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year.
Inspect power steering for proper
attachment, connections, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.
For 1500 Series vehicles, at least
every other oil change lubricate the
outer tie rod ends.
Control arm ball joints on 1500
Series vehicles are
maintenance-free.

Caution
Lubrication of applicable steering/
suspension points should not be
done unless the temperature is
−12 °C (10 °F) or higher,
or damage could result.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

406

Vehicle Care

For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the
Suburban Heavy-Duty Package
supplement.

fluid will decrease the life of the
transfer case and/or axles and
should be replaced.

dark spots etched into the paint
surface. See “Finish Care”
previously in this section.

Body Component Lubrication

Sheet Metal Damage

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel
fuel door hinge and power assist
step hinges, unless the components
are plastic. Applying silicone grease
on weatherstrips with a clean cloth
will make them last longer, seal
better, and not stick or squeak.

If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.

Interior Care

Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, spring and fall,
use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the
underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect. If equipped
with power assist steps, extend
them and then use a high pressure
wash to clean all joints and gaps.
Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated

Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.

Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular

To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils.
Newspapers or dark garments can
transfer color to the vehicle’s
interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
Use cleaners specifically designed
for the surfaces being cleaned to
prevent permanent damage. Apply
all cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
switches or controls. Remove
cleaners quickly.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Before using cleaners, read and
follow all safety instructions on the
label. While cleaning the interior,
open the doors and windows to get
proper ventilation.
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
. Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove soil from
any interior surface.
. Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.
. Never rub any surface
aggressively or with too much
pressure.
. Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
create streaks and attract dirt.
Do not use solutions that contain
strong or caustic soap.
. Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.

Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.

Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
If necessary, use a commercial
glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water.

Caution
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
aggressive cleaning may damage
the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog.

Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with water
and mild soap.

407

Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
dampened with water.
. When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating vacuum brush attachment is
being used, only use it on the floor
carpet. Before cleaning, gently
remove as much of the soil as
possible:
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
. For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

408

Vehicle Care

2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays

3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth
to a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.

Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
use a soft bristle brush to remove
dirt that can scratch the surface.
Then gently clean by rubbing with a
microfiber cloth. Never use window
cleaners or solvents. Periodically
hand wash the microfiber cloth
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
thoroughly and air dry before
next use.

4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
After cleaning, use a paper towel to
blot excess moisture.

Caution
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and
Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.

Caution
Soaking or saturating leather,
especially perforated leather, as
well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
Wipe excess moisture from these
surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
not use cleaners that contain
silicone or wax-based products.
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
the appearance and feel of
leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.

Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics
and painted surfaces. If an air
freshener comes in contact with
any plastic or painted surface in
the vehicle, blot immediately and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover and
Convenience Net
Wash with warm water and mild
detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
then dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.

409

Floor Mats

{ Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage:
. The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

410

Vehicle Care

Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.

Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.

Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.

Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.

Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.

Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats
Pull up on the rear of the driver side
floor mat to unlock each retainer
and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Service and Maintenance

Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 411

Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 412

Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 424

General Information
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil

411

changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.

Caution
Damage caused by improper
maintenance can lead to costly
repairs and may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

412

Service and Maintenance

frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services Normal are for vehicles that:
. Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 247.
. Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
. Use the recommended fuel. See
Fuel 0 298.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather.
. Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.
. Frequently towing a trailer.
.

Used for high speed or
competitive driving.

Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service.

Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning
Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 322.

Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
. Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 325.
Once a Month
. Check the tire inflation
pressures. See Tire
Pressure 0 369.
. Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection 0 375.
. Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer
Fluid 0 338.

Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system may not
indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Service and Maintenance
a year and the oil life system must
be reset. Your trained dealer
technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life
system when the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 327.

Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure 0 369.

Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi

Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection 0 375.

Visually check for fluid leaks.

Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation 0 375.
. Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil 0 325 and Engine Oil Life
System 0 327.
. Check engine coolant level. See
Engine Coolant 0 333.
. Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid 0 338.

Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/
Filter 0 331.

Inspect brake system. See
Exterior Care 0 402.

Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear
at least once a year. See
Exterior Care 0 402. Lubricate
the suspension and steering
components at least every other
oil change (if equipped with
grease fittings).

Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior
Care 0 402. Replace worn or
damaged wiper blades. See
Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 345.

413

Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check 0 90.

Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.

Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.

Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care 0 402.

Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check 0 344.

Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check 0 344.

Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 344.

Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism
Check 0 345.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

414
.

Service and Maintenance

Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.

Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.

Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 63.

Verify spare tire key lock
operation and lubricate as
needed. See Tire
Changing 0 383.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal

415

1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

Service and Maintenance

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1)

Inspect evaporative control system. (2)

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3)

@
@
@

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5)

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6)

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,

or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

416

Service and Maintenance

(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling
System 0 332.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.

(7) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 339.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe

417

1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

Service and Maintenance

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1)

Inspect evaporative control system. (2)

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3)

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter.

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)

@
@

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5)

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6)

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,

poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

418

Service and Maintenance

(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
life of the transfer case and/or axles
and should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling
System 0 332.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 339.

Special Application
Services

Additional
Maintenance and Care

Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every oil change.

Have underbody flushing service
performed. See "Underbody
Maintenance" in Exterior
Care 0 402.

Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.
It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services — their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Service and Maintenance
.

To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.
Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.

Belts
. Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
. Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
. Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.

Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.

Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 421 for GM approved
fluids.
. Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.

419

Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
. Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
. With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
. Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
. As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

420

Service and Maintenance

of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money and fuel,
and can reduce the risk of tire
failure.
. Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For

information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care 0 406 and
Exterior Care 0 402.
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
. Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.

Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Service and Maintenance

421

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage
Automatic Transmission
Chassis Lubrication
Engine Coolant
Engine Oil

Fluid/Lubricant
DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 333.
Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine
Oil 0 325.

Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive)

SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).

Front Axle Propshaft Spline or
One-Piece Propshaft Spline
(Two-Wheel Drive)

Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in
Canada 19257122).

Hydraulic Brake System
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges,
Power Assist Steps, and Outer
Liftgate Handle Pivot Points

DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

422

Service and Maintenance
Usage

Fluid/Lubricant

Rear Axle

SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in
Canada 19300458).

Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive)
Weatherstrip Conditioning
Weatherstrip Squeaks
Windshield Washer

DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.

Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
GM Part Number

ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

Part

22845992

A3181C

Oil Filter

19330000

PF63E

Passenger Compartment Air Filter

23281440

CF188

Spark Plugs

12622441

41-114

22756331

—

Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Service and Maintenance
Part

423

GM Part Number

ACDelco Part Number

Passenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in)

22756331

—

Rear – 33 cm (13.0 in)

22956295

—

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

424

Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date

Odometer
Reading

Serviced By

Services Performed

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Technical Data

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 428

This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.

Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 426 for the vehicle's engine code.

425

Service Parts
Identification Label
This label, on the inside of the glove
box, has the following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
. Model designation.
.

Paint information.

Production options and special
equipment.

Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

426

Technical Data

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 421 for more information.
Application
Air Conditioning Refrigerant

Capacities
Metric

English

For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System

16.5 L

17.4 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

7.6 L

8.0 qt

Short Wheelbase

98.4 L

26.0 gal

Long Wheelbase

119.2 L

31.5 gal

1.5 L

1.6 qt

190 Y

140 lb ft

Fuel Tank

Transfer Case Fluid
Wheel Nut Torque

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Technical Data

427

Engine Specifications
Engine
5.3L V8

VIN Code

Spark Plug Gap

0.95–1.10mm (0.037–
0.043 in)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

428

Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Customer Information

Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 432
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 432
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 436
Service Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . .
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . .

440
441
441
442

429

Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

430

Customer Information

resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In
Canada, call General Motors of
Canada Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
. Dealership name and location.
.

Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program
to enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.

You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business Bureaus,
Inc.
3033 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 600
Arlington, VA 22201
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
http://www.bbb.org/council/
programs-services/
dispute-handling-and-resolution/
bbb-auto-line
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
STEP THREE — Canadian
Owners : In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Customer Information
Company wants you to be aware of
its participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada
Company has committed to binding
arbitration of owner disputes
involving factory-related vehicle
service claims. The program
provides for the review of the facts
involved by an impartial third party
arbiter, and may include an informal
hearing before the arbiter. The
program is designed so that the
entire dispute settlement process,
from the time you file your complaint
to the final decision, should be
completed in about 70 days. We
believe our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal,
quick, and free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada
Company
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Your inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).

Customer Assistance
Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers to
call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
the letter should be addressed to:

431

United States and Puerto Rico
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com
1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-243-8872
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994

Canada
General Motors of Canada
Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

432

Customer Information

Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800

Overseas
Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center
Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com
The Chevrolet online owner
experience allows interaction with
Chevrolet and keeps important
vehicle-specific information in one
place.

J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN) 0 425.
H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
Satellite radio (if equipped), and
OnStar account information (if
equipped).

Membership Benefits

F : Chat with online help
representatives.

E : Download owner manuals and
view vehicle-specific how-to videos.

See my.chevrolet.com to register
your vehicle.

G : View maintenance schedules,
alerts, and OnStar Vehicle
Diagnostic Information. Schedule
service appointments.

Chevrolet Owner Centre
(Canada) chevroletowner.ca

I : View and print dealer-recorded
service records and self-recorded
service records.

D : Select a preferred dealer and
view locations, maps, phone
numbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
information.

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
. Chat live with online help
representatives.
. Locate owner resources such as
lease-end, financing, and
warranty information.
. Retrieve your favorite articles,
quizzes, tips, and multimedia
galleries organized into the
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
. Download owner manuals.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Customer Information
.

Find the
Chevrolet-recommended
maintenance services.

GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program

General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
for details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.

Roadside Assistance
Program
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)

This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement of eligible
aftermarket adaptive equipment
required for the vehicle, such as
hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.
For more information on the limited
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
. Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
. Telephone number of your
location.
. Location of the vehicle.
.

Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.

433

Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle.

Description of the problem.

Coverage
Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
warranty.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to make
any changes or discontinue the
Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
services or payment to an owner or
driver if they decide the claims are
made too often, or the same type of
claim is made many times.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

434

Customer Information

Services Provided
.

Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.

Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.

Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles

Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: If your trip is
interrupted due to a warranty
event, incidental expenses may
be reimbursed within the
Powertrain warranty period.
Items considered are reasonable
and customary hotel, meals,
rental car, or a vehicle being
delivered back to the customer,
up to 805 km (500 mi).

Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is up to 7 liters. If available,
diesel fuel delivery may be
restricted. Propane and other
fuels are not provided through
this service.

Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.

Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
150 km from where your trip was
started to qualify.
Pre-authorization, original
detailed receipts, and a copy of
the repair orders are required.
Once authorization has been
received, the Roadside
Assistance advisor will help to
make arrangements and explain
how to receive payment.

Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,

Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.
Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Chevrolet dealer for
warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is not given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.

Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
.

Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws.

Legal fines.

Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicle
is in an area that is not accessible
to the service vehicle or is not a
regularly traveled or maintained
public road, which includes ice and
winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Customer Information
after sending the original receipt
to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.

Scheduling Service
Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.

Courtesy Transportation
Program
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”

435

furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.

Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to do so, your
dealer may offer the following
transportation options:
Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip
shuttle service within reasonable
time and distance parameters of
your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are
needed, and public transportation is
used, the expense must be
supported by original receipts and
within the maximum amount allowed
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
customers arrange their own
transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

436

Customer Information

and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the
dealer may provide an available
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
Reimbursement is limited and must
be supported by original receipts as
well as a signed and completed
rental agreement and meet state/
provincial, local, and rental vehicle
provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Additional fees such as fuel usage
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees,
excessive mileage, or rental usage
beyond the completion of the repair
are also your responsibility.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Contact your dealer
for specific availability.
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.

Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.

Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Customer Information
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.

Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state-of-the-art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.

Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs through the use of
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement

437

parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance
Program 0 433.
Gather the following information:
. Driver name, address, and
telephone number.
. Driver license number.
.

Owner name, address, and
telephone number.

Vehicle license plate number.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

438

Customer Information

Vehicle make, model, and
model year.

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).

Insurance company and policy
number.

General description of the
damage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? 0 97.

Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled

original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.

Service Publications
Ordering Information

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.

Service Manuals

If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.

Service Manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.

Owner Information
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle. The
Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Manual.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Customer Information
Current and Past Models
Service and Owner publications are
available for many current and past
model year GM vehicles.
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Prices are subject to change without
notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.

Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with
Industry Canada Standards
RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
ICES‐001.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.

439

Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

440

Customer Information

To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy

Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590

Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors

The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the
vehicle uses computer modules to
monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag
deployment and deploy them in a
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules
may store data to help the dealer
technician service the vehicle.
Some modules may also store data
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.

You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a
safety defect, notify Transport
Canada immediately, and notify
General Motors of Canada
Company. Call Transport
Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or
write to:

In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada
Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Customer Information

Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air
bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
. How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
. Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/
or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.

These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur.
Note
EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data are
recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.

441

GM will not access these data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar® and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

442

Customer Information

OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional
Information 0 448.

Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

OnStar

OnStar Overview

OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

444
444
445
445
447

OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

= Voice Command Button
Q Blue OnStar Button
> Red Emergency Button
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and
Diagnostics Services. OnStar
services may require a paid
subscription and data plan. OnStar
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service,
and GPS satellite signals to be
available and operating. OnStar acts
as a link to existing emergency
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and
your vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar User

443

Terms, Privacy Statement, and
Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.
.

Flashing Green: On a call.

Red: Indicates a problem.

Off: System is active. Press Q
twice to speak with an OnStar
Advisor.

Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Press

= to:

Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.

Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.

Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

444
.

OnStar

Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi®
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped.

Press Q to connect to an
Advisor to:
. Verify account information or
update contact information.
. Get driving directions.
.

Receive a Diagnostic check of
the vehicle's key operating
systems.

Receive Roadside Assistance.

Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
if equipped.

Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available
24/7 to:
. Get help for an emergency.
.

Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.

Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations
and find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services
Emergency
Emergency Services require an
active, OnStar service plan
(excludes Basic Plan). With
Automatic Crash Response, built-in
sensors can automatically alert a
specially trained OnStar Advisor
who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle to help.
Press > for a priority connection to
an OnStar Advisor who can contact
emergency service providers, direct
them to your exact location, and
relay important information.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information during a
crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
can locate a nearby service provider
to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.

Security
If equipped, OnStar provides these
services:
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
pinpoint the vehicle and help
authorities quickly recover it.
. With Remote Ignition Block™,
if equipped, OnStar can block
the engine from being restarted.
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown®,
if equipped, OnStar can work
with law enforcement to
gradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification
If equipped, if the doors are locked
and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
notification by text, e-mail, or phone
call will be sent. If the vehicle is
stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
with authorities to recover the
vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

OnStar

Navigation
OnStar navigation requires a
specific OnStar service plan.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the
vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.
2. Request directions to be
downloaded to the vehicle.
3. Follow the voice-guided
commands.

Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Cancel route.” System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”
Route Preview
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Route preview.” System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Repeat.” System
responds with the last direction
given, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Get My Destination
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with the
address and distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

445

Send Destination to Vehicle
Subscribers can have directions
sent to the vehicle’s navigation
screen, if equipped.
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
download directions to the vehicle’s
navigation system, if equipped. After
the call ends, the navigation screen
will provide prompts to begin driving
directions. Routes that are sent to
the navigation screen can only be
canceled through the navigation
system.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Connections
The following OnStar services help
with staying connected.
For coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Ensuring Security
. Change the default passwords
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
RemoteLink mobile application.
Make these passwords different

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

446

OnStar

from each other and use a
combination of letters, numbers,
and symbols to increase the
security.
.

Change the default name of the
SSID (Service Set Identifier).
This is your network’s name that
is visible to other wireless
devices. Choose a unique name
and avoid family names or
vehicle descriptions.
®

OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If
Equipped)
The vehicle may have a built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
to the Internet and web content at
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
devices can be connected. A data
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
controls only when it is safe to
do so.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
information, press =, wait for
the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi
settings.” On some vehicles,
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the
screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
password, and on some
vehicles, the connection type
(no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
(poor, good, excellent).
3. To change the SSID or
password, press Q or call
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor.
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s
Wi-Fi hotspot will connect
automatically to your mobile
devices. Manage data usage by
turning Wi-Fi on or off on your
mobile device, using the
RemoteLink mobile app, or by
contacting an OnStar Advisor.
OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App
(If Equipped)
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
mobile app to select Apple® iOS,
Android™, BlackBerry®,
or Windows® mobile devices.
OnStar Subscribers can access the
following services from a mobile
device:

Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
if factory-equipped.

Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
with automatic locks.

Activate the horn and lamps.

Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
life, or tire pressure,
if factory-equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitor System.

Send directions to the vehicle.

Locate the vehicle on a map
(U.S. market only).

Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
on/off, manage settings, and
monitor data consumption,
if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink information
and compatibility, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to
unlock the doors or sound the horn
and flash the lamps.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

OnStar
OnStar AtYourService
OnStar Advisors can provide offers
from restaurants and retailers on
your route, help locate hotels,
or book a room. These services
vary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling
Make and receive calls with the
built-in wireless calling service,
which requires available minutes.
Make a Call
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say “911” without pausing.
System responds: “911.”
4. Say “Call.” System responds:
“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is,”
then says the number.

2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”

End a Call

3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1” and the
area code. System responds:
“OK, calling.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Calling 911 Emergency
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”

Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”
Press = and say “Minutes” then
“Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.

447

Diagnostics
Advanced Diagnostics provides a
status of the vehicle’s key systems
with a monthly e-mail, or by
pressing Q. If equipped, Diagnostic
Alerts can be received in real-time
via e-mail or text. The Proactive
Alerts feature (if available) can help
predict and alert of potential
upcoming maintenance issues with
select components on the vehicle,
before they become a problem.
OnStar can also monitor and report
tire pressure, if the vehicle is
equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

448

OnStar

OnStar Additional
Information
In-Vehicle Audio Messages
Audio messages may play important
information at the following times:
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press
Q to set up an account.
. With the OnStar Basic Plan,
every 60 days.
. After change in ownership and
at 90 days.

Transferring Service
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can cancel or change account
information.

Selling/Transferring the
Vehicle
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar services if
the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners
Press Q and follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
vehicle records and explain OnStar
service options.

How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics,
Remote Services, Roadside
Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
are available on most vehicles. Not
all OnStar services are available
everywhere or on all vehicles. For
more information, a full description
of OnStar services, system
limitations, and OnStar User Terms,
Privacy Statement, and Software
Terms:
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827).
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
.

See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

Press Q to speak with an
Advisor.

OnStar services cannot work unless
the vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
in that area. The wireless service
provider must also have coverage,
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar
services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar services may not
work if the OnStar equipment is not
properly installed or it has not been
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar services may
not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar — such as
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
electrical system design and
architecture of the vehicle, damage

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

OnStar
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
phone network congestion or
jamming — may prevent service.

access to all OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.

See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 439.

OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)

Services for People with
Disabilities

A PIN is needed to access some
OnStar services. The PIN will need
to be changed the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Advisors provide services to help
Subscribers with physical disabilities
and medical conditions.
Press

Q to help:

Locate a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.

Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.

OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the vehicle
warranty.

Provide directions to the closest
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
situations.

Languages

TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle

Warranty

The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in multiple languages.
Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available
languages may vary by country.

449

Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
vehicle has not been started for
five days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
to help gain access to the vehicle.

Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.

Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels and
underpasses; or in an area with
very dense trees. If GPS signals
are not available, the OnStar
system should still operate to
call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location.

In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

450

OnStar

A temporary loss of GPS can cause
loss of the ability to send a
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
Advisor may give a verbal route or
may ask for a call back after the
vehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas
Cellular reception is required for
OnStar to send remote signals to
the vehicle. Do not place items over
or near the antenna to prevent
blocking cellular and GPS signal
reception.

Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features

to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 318. Added electrical
equipment may interfere with the
operation of the OnStar system and
cause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
software updates or changes to the
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes
may enhance or maintain safety,
security, or the operation of the
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
Software updates or changes may
affect or erase data or settings that
are stored in the vehicle, such as
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
tags, saved navigation destinations,
or pre-set radio stations. Neither
OnStar nor GM is responsible for
any affected or erased data or

settings. These updates or changes
may also collect personal
information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy
statement or separately disclosed at
the time of installation. These
updates or changes may also cause
a system to automatically
communicate with GM servers to
collect information about vehicle
system status, identify whether
updates or changes are available,
or deliver updates or changes. An
active OnStar agreement constitutes
consent to these software updates
or changes and agreement that
either OnStar or GM may remotely
deliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
recommend that you review it. If you
have any questions, call
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
or press Q to speak with an
Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

OnStar
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
cannot be assured. Third parties
may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.

OnStar - Software
Acknowledgements
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software and other
third party software. Below are the
notices and licenses associated with
libcurl and unzip and for other third
party software please see http://
www.lg.com/global/support/
opensource/index and https://
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/
getdocuments.html
libcurl:
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, .
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is

hereby granted, provided that the
above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder shall
not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use

451

or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
unzip:
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
definitive version of this document
should be available at ftp://
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

452

OnStar

Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White.
This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception

to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary
or disabled.
3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing
ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic,
shared, or static library
versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
without the explicit permission

of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Index

A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Active Fuel Management® . . . . . . 261
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 280
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 318
Additional Information
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Adjustable Throttle and
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Agreements
Trademarks and License . . . . . 224
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 331
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .226, 230
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 98

453

Airbag System (cont'd)
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 93
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Passenger Status Indicator . . . 150
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Alert
Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 294
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Antenna
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Rear Side Window . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 272

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

454

Index

Antilock Brake System
(ABS) (cont'd)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Assistance Systems for
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 288
Audio
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 199
Audio Players
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Automatic
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Level Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Shift Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

B
Battery
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Battery - North America . . . .340, 393
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 345
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Bluetooth
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 215, 219
Brake
Pedal and Adjustable
Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 153
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 251
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Bulb Replacement (cont'd)
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 348
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347, 348
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 350
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-up
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
California
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
California
Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .320, 340, 393
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Index
Carbon Monoxide (cont'd)
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Cargo
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 126
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Charging
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 151
Check
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 344
Malfunction Indicator
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Child Restraints
Infants and Young Children . . . 106
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . 119, 121, 122
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406

Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 436
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Connections
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Traction and Electronic
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Control Light
Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Coolant
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Engine Temperature Gauge . . 147
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226, 230
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

455

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 280
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 438
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 436
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Data Collection
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 442
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 441
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Diagnostics
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

456

Index

Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Door
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 428
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 287
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .158, 160
Driving
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 290
Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 30
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 243
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 245
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

E
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Electrical System
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356, 359
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Emergency
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 323
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Cooling System Messages . . . 168
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Engine (cont'd)
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 146
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 262
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 441
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 189
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 191

F
Fan
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Features
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 193
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Index
FlexFuel
E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 328
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Four-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 293
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . .267, 341
Frequency Statement
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 72
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . 348
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Fuel (cont'd)
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 156
Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 261
Requirements, California . . . . . 299
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356, 359
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

G
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Gauges
Engine Coolant
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 146
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

457

Gauges (cont'd)
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . .411
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

H
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 193
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

458

Index

Headlamps (cont'd)
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 157
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 191
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 157
Heated
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226, 230
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 370
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 243
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 276
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 154
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 274
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226, 230

Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . .252, 254
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Indicator
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Instrument Panel
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 6
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 60
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 364
Lamps
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 192
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 151
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 294
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 297
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 154
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . 111
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

J
Jack
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

K
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 170
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . 35, 37
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 34

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Index
Level Control
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Light
Hill Decent Control . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 194
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 153
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 191
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 149
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Lights (cont'd)
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 156
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 156
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

M
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . 277
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 412

459

Maintenance Schedule (cont'd)
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 151
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Messages
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Battery Voltage and
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 168
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Object Detection System . . . . . 171
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 172
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

460

Index

Messages (cont'd)
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Mirror
Child-View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 60
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

N
Navigation
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . 343

O
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 327
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 146
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . 104
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 432
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
OnStar® Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 445
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Operation
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Ordering
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 438

Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

P
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 345
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 260
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Parking or Backing
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 288
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 98
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . . 321
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 215, 219

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Index
Port
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 258
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 89
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 440
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 435
Proposition
65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . .320, 340, 393

R
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 439
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Rear Axle (cont'd)
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Rear Climate Control System . . . 230
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Rear Side Window Antenna . . . . 207
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 288
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 134
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 396
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 37
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Replacement
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

461

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . 103
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 440
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Ride Control Systems
Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 428
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

462

Index

S
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 91
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 89
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 440
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 435
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 72
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 68
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 68

Seats (cont'd)
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Second Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Securing Child
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . .119, 121, 122
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 322
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 424
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 425
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 435
Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 418

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 294
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Special Application Services . . . . 418
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

Index
Steering System Messages . . . . . 174
Steps
Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Storage
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Storage Areas
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 125
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
System
Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198, 442
Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Systems
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Taillamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 432
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . 55, 56
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369, 370
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 372

463

Tires (cont'd)
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 371
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Terminology and Definitions . . 366
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 380
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 303
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 303
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 396
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 317
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Traction
Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955986) - 2017 - crc - 7/5/16

464

Index

Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 317
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Turn Signal
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

U
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 379
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 185
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Updates
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 425
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 177
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 155
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 296
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 380
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 110
Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 345
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.5-c021 79.153613, 2013/07/11-05:21:54
Creator                         : Chevrolet
Format                          : application/pdf
Modified                        : 2016:09:16 10:37:24.962-04:00
Description                     : Owner's Manual for the 2017 Chevy Tahoe and Suburban
Subject                         : 2017 Chevrolet Tahoe Owner's Manual..2017 Chevrolet Suburban Owner's Manual..2017 Chevy Tahoe Owner's Manual..2017 Chevy Suburban Owner's Manual..Tahoe Owner's Manual..Suburban Owner's Manual, 2017 Chevrolet Tahoe Owner's Manual, 2017 Chevrolet Suburban Owner's Manual, 2017 Chevy Tahoe Owner's Manual, 2017 Chevy Suburban Owner's Manual, Tahoe Owner's Manual, Suburban Owner's Manual, Owner's Manual for the 2017 Chevy Tahoe and Suburban
Title                           : Owner's Manual
Num Pages                       : 465
Extracted                       : 2016:09:22 14:47:18.304-04:00
Author                          : Chevrolet
Sha 1                           : 0d8e5ae3340dff4082fd8764aafa34239abae61b
Size                            : 7831383
Producer                        : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode
Creator Tool                    : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode
Metadata Date                   : 2016:09:15 14:26:44.000-05:00
Modify Date                     : 2016:09:15 15:26:44.000-04:00
Create Date                     : 2016:07:06 07:07:36.000-04:00
Document ID                     : uuid:58eae183-e3b5-468b-b51d-a36f824a3c84
Instance ID                     : uuid:ff5e4a63-3dea-4ec2-9b0e-000727a34937
Tags                            : OwnerCenter:GMNA/2017/chevrolet/suburban, OwnerCenter:GMNA/asset_type/owner_manual
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 465
Keywords                        : "2017, Chevrolet, Tahoe, Owner's, Manual, 2017, Chevrolet, Suburban, Owner's, Manual, 2017, Chevy, Tahoe, Owner's, Manual, 2017, Chevy, Suburban, Owner's, Manual, Tahoe, Owner's, Manual, Suburban, Owner's, Manual";, 2017, Chevrolet, Tahoe, Owner's, Manual;, 2017, Chevrolet, Suburban, Owner's, Manual;, 2017, Chevy, Tahoe, Owner's, Manual;, 2017, Chevy, Suburban, Owner's, Manual;, Tahoe, Owner's, Manual;, Suburban, Owner's, Manual;, Owner's, Manual, for, the, 2017, Chevy, Tahoe, and, Suburban

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools